Manual Diagnostico SINUMERIK 840D SL 828D PDF
Manual Diagnostico SINUMERIK 840D SL 828D PDF
Manual Diagnostico SINUMERIK 840D SL 828D PDF
SINAMICS S120 2
Overview of Alarms
3
List of Action Numbers
4
System Reactions on Alarms
Diagnostics Manual A
Appendix
Valid for
Control
SINUMERIK 840D sl/ 840DE sl
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/ 840DiE sl
Software
NCU Systemsoftware für 840D sl/ 840DE sl 2.6
Systemsoftware für 840Di sl/ 840DiE sl 1.4
Drive
SINAMICS S120
03/2009
SINUMERIK® Documentation
Printing history
Brief details of this edition and previous editions are listed below.
The status of each edition is shown by the code in the "Remarks" column.
Registered Trademarks
All designations with the trademark symbol ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. Other designations in this documentation may be trade-
marks whose use by third parties for their own purposes may infringe the rights of the owner.
Liability disclaimer
We have checked that the contents of this document correspond to the hardware and software described. Nonetheless, differences might exist
and therefore we cannot guarantee that they are completely identical. The information contained in this document is, however, reviewed regularly
and any necessary changes will be included in the next edition.
SINUMERIK Documentation
Target audience
Project engineers, technologists (of machine manufacturers), start-up engineers
(of systems/machines), programmers.
Benefits
The Diagnostics Manual enables the intended target group to evaluate error and
fault indications and to respond accordingly.
With the help of the Diagnostics Manual, the target group has an overview of the
various diagnostic options and diagnostic tools.
Standard version
This Diagnostics Manual only describes the functionality of the standard version.
Extensions or changes made by the machine tool manufacturer are documented
by the machine tool manufacturer.
Other functions not described in this documentation might be executable in the
control. This does not, however, represent an obligation to supply such functions
with a new control or when servicing.
Further, for the sake of simplicity, this documentation does not contain all detailed
information about all types of the product and cannot cover every conceivable
case of installation, operation or maintenance.
Technical Support
If you have any technical questions, please contact our hotline:
Europe / Africa
America
Asien / Pazific
Note
National phone numbers for technical support are provided under the following
Internet address: http://www.automation.siemens.com/partner
Safety Instructions
This Manual contains information which you should carefully observe to ensure
your own personal safety and the prevention of material damage. The notices
referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert
symbol, notices referring to property damage only have no safety alert symbol
The warnings appear in decreasing order of risk as given below.
Danger
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury or in substantial property damage.
Warning
Indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are
not taken.
Caution
with a warning triangle indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper pre-
cautions are not taken.
Caution
without a warning triangle indicates that property damage can result if proper pre-
cautions are not taken.
Notice
indicates a potential situation which, if not avoided, may result in an undesirable
event or state.
If several hazards of different degrees occur, the hazard with the highest degree
must always be given priority. A warning notice accompanied by a safety alert
symbol indicating a risk of bodily injury can also indicate a risk of property dam-
age.
Qualified Personnel
The associated device/system may only be set up and operated using this docu-
mentation. Commissioning and operation of a device/system may only be per-
formed by qualified personnel. Qualified persons are defined as persons who are
authorized to commission, to ground, and to tag circuits, equipment, and systems
in accordance with established safety practices and standards.
A Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1049
A.1 Abbreviations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1049
Scope
This manual describes the alarms / messages from the NC kernel (NCK) area,
the PLC and the drives.
For special situations in conjunction with the integrated PLC, please refer to the
SIMATIC S7-300 documentation.
The alarms are sorted by ascending alarm number in each section. There are
gaps in the sequence.
Each alarm consists of an alarm number and alarm text. There are four descrip-
tion categories:
• Explanation
• Reaction
• Remedy
• Program continuation
Structure of the alarms for the number range 200 000 - 299 999
Each alarm (fault or warning), consisting of a number, location (optional) and
alarm text, is indicated with further information for the following categories:
• Reaction
• Acknowledgment
• Cause
• Remedy
Note
Instead of <location>, the following is indicated in the alarm display:
• Axis name and drive number or
• Bus and slave number of the PROFIBUS DP component affected
For a more detailed explanation of the "Reaction" / "Acknowledgement" category,
please refer to section: "System reactions on SINAMICS alarms".
"Cause":
For the cause of the alarm/warning, the fault / warning value is prepared as far as
possible in text form.
Action list
The actions described in the alarm texts ("Action %---") are explained in detail in
the table in the "Action list" section.
NCK alarms
HMI alarms/messages
Drive alarms
PLC alarms/messages
1) More detailed information is available via the diagnostic function (diagnostic buffer) in SIMATIC
STEP 7.
2) The PLC alarms in the range 500000 - 899999 are configured and described by the machine ma-
nufacturer.
Reference
Reference is made to the following documents:Manual HMI sl
Function Manual of basic machines, supporting manuals: A2, A3, B1, B2, D1, F1, G2,
H2, K1, K2, N2, P1, P3, R1, S1, V1, W1, Z1
Function Manual of expanded functions, supporting manuals: A4, B3, B4, F3, H1, K3,
K5, M1. M5, N3, N4, P2, P5, R2, S3, S7, T1, W3, W4, Z
Function Manual of special functions, supporting manuals: F2, G1, G3, K6, M3, S9, T3,
TE01, TE02, TE1, TE3, TE4, TE6, TE7, TE8, V2, W5, W6, Z3
Function Manual Safety Integrated
User Manual POSMO SI/CD/CA
Operating Manual HMI sl Turning
Operating Manual HMI sl Millng
Operating Manual HMI sl Universal
Operating ManualHMI-Advanced
Operating ManualHMI-Embedded
Function Manual HLA-Modul
Commissioning Manual, Commissioning CNC: NCK, PLC, Antrieb
Commissioning Manua, Commissioning CNC: ShopMill
Commissioning Manual, Commissioning CNC: ShopTurn
Commissioning Manual, Commissioning Basesoftware und HMI sl:
IM9, TX2, IM7
Commissioning Manual, Commissioning Basesoftware and HMI-Advanced,
M4, BE1, TX2, IM8
Commissioning Manual, Commissioning Basesoftware and HMI-Embedded, IM2, BE1,
TX2, IM7
Function Manuall of Tool Management
Function Manual of ISO-dialects for SINUMERIK
Function Manual of Synchronized actions
Programmiing Manual Job planing
These system error alarms are not described in detail. If such a system error
occurs, please contact the hotline and indicate the following details:
− Alarm number
− Alarm text and
− The internal system error number
Remedy: If the NCK battery is replaced without interrupting the power supply, no data will be lost. This means
that production can continue without taking any further steps. (A buffer capacitor on the NCK holds
the supply voltage for at least 30 minutes and the battery can be replaced within this time even when
the control is switched off).
Sinumerik combines an NCU's two potential parts subject to wear (fan/battery) in one shared mechan-
ically replacable module the construction of which is easily accessible.
When the battery module is unplugged during operation, the module is also separated from the fan's
air supply. Therefore the battery should only be replaced during operation, if production cannot be
continued otherwise.
If it is not possible to replace the battery quickly, a second fan/battery module should be available for
use during the replacement process. It should be plugged onto the NCU during replacement of the
battery.
In this context please note for the safety function of the '840D sl' that it will switch off the module auto-
matically after a certain time, if the fan is defect or not plugged in; this will protect the NCU from thermal
destruction (see Manual: chapter Dual fan/battery module).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
2140 The actual service switch position forces the SRAM to be cleared at the
next Power On (general reset active)
Definitions: The initialization switch is currently set to overall reset. This means that the module's SRAM is deleted
with the next module reset. The NC data memory is cleared during this operation.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Reset initialization switch to zero.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
2190 Hardware plug-in module for communication with the digitizer missing
Definitions: MD $MN_ASSIGN_DIGITIZE_TO_CHAN was used to activate the digitizing function by assigning it
to a channel. The function requires a hardware module (RS422 board plugged into the NCU) for com-
munication with the digitizing unit. This module was not found when booting.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Plug in communications module or can-
cel channel assignment.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4000 [Channel %1: ] Machine data %2[%3] has gap in axis assignment
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = String: MD identifier
Definitions: The assignment of a machine axis to a channel by the MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED
must be contiguous. At system power-up (Power On) gaps are detected and displayed as an alarm.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. The entries for the indices for the
machine axes used in the channels must be contiguous in table MD20070
$MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED. Channel axis gaps must be enabled via
MD11640$MN_ENABLE_CHAN_AX_GAP.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4001 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 defined for more than one channel via machine
data %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Index: Machine axis number
%3 = String: MD identifier
Definitions: In the channel-specific MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED [CHn, AXm]=x (n ... channel
number, m ... channel axis number, x ... machine axis number), several channels were assigned to a
machine axis without having a master channel defined for this axis.
-
Reaction: NC not ready.
Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. In the axis-specific MD30550
$MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN [AXm]=n (m ... machine axis number, n ... channel num-
ber), a master axis was set for the axes that are supposed to be alternately assigned by the NC pro-
gram to one or the other channel.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4002 [Channel %1: ] Machine data %2[%3] assigns an axis not defined in
channel
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = String: MD identifier
%3 = Index: MD array index
Definitions: Only axes that have been activated in the channel by means of MD20070
$MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED [kx]=m may be declared as geometry axes or transformation axes
by means of the MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB [gx]=k. This also applies to
MD22420 $MC_FGROUP_DEFAULT_AXES (gx: Geometry axis index, kx: Channel axis index, k:
Channel axis no., m: Machine axis no.).
Assignment of geometry axes to channel axes
MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB (includes channel axis no. k):
- Geometry axis index: 0, 1st channel: 1, 2nd channel: 1
- Geometry axis index: 1, 1st channel: 2, 2nd channel: 0
- Geometry axis index: 2, 1st channel: 3, 2nd channel: 3
4006 The maximum number of activatable axes has been exceeded (limit %1)
Parameters: %1 = Number of axes
Definitions: The sum of the two option data $ON_NUM_AXES_IN_SYSTEM and
$ON_NUM_ADD_AXES_IN_SYSTEM must not exceed the maximum number of axes in the system.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personel/service department. The sum of the two option data
$ON_NUM_AXES_IN_SYSTEM and $ON_NUM_ADD_AXES_IN_SYSTEM must not exceed the
maximum number of axes (dependent on configuration).
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4019 Axis container %1 advance not allowed with current status of NCU %2
Parameters: %1 = NCU number
%2 = Axis container number
Definitions: This error only occurs with direct advancing of the container. With direct container advancing, only one
channel is allowed to activate the NC language command for advancing the container. In order to
ensure this, the other channels must have the reset status and the axes must be stationary.
With NCU link, the above condition applies to all channels of the NCU group.
Error parameters:
- 1 : NC Ready missing
- 16: At least one other channel is active
- 35: AXCT axis is active following axis/spindle
- 36: AXCT axis is active leading axis
- 39: Axis/spindle disable active
- 40: Overlaid motion active for AXCT axis
- 41: Axis exchange active for AXCT axis
- 42: Interpolator active for one axis container axis
- 46: Rotating spindle with different Ipo cycle of NCUs
- 47: New-Config active
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: The program must be canceled with Reset and the zero offset deselected before activating the axis
container switch.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
4022 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2: axis container %3 switch not allowed: ext. work
offset active
Parameters: %1 = Channel
%2 = Axis/spindle
%3 = Axis container number
Definitions: The axis container switch enable cannot be given because an external zero offset is active.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: The program must be aborted with the RESET key and the external zero point offset deselected
before the container is advanced.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
4023 Axis container %1 switch not allowed, axis container %2 switch active
Parameters: %1 = Axis container
%2 = Axis container
Definitions: Only one axis container can be rotated at a time.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Program must be canceled with Reset and the program sequences (NCUs, channels) must be syn-
chronized such that only one axis container switch is active at a time.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
4024 Invalid axis configuration due to missing axis container machine data
Parameters: %1 = NCU number
%2 = Axis container number
Definitions: The axis configuration could not be generated due to missing axis container machine data. This error
can only occur as a result of a communication error. The communication failure will be indicated sep-
arately by further alarms.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Correct the link communication problems (refer to the other alarm messages).
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4025 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2: axis container %3 switch not allowed:
master/slave active.
Parameters: %1 = Channel
%2 = Axis/spindle
%3 = Axis container number
Definitions: It is not possible to enable axis container switch as a master/slave link is active.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Abort program with the RESET key. If required, disconnect the master - slave coupling.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
4026 Machine data %1[%2], link axis NC%3_AX%4 not used by any channel
Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier
%2 = Index: MD array
%3 = NCU number
%4 = Machine axis number
Definitions: The link axis is not referenced by any channel.
Reaction: NC not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Correct and complete the logical axis assignments. Check machine data MD20070
$MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED and MD10002 $MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4027 NOTICE! MD %1 was also changed for the other axes of axis container
%2
Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier
%2 = Axis container number
Definitions: Message to the user indicating that the machine data change for the axis was also performed for all
other axes in the same container.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: None
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
4028 Attention! The axial MDs of the axes of the axis containers were
matched.
Definitions: Note for the user, that the machine data of the axis were matched in the axis containers.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: None
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
4029 NOTICE! The axial MDs in axis container %1 will be matched on the next
power-up
Parameters: %1 = Axis container number
Definitions: Message to the user indicating that the machine data of the axes in the axis container will be matched
on the next power-up. An axis container allows axes to be exchanged between channels and NCUs.
To ensure that no conflicts arise, the axes within the same axis container must have a similar behavior.
The first axis in the axis container determines which machine data have to be the same for the other
axis in the axis container.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: None
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
4031 [Channel %1: ] Link axis %2 defined for more than one channel in
machine data %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Index: Axis number for logical axis assignment
%3 = String: MD identifier
Definitions: -
Reaction: NC not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Correct the MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED or assign a master channel. In the event of
a link communication failure, these error causes have to be remedied first.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4034 Local link axis %1 is not allowed for different interpolation cycle time =
%2/%3
Parameters: %1 = Axis name
%2 = Local interpolation cycle
%3 = Max. interpolation cycle
Definitions: Local link axes are only permissible on an NCU if the interpolation cycle set corresponds to the slowest
interpolation cycle of the interconnected NCU systems.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Remove local link axis (see MD10000 $MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB and
MD12701$MN_AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB1) or adapt the interpolation cycle (MD10070
$MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO ).
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4040 [Channel %1: ] Axis identifier %2 not consistent with machine data %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = String: Axis identifier
%3 = String: MD identifier
%4 = There are not enough channel axes entered in the MD displayed.
Definitions: The use of the specified axis identifier in the displayed MD is not consistent the channel's axis config-
uration stated in the MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED and MD20050
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB.
Only with active "OEM transformation" compile cycle: There are not enough channel axes entered in
the MD displayed.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
Check and correct the identifier used in the MD10000 $MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB,
MD20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB and/or MD20060
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB.
Only with active "OEM transformation" compile cycle: In addition to the specified MD, check and cor-
rect MD24110 $MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_1[n] of the activated OEM transformation according to the
function description.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4045 [Channel %1: ] Conflict between machine data %2 and machine data %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = String: MD identifier
%3 = String: MD identifier
Definitions: Using the specified machine data %1 leads to a conflict with machine data %2.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Correct the specified machine data.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4065 Buffered memory was restored from backup medium (potential loss of
data!)
Definitions: Only occurs with SINUMERIK 840D / 840Di sl / 802D.
!! 840Di sl only
The user data of the NC and the remanent data of the PLC are stored in the static memory area
(SRAM) of the MCI board. The content of the SRAM is backed up as an SRAM image on PCU hard
disk at each "NCK POWER ON reset" and each time Windows XP is closed down normally. The pre-
viously valid SRAM image then becomes the SRAM backup, which is also stored on the PCU hard
disk.
The SRAM backup is used and alarm 4065 issued in the following cases:
HW serial no SRAM MCI board SRAM image
MCI board "OK" "OK"
1. Known No No
2. Unknown Yes No
3. Unknown No No
!! Only for 802D
The reason for this alarm is that the backup time is exceeded. Make sure that the required operating
time of the control corresponds to the specifications in your Installation & Start-up Guide. The current
backup copy of the buffered memory has been created by the last internal data backup via the "Save
data" softkey on the HMI.
Reaction: NC not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Make a POWER ON reset.
!! 840Di / 840Di sl only:
Alarm 4065 also has to be acknowledged on the HMI after a POWER ON reset:
HMI: Operating area switchover > Diagnostics > NC/PLC Diagnostics > Diagnostics > "Acknowledge
alarm 4065" button
Note
Press the "ETC" key to change to the secondary softkey bar in order to acknowledge the alarm with
a softkey.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4073 Compile cycle functions define machine data number %1 several times
Parameters: %1 = Machine data number
Definitions: Can only occur when installing compile cycle functions. Two different compile cycle applications use
the same machine data number. The machine data which was defined twice is shifted into the free
number range above 64000.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: The error has no effect on the usability of the machine data and the function of the compile cycle appli-
cation. To ensure that the compile cycle machine data documentation is correct, you must contact the
supplier of the compile cycle. Only the supplier can remedy the error by changing the software.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4075 Machine data %1 (and maybe others) not changed due to missing
permission level %2
Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier
%2 = Write protection level of the MD
Definitions: On executing a TOA file or when writing machine data from the part program, an attempt has been
made to write an item of data with a higher protection level than the access authorization currently set
in the control. The item of data in question has not been written and program execution is continued.
This alarm is set only when access violation is detected for the first time.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Set the required access level by means
of keyswitch or password entry or delete the machine data concerned from the MD file/part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Definitions: An attempt was made to enter a new value in the specified memory configuration machine data. It was
not possible to modify the value, as this would have cleared the contents of the user memory. This
was because the memory requested exceeded the available capacity.
The third parameter specifies the number of bytes by which the maximum user memory was
exceeded.
The fourth parameter specifies the type of memory whose limit was exceeded.
- "D" stands for dynamic or non-buffered user memory (this is where, for example, the LUD variables
are stored and the interpolation buffer size is entered). The capacity of this memory type is defined by
the current memory configuration and the value in MD18210 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC.
- "S" stands for static or buffered user memory (this is where part programs, offset data, R parameters,
tool data, etc. are stored). This memory type is defined by the current memory configuration and the
value in MD18230 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED.
- "iS" stands for internal static or buffered user memory. This memory type is defined by the current
memory configuration (not settable). A few NCK functions use this memory.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: If the modification was unintentional, ignore the error message and continue. The alarm has no neg-
ative effects. The remedy depends on the access right and the current memory configuration of the
NCK:
- The intended change is not possible -> Try again with a smaller value. Observe the change in the
number of bytes.
- Is it possible to expand the memory? This option depends on the model in use. (Not possible if
parameter 4 equals "iS").
- The NCK user memory may have been set smaller than it could be. With the appropriate access
authorization, the machine data (see above) can be changed.
- If parameter 4 equals "iS" and no synchronous actions are used, then MD18232
$MN_MM_ACTFILESYS_LOG_FILE_MEM[2] = 0 can be set. Otherwise the desired machine data
change cannot be made.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
4100 System cycle time/scan time divider corrected for digital drive
Definitions: MD10050 $MN_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME (system clock cycle) and/or MD10080
$MN_SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO (division factor of the position control cycle for actual value
acquisition) have been corrected.
The new value of the system clock cycle can be taken from MD10050
$MN_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME.
For PROFIdrive:
The sampling cycle to which the digital drive is synchronized (drive clock cycle) is largely determined
by the cycle specifications of the STEP 7 project (above all the PROFIBUS and PROFINET cycle
grids).
An additional, independent cycle division factor is not required for the actual value acquisition (that
means MD10080 $MN_SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO = 1 usually applies).
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: No remedial measures are required. The alarm display can be canceled with Reset.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
4152 Illegal configuration of the 'Block display with absolute values' function
Definitions: The "Block display with absolute values" function has been illegally parameterized:
- An illegal block length has been set with MD28400 $MC_MM_ABSBLOCK:
While ramping up, the machine data will be checked for the following value range:
0, 1, 128 to 512
- An invalid display range has been set with MD28402 $MC_MM_ABSBLOCK_BUFFER_CONF[].
While ramping up, the machine data will be checked for the following upper and lower limits:
0 <= MD28402 $MC_MM_ABSBLOCK_BUFFER_CONF[0] <= 8
0 <= MD28402 $MC_MM_ABSBLOCK_BUFFER_CONF[1] <= (MD28060
$MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE + MD28070$MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP).
Alarm 4152 is issued if the limits are violated.
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Configure block length/display range within the permissible limits.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4183 [Channel %1: ] M auxiliary function number %2 used several times (%3
and %4)
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = M auxiliary function number
%3 = MD identifier
%4 = MD identifier
Definitions: In the specified machine data, a number has been used several times for the configuration of an M
function.
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Check the specified machine data and create a unique assignment of M auxiliary function numbers.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4200 [Channel %1: ] Geometry axis %2 must not be declared a rotary axis
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name
Definitions: The geometry axes represent a Cartesian coordinate system and therefore the declaration of a geom-
etry axis as rotary axis leads to a definition conflict.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
Remove rotary axis declaration for this machine axis.
For this purpose, the geometry axis index for the displayed geometry axis must be determined by
means of MD20060 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB. The channel axis number is stored with
the same index in MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB. The channel axis number
minus 1 provides the channel axis index under which the machine axis number is found in MD20070
$MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4230 [Channel %1: ] Data alteration from external not possible in current
channel state
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
Definitions: It is not allowed to enter this data while the part program is being executed (e.g. setting data for work-
ing area limitation or for dry run feedrate).
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: The data to be entered must be altered before starting the part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
4275 Machine data %1 and %2 both assign the same NCK output byte no. %3
several times
Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier
%2 = String: MD identifier
%3 = No. of output
Definitions: The specified machine data assign two NC functions to the same digital/analog output.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct machine data.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4280 Assignment of NCK input/output byte via MD %1[%2] does not match
hardware configuration
Parameters: %1 = String: MD identifier
%2 = Index: MD array
Definitions: When booting, the required input/output module was not found at the slot specified in the MD.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check hardware or correct the MD, if
necessary. Note: monitoring of the hardware configuration is performed independently of the number
of activated inputs/outputs (MD10300 $MN_FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS, MD10310
$MN_FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS, MD10350 $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS, MD10360
$MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS)
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
Definitions: An invalid, i.e. undefined, number was entered in one of the machine data TRAFO_TYPE_1 ...
TRAFO_TYPE_8. This alarm also occurs if a certain type of transformation is only impossible on the
type of control used (e.g. 5-axis transformation on a SINUMERIK 802D).
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Enter a valid transformation type.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
4341 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 no data set available for transformation no. %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Transformation number
Definitions: Only a limited number of machine data sets (usually 2) is available for each related group of transfor-
mations (e.g. orientation transformations, Transmit, Tracyl, etc.). This alarm is output if an attempt is
made to set more transformations from a group.
Example:
Two orientation transformations are allowed. The machine data contains e.g.:
TRAFO_TYPE_1 = 16 ; 1st orientation transformation
TRAFO_TYPE_2 = 33 ; 2nd orientation transformation
TRAFO_TYPE_3 = 256 ; 1st transmit transformation
TRAFO_TYPE_4 = 20 ; 3rd orientation transformation ==> This entry triggers alarm
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Enter valid machine data.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
4342 [Channel %1: ] Invalid machine data for general 5-axis transformation
error no. %2
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Error type
Definitions: The machine data which describe the axis directions and the basic orientation and the input axes for
the general 5-axis transformation are invalid. The error parameter displayed specifies the cause of the
alarm:
- 1: The first axis (MD2.... $MC_TRAFO5_AXIS1_...) is not defined (all three entries of the vector are
0)
- 2: The second axis (MD2.... $MC_TRAFO5_AXIS2_...) is not defined (all three entries of the vector
are 0)
- 3: The basic orientation (MD2.... $MC_TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_...) is not defined (all three entries
of the vector are 0)
- 4: The first and second axis are (virtually) parallel
- 5: On MD2.... $MC_TRAFO_TYPE_ = 56 (rotatable tool and workpiece) there is no 4-axis transfor-
mation, i.e. 2 rotary axes must always be available. (See MD2.... $MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_...)
- 6: The third axis (MD2.... TRAFO5$MC_TRAFO5_AXIS3_...) is not defined (all three entries of the
vector are 0) (6-axis transformation)
- 7: The normal tool vector (MD2.... TRAFO6$MC_TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_...) is not
defined (all three entries of the vector are 0) (6-axis transformation)
- 8: The basic tool orientation (MD2.... $MC_TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_...) and the normal tool vector
(MD2.... $MC_TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_...) are (virtually) parallel (6-axis transformation)
- 9: The first external axis (MD2.... $MC_TRAFO7_EXT_AXIS1_*) has not been defined (all three vec-
tor entries are 0) (7-axis transformation)
-10: Invalid transformation type (MD2.... $MC_TRAFO_TYPE_...). A transformation type unequal to
24 has been entered for the generic 7-axis transformation.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
4343 [Channel %1: ] Attempt made to change the machine data of an active
transformation.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
Definitions: An attempt was made to change the machine data of an active transformation and to activate the
machine data with RESET or NEWCONFIG.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Set valid machine data.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
4347 [Channel %1: ] Invalid channel axis assignment in machine data %2[%3]
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Name of machine data
%3 = Transformation number
Definitions: MD2.... $MC_TRAFO_AXIS_IN_... contains an invalid entry. The following causes for the error are
possible:
- The entry refers to a channel axis which does not exist.
- The entry is zero (no axis) but the transformation needs the relevant axis as a channel axis.
- More than one external axis has been entered in MD2.... $MC_TRAFO_AXIS_IN_... for the 7-axis
transformation.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Correct the entry in MD2.... $MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_...
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
- 6. The kinematic chain element with the name contained in $NT_P_CHAIN_1ST_ELEM[n] could
not be found.
- 7. The kinematic chain element with the name contained in $NT_P_CHAIN_LAST_ELEM[n] could
not be found.
- 10. The rotary axis defined in $NT_ROT_AX_NAME[n,0] could not be found in any of the relevant
kinematic chains.
- 11. The rotary axis defined in $NT_ROT_AX_NAME[n,1] could not be found in any of the relevant
kinematic chains.
- 12. The rotary axis defined in $NT_ROT_AX_NAME[n,2] could not be found in any of the relevant
kinematic chains.
- 20. The linear axis defined in $NT_GEO_AX_NAME[n,0] could not be found in any of the relevant
kinematic chains.
- 21. The linear axis defined in $NT_GEO_AX_NAME[n,1] could not be found in any of the relevant
kinematic chains.
- 22. The linear axis defined in $NT_GEO_AX_NAME[n,2] could not be found in any of the relevant
kinematic chains.
- 30. The base orientation has not been defined, i.e. all three components of $NT_BASE_ORIENT[n,
0..2] are zero.
- 31. The orientation normal vector has not been defined, i.e. all three components of
$NT_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL[n, 0..2] are zero.
- 32. The vectors for the definition of the base orientation ($NT_BASE_ORIENT[n, 0..2]) and the
base normal vector ($NT_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL[n, 0..2]) are parallel.
- 40. The first and the second orientation axis of an orientation transformation are parallel.
- 41. The second and the third orientation axis of an orientation transformation are parallel.
- 42. No orientation axis has been defined (an orientation transformation requires at least one orien-
tation axis).
- 43. Invalid 3-axis orientation transformation: the orientation axis is not vertical to the plane created
by the two geometry axes.
- 50. Less than two geometry axes were defined for an orientation transformation.
- 51. Not all three geometry axes were defined for an orientation transformation with more than one
orientation axis.
- 100. The maximum number of kinematic elements (total of linear axes, rotary axes and constant
elements) has been exceeded. A sequence of constant elements in a chain that are not interrupted
by an axis, counts as only one element.
A maximum of 15 kinematic elements is currently permissible for orientation transformations.
- 101. The maximum number of rotary axes in the kinematic chains for the definition of a transforma-
tion has been exceeded.
- 103. The maximum number of elements in the definition of the kinematic chain for the tool has been
exceeded.
- 104. The maximum number of elements in the definition of the kinematic chain for the workpiece
has been exceeded.
A maximum of 6 rotary axes is currently permissible for orientation transformations.
- 10000. Illegal redundant rotary axis. For the time being, only one redundant axis is permissible for
orientation transformation. This rotary axis must be the first axis in the kinematic chain.
- 10001. The type "virtual rotary axis" of a kinematic element is not permissible (for the time being).
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Define valid transformation data record.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
4350 [Channel %1: ] Axis identifier %2 machine data %3 not consistent with
machine data %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = String: Axis identifier
%3 = String: MD identifier
%4 = String: MD identifier
Definitions: MD32420 $MA_JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE (jerk limitation) and MD35240
$MA_ACCEL_TYPE_DRIVE (acceleration reduction) have been defined as the normal position for an
axis.
However, the two functions cannot be activated at the same time for one axis.
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Resetting of MD32420
$MA_JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE or MD35240 $MA_ACCEL_TYPE_DRIVE.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4503 [TO unit %1: ] H number %2 assigned more than once. H number linked
again.
Parameters: %1 = TO unit
%2 = H number
Definitions: This error can only occur when MD10880 $MN_MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM= 1 or 2. The Power
ON effective MD10890, $MN_EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE, bit 3 has been reset. On reconstructing
data handling after Power ON, it has been found that different edges of the same TO unit have the
same H number. They had been linked previously. They are linked again and MD10890
$MN_EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE, bit 3 is set again.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: H numbers must be assigned only once in a TO unit. Then, MD10890,
$MN_EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE, bit 3 can be set = 0 and a restart can be performed.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
4632 Logical PROFIBUS handwheel slot base address for handwheel %1 not
found
Parameters: %1 = Handwheel number
Definitions: For PROFIBUS/PROFINET only:
The logical basic address of the PROFIBUS handwheel slot in machine data array
$MN_HANDWHEEL_LOGIC_ADDRESS[] indexed in machine data $MN_HANDWHEEL_MODULE
was not found in the current STEP 7 hardware configuration.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check if MD11351 $MN_HANDWHEEL_MODULE of the corresponding handwheel is correct. Check
if indexed logical base address of PROFIBUS handwheel slot in machine date array MD11353
$MN_HANDWHEEL_LOGIC_ADDRESS[] is correct.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4700 PROFIBUS I/O: The logical slot / I/O area address %1 was not found.
Parameters: %1 = Area address
Definitions: For PROFIBUS/PROFINET only:
The logical slot / I/O area address was not found in MD10500 $MN_DPIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_IN with
the stated slot / I/O area in the current STEP 7 hardware configuration.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check the slot / I/O area address in the configuration (STEP 7, HW Config).
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
4702 PROFIBUS I/O: The logical slot / I/O area address %1 was not found.
Parameters: %1 = Area address
Definitions: For PROFIBUS/PROFINET only:
The logical slot / I/O area address was not found in MD10506 $MN_DPIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_OUT
with the stated slot / I/O area index in the current STEP 7 hardware configuration.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check the slot / I/O area address in the configuration (STEP 7, HW Config).
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.
tinuation:
6010 [Channel %1: ] Data block %2 not or not completely created, error code
%3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = String (block name)
%3 = Internal error code
Definitions: Data management has detected an error in power-up. The specified data block may not have been
created. The error number specifies the type of error. If the error number is >100000, then there is a
fatal system error. Otherwise, the user memory range was made too small. In this case the (user) error
codes have the following meaning:
- Error number 1: No memory space available
- Error number 2: Maximum possible number of symbols exceeded
- Error number 3: Index 1 lies outside the valid value range
- Error number 4: Name already exists in channel
- Error number 5: Name already exists in NCK
If the alarm occurs after cycle programs, macro definitions or definitions for global user data (GUD)
have been introduced, the machine data for the user memory configuration have been incorrectly con-
figured. In all other cases, changes to machine data that are already correct lead to errors in the user
memory configuration.
The following block names (2nd parameter) are known in the NCK (all system and user data blocks;
in general, only problems in the user data blocks can be remedied by user intervention):
- _N_NC_OPT - System internal: option data, NCK global
- _N_NC_SEA - System internal: setting data, NCK global
- _N_NC_TEA - System internal: machine data, NCK global
- _N_NC_CEC - System internal: 'cross error compensation'
- _N_NC_PRO - System internal: protection zones, NCK global
- _N_NC_GD1 - User: 1st GUD block defined by _N_SGUD_DEF, NCK global
- _N_NC_GD2 - User: 2nd GUD block defined by _N_MGUD_DEF, NCK global
- _N_NC_GD3 - User: 3rd GUD block defined by _N_UGUD_DEF, NCK global
- _N_NC_GD4 - User: 4th GUD block defined by _N_GUD4_DEF, NCK global
- _N_NC_GD5 - User: 5th GUD block defined by _N_GUD5_DEF, NCK global
- _N_NC_GD6 - User: 6th GUD block defined by _N_GUD6_DEF, NCK global
- _N_NC_GD7 - User: 7th GUD block defined by _N_GUD7_DEF, NCK global
- _N_NC_GD8 - User: 8th GUD block defined by _N_GUD8_DEF, NCK global
- _N_NC_GD9 - User: 9th GUD block defined by _N_GUD9_DEF, NCK global
- _N_NC_MAC - User: Macro definitions
- _N_NC_FUN - System internal: predefined functions and procedures, NCK global
- _N_CHc_OPT - System internal: option data, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_SEA - System internal: setting data, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_TEA - System internal: machine data, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_PRO - System internal: protection zones, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_UFR - System internal: frames, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_RPA - System internal: arithmetic parameters, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_GD1 - User: 1st GUD block defined by _N_SGUD_DEF, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_GD2 - User: 2nd GUD block defined by _N_MGUD_DEF, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_GD3 - User: 3rd GUD block defined by _N_UGUD_DEF, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_GD4 - User: 4th GUD block defined by _N_GUD4_DEF, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_GD5 - User: 5th GUD block defined by _N_GUD5_DEF, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_GD6 - User: 6th GUD block defined by _N_GUD6_DEF, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_GD7 - User: 7th GUD block defined by _N_GUD7_DEF, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_GD8 - User: 8th GUD block defined by _N_GUD8_DEF, channel-specific
- _N_CHc_GD9 - User: 9th GUD block defined by _N_GUD9_DEF, channel-specific
- _N_AXa_OPT - System internal: option data, axial
- _N_AXa_SEA - System internal: setting data, axial
- _N_AXa_TEA - System internal: machine data, axial
- _N_AXa_EEC - System internal: leadscrew error compensation data, axial
- _N_AXa_QEC - System internal: quadrant error compensation data, axial
- _N_TOt_TOC - System internal: toolholder data, TOA-specific
- _N_TOt_TOA - System internal: tool data, TOA-specific
- _N_TOt_TMA - System internal: magazine data, TOA-specific
- _N_NC_KIN - System internal: data to describe kinematic chains, NCK-specific
6035 Instead of %1 KB the system has only %2 KB of free user memory of type
'%3'
Parameters: %1 = Free memory capacity in KB defined for the control model
%2 = Actual maximum capacity of free memory in KB
%3 = Type of memory, "D" =non-battery-backed, "S" =battery-backed
Definitions: The alarm can only occur after a 'cold start' (=NCK start-up with standard machine data). The alarm
is only a notice. There is no interference with any NCK functions. It shows that the NCK has less free
user memory available than specified by Siemens for this control variant. The value of the actually
available free user memory can also be taken from the MD18050
$MN_INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC, MD18060 $MN_INFO_FREE_MEMS_STATIC.
Siemens supplies NCK with default settings that, depending on the model, have certain (free) memory
space available for the specific settings of the actual applications. The original factory setting of NCK
systems is thus that the alarm does not occur with a cold start.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Reasons for the message:
- The NCK contains compile cycle software, that uses so much memory space that the hardware can-
not provide the required memory.
- The NCK runs on hardware that is not intended for this NCK release (i.e. that has not enough mem-
ory capacity).
- If the application runs properly with the remaining free user memory (i.e. can be started up without
any errors), the message can simply be ignored.
- If the actual application cannot be configured because there is not enough memory capacity avail-
able, either the existing compile cycle must be reduced or, if possible, the system must be upgraded
with additional memory space.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
6401 [Channel %1: ] Tool change not possible: Empty location for tool %2 on
magazine %4 not available.
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = String (identifier)
%3 = -Not used-
%4 = Magazine number
Definitions: The tool cannot be moved into the selected tool magazine. There is no appropriate location for this
tool. A suitable location is mainly determined by the status. The status must indicate that this location
is free, not disabled, not reserved and not co-occupied by a tool that is too large. Furthermore, it is
important that the type of tool matches the type of any magazine location that may be free. (If, for
example, all magazine locations are of the 'B' type and these are all free and the tool is of type 'A',
then this tool cannot be put into this magazine).
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: - Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.
- Check whether there is still room in the magazine to add another tool; there may not be due to oper-
ating procedures.
- Check whether a location type hierarchy is defined and whether it, for example, does not allow inser-
tion of a type 'A' tool in a free location with type 'B'.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
6402 [Channel %1: ] Tool change not possible. Magazine no. %2 not available
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Magazine number
Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The magazine with the specified number is not available.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: - Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.
- Check whether the magazine is connected to the desired tool holder/spindle via a distance relation.
- The user PLC program may have sent wrong data to the NCK.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
6403 [Channel %1: ] Tool change not possible. Magazine location number %2
on magazine %3 not available.
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Magazine number
%3 = Magazine location number
Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The specified magazine location is not contained in the spec-
ified magazine.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.
The user PLC program may have delivered incorrect data to the NCK.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
6404 [Channel %1: ] Tool change not possible. Tool %2 not available or not
usable
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = String (identifier)
Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The specified tool does not exist or cannot be inserted.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: - Check whether the part program is written correctly.
- Check whether the tool data are correctly defined.
- Check whether there is a replacement tool which can be used for the specified tool.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Parameters 2 and 3 designate the PLC command and the status number of the acknowledgement.
Example: Parameter 4 of the alarm message is 10. It is not defined that a buffer location has to be
reserved for asynchronous tool motion. In the example, the parameter is ignored by the NCK. Further
possible causes for the alarm: The tool change defined by the command is not possible. The maga-
zine location specified in the invalid parameter does not exist in the magazine.
The 3rd parameter - error identification - gives a more detailed description of the alarm. Meanings:
- 0 = not defined
- 1 = status not allowed or undefined status received by PLC
- 2 = source and/or target magazine no./location no. unknown
- 3 = not defined
- 4 = target magazine no. and/or location no. are not the end target in the tool motion command
- 5 = not defined
- 6 = source and/or target magazine no./location no. unknown during tool change
- 7 = PLC comm. with inconsistent data: either inconsistent magazine addresses in VDI or NCK com-
mand unequal to PLC acknowledgement or both
- 8 = PLC comm. with inconsistent data: while rejecting a tool, the tool to be rejected was unloaded
asynchronously. NCK cannot perform a new selection.
- 9 = PLC comm. with inconsistent data: the command acknowledgement data wants to move a tool
to a location that is occupied by another tool.
- 10 = Asynchronous tool motion with reservation is only defined for the motion from a magazine to a
buffer location.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Erroneous PLC communication: Correct
the PLC program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Remedy: - Check whether the magazine data are correctly defined (especially the location type).
- Check whether the tool data are correctly defined (especially the location type).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
6410 [TO unit %1: ] Tool %2 has reached its prewarning limit with D = %4
Parameters: %1 = TO unit
%2 = Tool identifier (name)
%3 = -Not used-
%4 = D number
Definitions: Tool monitoring: This message informs that the specified D offset has reached its prewarning limit for
a time-, quantity- or wear-monitored tool. If possible, the D number is displayed; if not, value 0 is
assigned to the 4th parameter.
If the function additive offset is being used, additive offset monitoring may be active instead of tool
wear monitoring. The actual type of tool monitoring is a tool property (see $TC_TP9). If replacement
tools are not being used, the duplo number specified has no meaning. The alarm is triggered through
the HMI or PLC (=OPI interface). The channel context is not defined. The TO unit was specified for
this reason (see MD28085 $MC_MM_LINK_TOA_UNIT).
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
6411 [Channel %1: ] Tool %2 has reached its prewarning limit with D = %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Tool identifier (name)
%3 = -Not used-
%4 = D number
Definitions: Tool monitoring: This message informs that the specified D offset has reached its prewarning limit for
a time-, quantity- or wear-monitored tool. If possible, the D number is displayed; if not, value 0 is
assigned to the 4th parameter.
If the function additive offset is being used, additive offset monitoring may be active instead of tool
wear monitoring. The actual type of tool monitoring is a tool property (see $TC_TP9).
If replacement tools are not being used, the duplo number specified has no meaning.
The alarm originates during NC program execution.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
6412 [TO unit %1: ] Tool %2 has reached its monitoring limit with D = %4
Parameters: %1 = TO unit
%2 = Tool identifier (name)
%3 = -Not used-
%4 = D number
Definitions: Tool monitoring: This message informs that the specified D offset has reached its prewarning limit for
a time-, quantity- or wear-monitored tool. If possible, the D number is displayed; if not, value 0 is
assigned to the 4th parameter.
If the function additive offset is being used, additive offset monitoring may be active instead of tool
wear monitoring.
The actual type of tool monitoring is a tool property (see $TC_TP9).
If replacement tools are not being used, the duplo number specified has no meaning.
The alarm is triggered through the HMI or PLC (=OPI interface). The channel context is not defined.
The TO unit was specified for this reason (see MD28085 $MC_MM_LINK_TOA_UNIT).
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
6413 [Channel %1: ] Tool %2 has reached its monitoring limit with D = %4
Parameters: %1 = TO unit
%2 = Tool identifier (name)
%3 = -Not used-
%4 = D number
Definitions: Tool monitoring: This message informs that the specified D offset has reached its prewarning limit for
a time-, quantity- or wear-monitored tool. If possible, the D number is displayed; if not, value 0 is
assigned to the 4th parameter.
If the function additive offset is being used, additive offset monitoring may be active instead of tool
wear monitoring.
The actual type of tool monitoring is a tool property (see $TC_TP9).
If replacement tools are not being used, the duplo number specified has no meaning.
The alarm originates during NC program execution.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
6415 [TO unit %1: ] Tool %2 with tool edge no. %3 has reached tool monitor
warning limit
Parameters: %1 = TO unit
%2 = Tool identifier
%3 = Cutting edge number
Definitions: This message informs that at least one cutting edge of the time or quantity monitored tool has reached
its monitoring limit. The alarm was triggered through the OPI interface (MMC, PLC). The channel con-
text is not defined. The TO unit was specified for this reason.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
6416 [Channel %1: ] Tool %2 with tool edge no. %3 has reached tool monitor
warning limit
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Tool identifier
%3 = Cutting edge number
Definitions: This message informs that at least one cutting edge of the time or quantity monitored tool has reached
its monitoring limit. The limit was detected in the channel context. The alarm originated during NC pro-
gram execution.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
6417 [TO unit %1: ] Tool %2 with tool edge no. %3 has reached tool monitoring
limit
Parameters: %1 = TO unit
%2 = Tool identifier
%3 = Cutting edge number
Definitions: This message informs that at least one cutting edge of the time or quantity monitored tool has reached
its monitoring limit. The alarm was triggered through the OPI interface (MMC, PLC). The channel con-
text is not defined. The TO unit was specified for this reason.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
6418 [Channel %1: ] Tool %2 with tool edge no. %3 has reached tool
monitoring limit
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Tool identifier
%3 = Tool number
Definitions: This message informs that at least one cutting edge of the time or quantity monitored tool has reached
its monitoring limit. The limit was detected in the channel context. The alarm originated during NC-
program execution.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: For information only. The user must decide what to do.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
6421 [Channel %1: ] Tool move not possible. Empty location for tool %2 on
magazine %4 not available.
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = String (identifier)
%3 = -Not used-
%4 = Magazine number
Definitions: The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is not possible. The tool cannot
be moved into the specified tool magazine. There is no appropriate location for this tool.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly (e.g. the magazine must not be dis-
abled).
- Check whether the tool data are correctly defined (for example, the tool location type must match the
location types allowed in the magazine).
- Check whether the magazine has simply no more room to accept another tool thanks to operating
procedures.
- Check whether a location type hierarchy is defined and whether, for example, it does not allow inser-
tion of a type 'A' tool in a free location with type 'B'.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
6422 [Channel %1: ] Tool move not possible. Magazine no. %2 not available.
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Magazine number
Definitions: The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is not possible. The magazine
with the specified number is not available.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.
- If the PLC issued the command for motion: check whether the PLC program is correct.
- If the MMC issued the command for motion: check whether the MMC command was assigned correct
parameters.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
6423 [Channel %1: ] Tool move not possible. Location %2 on magazine %3 not
available.
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Magazine location number
%3 = Magazine number
Definitions: The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is not possible. The specified
magazine location is not contained in the specified magazine.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
6424 [Channel %1: ] Tool move not possible. Tool %2 not available/not usable.
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = String (identifier)
Definitions: The desired tool motion command - triggered from the HMI or PLC - is not possible. The status of the
named tool does not allow movement of the tool. The named tool is not defined or not permitted for
the command.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check whether the tool status 'is being changed' ('H20') is set. If yes, then the appropriate tool
change command must first be completed by the PLC. Then the tool should be able to be moved.
- Check whether the tool data are correctly defined. Has the correct T number been specified?
- Check whether the move command has been correctly parameterized. Is the desired tool at the
source location? Is the target location suitable for taking the tool?
- Check whether the tool has already been loaded (if the alarm occurs while loading the tool).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Remedy: - Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.
- Check whether there is still room in the magazine to add another tool; there may not be due to oper-
ating procedures.
- Check whether a location type hierarchy is defined and whether it, for example, does not allow inser-
tion of a type 'A' tool in a free location with type 'B'.
- Check whether the magazine in question is linked to the load/unload location or whether a distance
has been defined.
- Check whether the load/unload position is of 'load location' type.
See also $TC_MPP1.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
6450 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 tool change not possible. Invalid magazine
location no. %3 in buffer magazine
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Magazine location number
Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The specified magazine location is either toolholder/spindle
or empty.
Only the numbers of the buffer that are not toolholder/spindle may be programmed with the NC com-
mand TCI, i.e. the location number of a gripper is allowed.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check whether the magazine data ($TC_MPP1) have been defined correctly.
- Check whether the alarm-causing program command _ e.g. TCI _ has been programmed correctly.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
6451 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 tool change not possible. No buffer magazine
defined.
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. No buffer magazine defined.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check whether the magazine data have been defined correctly.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
6452 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 tool change not possible. Tool holder/spindle
number = %3 not defined.
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Tool holder/spindle number
Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The toolholder/spindle number has not been defined.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: General: The following must apply: 'maximum programmed address extension s (=spindle num-
ber/toolholder number)
of Ts=t, Ms=6 must be less than the value of MD18076 $MN_MM_NUM_LOCS_WITH_DISTANCE.
With magazine management: Check whether the toolholder number/spindle number and the maga-
zine data have been defined correctly.
(See also the system variables $TC_MPP1, $TC_MPP5 of the buffer magazine).
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
6454 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 tool change not possible. No distance relation
available.
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. Neither the spindle nor the buffer magazine location have a
distance relation.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check whether the magazine data ($TC_MDP2) have been defined correctly.
- Check whether the alarm-causing program command _ e.g. TCI _ has been programmed correctly.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
6455 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 tool change not possible. Magazine location no.
%3 not available in magazine %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Magazine location number
%4 = Magazine number
Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The indicated magazine location is not available in the indi-
cated magazine.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check whether the causing program command - e.g. TCI - has been parameterized correctly.
- Check whether magazine data have been defined correctly. ($TC_MAP6 and $TC_MAP7 of the
intermediate location magazine)
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
6700 [Channel %1: ] Value of the machine data %2%3 is too low
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = MD identifier
%3 = If required, field index
Definitions: The MD28302 $MC_MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETP_STD_TYP specifies the number of default event
types for the protocol users. However, more types are used than configured.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Increase MD28302 $MC_MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETP_STD_TYP.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
7100 Compile cycles VDI area: %1 byte for inputs and %2 byte for outputs.
Maximum %3 bytes available.
Parameters: %1 = String (machine data)
%2 = String (machine data)
%3 = Max. length for interface
Definitions: The sum of the input and output bytes at the VDI user interface for the compile cycles exceeds the
maximum quantity of 400 bytes.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Set the machine data for dividing up the
VDI user interface of the compile cycles (DB 9) into input and output bytes in accordance with the func-
tions in the compile cycles. The maximum quantity of 400 bytes must not be exceeded. There are no
restrictions concerning the division into input and output bytes.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
Definitions: This alarm is purely a development alarm. It only occurs with externally linked compile cycles.
Reaction: NC not ready.
The NC switches to follow-up mode.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Alarm reaction delay is cancelled.
Remedy: Consultation with CC developer
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels. Restart part program.
tinuation:
Remedy: Index == 1: The COA application is not executable in the current environment. Please inform the
authorized personnel/service department.
Index == 2 or.3: The memory requested by the COA application will not become available until after
another restart. This means that the alarm should no longer occur with a restart (NCK reset). Other-
wise, there is a real memory problem, and the COA application is not executable (see Index == 1).
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
7500 Block %1 invalid protection level for command %2 (protection level act.:
%3 prog.: %4)
Parameters: %1 = Block number
%2 = Programmed command
%3 = Current protection level of the command
%4 = Programmed protection level of the command
Definitions: On assigning a protection level for a parts program command via REDEF command
- an impermissible parts program command has been programmed
- a protection level has been programmed that is logically smaller (larger in value) than the protection
level currently applicable for this command.
- the relevant definition file has not been protected sufficently against write access. The write protec-
tion of the file must be at least as high as the highest protection level that has been assigned to a parts
program command in this definition file.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify definition files /_N_DEF_DIR/_N_MACCESS_DEF or /_N_DEF_DIR/_N_UACCESS_DEF-
CESS_ DEF. Please see the Siemens Programming Guide or the OEM documentation for the lan-
guage commands permissible for the relevant system configurations.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Definitions: More machine axes have been defined through the MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED than
are allowed in the system.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. The sum of all axes that have been con-
figured through the channel-specific MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED, must not exceed
the maximum number of axes (dependent on configuration -> option, basic version: 4 axes).
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
8023 Option 'Activation of more than %1 KB PLC user memory' not set
Parameters: %1 = Memory size
Definitions: The option for the memory configuration does not correspond to the PLC user memory used.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
- Purchase option
- Use less PLC user memory
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
8030 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 option 'interpolation of more than %3 axes' not
set
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of permissible axes
Definitions: The option for the number of interpolating axes does not correspond to the number of axes pro-
grammed in the interpolation group.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Option: "Interpolation of more than 4 axes" (the number of permitted axes can be set in this option) or
program in the part program as many axes corresponding to the configuration of the control.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
8031 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 axis %3: Axis has no IPO functionality
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis, spindle number
Definitions: An axis/spindle that has been defined as a special axis/auxiliary spindle (see MD30460
$MA_BASE_FUNCTION_MASK bit8), should be operated as an interpolating axis.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Define axis as interpolating axis (see MD30460 $MA_BASE_FUNCTION_MASK bit8) or change part
program
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
8036 Option: it is not allowed to set different IPO cycles or position control
cycles with NCU link.
Definitions: The option for activating the FAST_IPO_LINK has not been set. For NCU link, all Ipo or position con-
trol cycles must then be equal (see FAST-IPO-LINK description).
Reaction: NC not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: - Buy option
- Do not activate different Ipo or position control cycles (see MD10070
$MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO and MD10060 $MN_POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO).
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
8038 Option 'activation of more than %1 lead link axes' not set
Parameters: %1 = Number of axes
Definitions: The option for the number of lead link axes does not match the number of configured axes in the
MD30554 $MA_AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Buy option
- Configure fewer lead link axes
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
8081 %1 option(s) is/are activated that are not licensed by the license key
Parameters: %1 = Number of non-licensed options
Definitions: One ore more options were activated, that are not licensed by the license key entered.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Generate new license key through the internet under http://www.siemens.com/automation/licence
and enter it in the operating area "Start-up", function (HSK) "Licences".
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
8082 A wrong license key was entered three times, Power On required before
next try.
Definitions: The license key was entered wrongly at least three times. Before the next input, a new power ON is
required.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Execute NCK Power On and enter the license key (correctly).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
9050 PROFIBUS I/O: Sign of life failure, logical slot / I/O area address %1
Parameters: %1 = Area address
Definitions: For PROFIBUS/PROFINET only:
The sign of life of the slot / I/O area has failed. No data can currently be read from the PROFIBUS I/O
devices.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check the communications link to the PROFIBUS I/O devices.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
9052 PROFIBUS I/O: Sign of life failure, logical slot / I/O area address %1
Parameters: %1 = Area address
Definitions: For PROFIBUS/PROFINET only:
The sign of life of the slot / I/O area has failed. No data can currently be written to the PROFIBUS I/O
devices.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check the communications link to the PROFIBUS I/O devices.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
10207 [Channel %1: ] Error when selecting or deselecting the digitize function
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
Definitions: An error has occurred on activating/deactivating the digitizing module; e.g. not in channel ready state,
already activated, etc.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Press RESET.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
10600 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 auxiliary function during thread cutting active
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: An auxiliary function output is programmed in a thread cutting block.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Consequential errors can occur if the machining path of the thread block is too short and further blocks
(thread blocks) follow in which no machining stop may occur.
Possible remedial measures:
- Program a longer path and/or a lower traversing rate.
- Output auxiliary function in another block (program section).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
10601 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 zero velocity at block end point during thread
cutting
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: This alarm occurs only when several blocks with G33 follow in succession. The block end velocity in
the specified block is zero, although a further thread cutting block follows. The reasons for this can be,
for instance:
- G9
- Auxiliary function after motion
- Auxiliary function output before the motion of the following block
- Positioning axis in the block
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify the NC part program by removing any programmed "Stop at end of block" G09.
Modify general MD11110 $MN_AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC [n] for selecting the output time of an auxil-
iary function group by changing "Auxiliary function output before/after the movement" to "Auxiliary
function output during the movement".
Bit 5 = 1: Auxiliary function output before movement
Bit 6 = 1: Auxiliary function output during movement
Bit 7 = 1: Auxiliary function output after movement
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Remedy: Depending on the reason for this alarm being triggered, the following remedial measures should be
undertaken:
- Handwheel override: Cancel the motion overlay and avoid this or keep it smaller when the program
is repeated.
- Transformation: Check the preset/programmed zero offsets (current frame). If the values are correct,
the tool holder (fixture) must be moved in order to avoid triggering the same alarm when the program
is repeated, which would again cause the program to be aborted.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10634 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2, tool radius compensation is inactive for type %3
working area limitation, reason: The tool is not oriented parallel to the
axis.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis, spindle
%3 = 0: BCS, 1: WCS / SZS
Definitions: The tool radius compensation of the working area limitation of the stated axis is not taken into account.
Reason: The tool is not oriented parallel to the axis (e.g. because toolcarrier or transformation is
active).
The alarm is reported in JOG mode.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: The tool radius compensation for working area limitations in JOG mode can only be taken into account
if the tool is parallel to the axis.
Active transformation and toolcarrier must be switched off for this function.
10635 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2, tool radius compensation is inactive for type %3
working area limitation, reason: no milling or drilling tool.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis, spindle
%3 = 0: BCS, 1: WCS / SZS
Definitions: The tool radius compensation of the working area limitation of the stated axis is not taken into account.
Reason: The tool must be of type milling cutter or drill.
The alarm is reported in JOG mode.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: The tool radius compensation for working area limitations in JOG mode can only be taken into account
for milling or drilling tools.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
10636 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2, tool radius compensation is inactive for type %3
working area limitation, reason: Transformation is active.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis, spindle
%3 = 0: BCS, 1: WCS / SZS
Definitions: The tool radius compensation of the working area limitation of the stated axis is not taken into account.
Reason: A transformation is active.
The alarm is reported in JOG mode.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: The tool radius compensation for working area limitations in JOG mode cannot be taken into account
if transfomation is active.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
10637 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2, tool radius compensation is inactive for type %3
working area limitation, reason: Tool not active.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis, spindle
%3 = 0: BCS, 1: WCS / SZS
Definitions: The tool radius compensation of the working area limitation of the stated axis is not taken into account.
Reason: No tool is active.
The alarm is reported in JOG mode.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: The tool radius compensation for working area limitations in JOG mode cannot be taken into account
wihout an active tool.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
10650 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 incorrect gantry machine data, error code %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis
%3 = Error no.
Definitions: An incorrect value was entered in the gantry-specific axial machine data. Further information can be
derived from the error number.
- Error no. = 1 => either an incorrect gantry unit has been entered or the designation of the following
axis is incorrect.
- Error no. = 2 => master axis has been specified more than once.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct the machine data:
MD37100 $MA_GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE
0: No gantry axis 1: Master axis grouping 1 11: Slave axis grouping 1 2: Master axis grouping 2 12:
Slave axis grouping 2 3: Master axis grouping 3 13: Slave axis grouping 3
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
10657 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 power OFF in the gantry error limit exceeded
status
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis
Definitions: Gantry error limit exceeded status (alarm 10653) has been switched off.
The error can only be removed by deleting MD37135 $MA_GANTRY_ACT_POS_TOL_ERROR or by
deactivating the extended monitoring (MD37150 $MA_GANTRY_FUNCTION_MASK Bit0).
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
1. Remove a mechanical misalignment
2. Check axis (uneven mechanical movement?)
3. Delete MD37135 $MA_GANTRY_ACT_POS_TOL_ERROR or deactivate the extended monitoring
4. MD37120 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR is set incorrectly
If the MD is changed, a Power ON will be required.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10702 [Channel %1: ] NCK protection zone %2 violated during manual mode
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Protection zone number
Definitions: The workpiece-related NCK protection zone has been violated. Note that another tool-related protec-
tion zone is still active. The workpiece-related protected area can be traversed after a new NC Start.
Reaction: Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Protection zone can be traversed after a new NC Start.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
10706 [Channel %1: ] NCK protection zone %2 reached with axis %3 during
manual mode
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Protection zone number
%3 = Axis name
Definitions: The workpiece-related NCK protection zone has been reached with the specified axis. Note that
another tool-related protection zone is still active. The workpiece-related protection zone can be tra-
versed when the PLC has issued an enable signal.
Reaction: Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Protection zone can be traversed after
enable signal from PLC.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
Definitions: The path programmed for the axis violates the currently valid software limit switch. The alarm is acti-
vated when preparing the part program block.
This alarm is issued instead of alarm 10720 if bit 11=1 in the MD11411
$MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK. Alarm 10722 offers an expanded diagnostics option for the software
limit switch violation. The condition for activation is the presence of the ALUN* alarm file in the HMI.
See also diagnostics guide for alarm 10720.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check and correct positions in the NC program.
Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
Machine data: MD36100 $MA_POS_LIMIT_MINUS/MD36120 $MA_POS_LIMIT_MINUS2 and
MD36110 $MA_POS_LIMIT_PLUS/MD36130 $MA_POS_LIMIT_PLUS2 must be checked for the
software limit switches.
Check the axis-specific interface signals: DB31, ... DBX12.3 / 12.2 (2nd software limit switch
plus/minus) to see whether the 2nd software limit switch is selected.
Check currently active work offsets via the current frame.
Work offsets, overlaid movements ($AA_OFF), DRF and transformation components must also be
checked.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: This alarm is generated if it is determined during block preparation that the programmed path of the
axis violates the working area limitation.
If bit 11=0 in machine data MD11411$MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK, this alarm is issued instead of
alarm 10732. If bit 11 is set in machine dataMD11411 $MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK, an expanded
diagnostics option is offered for the software limit switch violation. The condition for activation is the
presence of the ALUN* alarm file in the HMI.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: a) Check NC program for correct positional data and, if necessary, make corrections.
b) Check zero offsets (current frame)
c) Correct working area limitation via G25/G26, or
d) Correct working area limitation via setting data, or
e) Deactivate working area limitation via setting data 43410 WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE=FALSE
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10740 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 too many empty blocks in WAB programming
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: It is not allowed to program more blocks than specified by MD20202
$MC_WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS between the WAB block and the block determining the
approach and retraction tangent.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10741 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 direction reversal with WAB infeed motion
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: A safety distance which has been programmed is located perpendicular to the machining plane and
not between the start and end point of the WAB contour.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10747 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 retraction direction not defined for WAB
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In a WAB retraction block with quarter circle or semi-circle (G248 or G348), the end point in the
machining plane was not programmed, and either G143 or G140 without tool radius compensation is
active.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program. The following changes are possible:
- Indicate end point in the machining plane in the WAB block.
- Activate tool radius compensation (effective for G140 only, not for G143).
- State retraction side explicitly with G141 or G142.
- Perform retraction with a straight line instead of a circle.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10750 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 tool radius compensation activated without tool
number
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: A tool T... must be selected so that the control can make allowance for the associated compensation
values.
A correction data block (D1) containing the correction values (parameter P1 - P25) is automatically
assigned to each tool (T number). Up to 9 correction data blocks can be assigned to a tool by speci-
fying the required data block with the D number (D1 - D9).
The cutter radius compensation (CRC) is allowed for if function G41 or G42 is programmed. The cor-
rection values are contained in parameter P6 (geometry value) and P15 (wear value) of the active cor-
rection data block Dx.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interpreter stop
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Before calling the CRC with G41/G42, program a tool number under the address T...
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10752 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 overflow of local block buffer with tool radius
compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The cutter radius compensation must buffer a variable number of intermediate blocks in order to
enable calculation of the equidistant tool path for each NC block. The size of the buffer cannot be
determined by simple means. It depends on the number of blocks without traversing information in the
compensation plane, the number of contour elements to be inserted and the shape of the curvature
in spline and polynomial interpolation.
The size of the buffer is fixed by the system and cannot be changed via the MDs.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
10753 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 selection of the tool radius compensation only
possible in linear block
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Selection of tool radius compensation with G41/G42 may only be performed in blocks where the G
function G00 (rapid traverse) or G01 (feed) is active.
In the block with G41/G42, at least one axis in the plane G17 to G19 must be written. It is always advis-
able to write both axes because, as a rule, both axes are traversed when selecting the compensation.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Correct the NC program and put the compensation selection in a block with linear interpolation.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10755 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 selection of the tool radius compensation via
KONT not possible at the current starting point
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: When activating the cutter radius compensation with KONT the starting point of the approach block is
within the compensation circle and therefore already violates the contour.
If the cutter radius compensation is selected with G41/G42, the approach behavior (NORM or KONT)
determines the compensation movement if the present actual position is behind the contour. With
KONT, a circle is drawn with the cutter radius around the programmed initial point (= end point of the
approach block). The tangent that passes through the current actual position and does not violate the
contour is the approach movement.
If the start point is within the compensation circle around the target point, no tangent passes through
this point.
10756 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 deselection of the tool radius compensation via
KONT not possible at the programmed end point
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: On deselection of the cutter radius compensation, the programmed end point is within the compensa-
tion circle. If this point were in fact to be approached without compensation, there would be a contour
violation.
If the cutter radius compensation is deselected via G40, the approach behavior (NORM or KONT)
determines the compensation movement if the programmed end point is behind the contour. With
KONT, a circle is drawn with the cutter radius about the last point at which the compensation is still
active. The tangent passing through the programmed end position and not violating the contour is the
retraction movement.
If the start point is within the compensation circle around the target point, no tangent passes through
this point.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Place deselection of the CRC such that the programmed end point comes to rest outside the compen-
sation circle around the last active compensation point. The following possibilities are available:
Deselection in the next block
Insert intermediate block
Select retract behavior NORM
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10757 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 changing the compensation plane while tool
radius compensation is active not possible
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In order to change the compensation plane (G17, G18 or G19) it is first necessary to deselect the cut-
ter radius compensation with G40.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Insert an intermediate block in the part program using the correction deselection. After the plane
change, the cutter radius compensation is to be selected in an approach block with linear interpolation.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10760 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 helical axis is not parallel to tool orientation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: With active tool radius compensation a helix is only permissible if the helix axis is parallel to the tool,
i.e. the circle plane and the compensation plane must be identical.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Orient helix axis perpendicular to the machining plane.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10761 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 tool radius compensation for ellipse with more
than one revolution not possible
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: When machining the inside of an ellipse, in parts of the ellipse the curvature radii are greater than or
smaller than the cutter radius compensation.
In ellipses, in this case the block would be split up into 4 subblocks with curvature radii that are greater
than and less than the compensation radius. Over several revolutions, there would be a tremendous
increase in the amount of calculation required by the unlimited number of resulting subblocks, and
therefore this situation is rejected by the error message.
If compensation is possible everywhere or nowhere on the ellipse, then ellipses are also permissible
that cover more than one full revolution.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Use cutter with smaller radius or program motion block on blocks with no more than one revolution.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10762 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 too many empty blocks between two traversing
blocks with active tool radius compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The maximum permissible number of empty blocks is limited by a machine data.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: - Modify part program
- Modify machine data
- Check whether SBL2 is activated. With SBL2, a block is generated from each part program line which
can lead to exceeding the maximum permissible number of empty blocks between two traversing
blocks.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10764 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 discontinuous path with active tool radius
compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: This alarm occurs when, with active tool radius compensation, the starting point used for calculating
the compensation is not identical to the end point of the preceding block. This situation can occur, for
example, when a geometry axis is traversed between two positions as a positioning axis or when, with
an active kinematic transformation (e.g. 5-axis transformation) the tool length compensation is altered.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10767 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 processing with tilt angle unequal 0 not
possible
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: When face milling with a torus milling cutter, the tilt angle must be 0 if the surface normal vector and
the tool orientation include an angle that is less than the limiting angle given by the MD21082
$MC_CUTCOM_PLANE_ORI_LIMIT, i.e. in this case only the lead angle may be unequal to 0.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program. If necessary, use another tool (ball end mill).
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10768 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 illegal tool orientation with 3D tool radius
compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: This alarm may occur during 3D face milling: the angle between the surface normal vector of the sur-
face to be machined and the largest surface normal vector of the tool surface is smaller than the limit
value given by MD21080 $MC_CUTCOM_PARALLEL_ORI_LIMIT, or the tool is oriented such that
machining would have to be performed from the rear side of the surface. In this case, the largest sur-
face normal vector is the vector the direction of which deviates most from the direction in the tool point
(i.e. parallel to the tool longitudinal axis).
With cylindrical tools or tools which end in a cylindrical part (e.g. the standard torus milling cutter), this
vector is positioned perpendicular to the tool vector. For this type of tool, the alarm indicates that the
angle between the tool longitudinal axis of, for example an envelope line of the cylinder, and the sur-
face to be machined is smaller than the minimum permissible value. With tools the (valid) surface of
which ends in a conical part instead of a cylindrical part (e.g. a beveled cutter or a torus milling cutter
where the torus is defined to be smaller than 90 degrees), this alarm indicates that the angle between
an envelope line of the taper and the surface to be machined is smaller than the minimum permissible
value.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program. If necessary, use another tool.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10769 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 Illegal surface normal vector with 3D tool radius
compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In 3D face milling, surface normal vector and path tangent vector must theoretically be perpendicular
to one another, i.e. they must be at 90° to one another. Since both vectors can be programmed inde-
pendently of each other, deviations from this angle are possible and allowed. This alarm is generated
when the angle between surface normal vector and path tangent vector becomes less than the limit
angle given by the MD21084 $MC_CUTCOM_PLANE_PATH_LIMIT.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10771 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 overflow of local block buffer due to orientation
smoothing
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: This error occurs when more blocks must be buffered than memory space is available.
This error can only occur when the software has been incorrectly configured.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Increase size of local buffer area.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10773 [Channel %1: ] Illegal tool orientation in block %2 at inside corner with
block %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Block number, label
Definitions: On inside corners, the path of the traversing blocks concerned is reduced but the orientation change
originally programmed in the block is retained and is now carried out in synchronism with the short-
ened path. Because of the ensuing changed relationship between path tangent, surface normal and
tool orientation, singular points or points with impermissible side angle can occur in 3D face milling.
This is not allowed.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10774 [Channel %1: ] Illegal tool dimensions with face cutting in block %2
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: This alarm occurs when illegal tool dimensions are programmed for face milling, e.g. negative tool
radius, rounding radius zero or negative for tool types that require a rounding radius, taper angle zero
or negative for tapered tools.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10775 [Channel %1: ] Illegal tool change with face cutting in block %2
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: This alarm occurs when a tool change has been programmed while 3D tool radius compensation is
active with the result that the tool type changes or, if the tool type remains unchanged, at least one
relevant tool dimension has changed as compared with the deselected tool. Depending on the tool
type, relevant tool dimensions can be the tool diameter, the rounding radius or the taper angle.
Changes to the tool length are allowed.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10776 [Channel %1: ] Block%2 axis %3 must be geometry axis if tool radius
compensation is active
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name
Definitions: This alarm occurs when an axis that is required for tool radius compensation is not a geometry axis.
With CUT2DF, the axis can be a positioning axis perpendicular to the machining plane; with all other
types of compensation (CUT2DF, CUT3DC, CUT3DF, CUT3DFF), all geometry axes must be oper-
ated as such.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
10777 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 tool radius compensation: too many blocks with
suppression of compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The maximum permissible number of blocks with active compensation suppression with tool radius
compensation is limited by MD20252 $MC_CUTCOM_MAXNUM_SUPPR_BLOCKS.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: - Modify part program.
- Modify machine data.
- Check whether SBL2 is activated. With SBL2, a block is generated from each part program line which
can lead to exceeding the maximum permissible number of empty blocks between two traversing
blocks.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10778 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 preprocessing stop with active tool radius
compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: If a preprocessing stop is detected with active tool radius compensation (either programmed by the
user or generated internally) and the SD42480 $SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE is set, then this
warning is issued because in this situation machine movements which were not intended by the user
can occur (termination of radius compensation and new approach).
Reaction: Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: - Continue machining with CANCEL and Start.
- Modify part program.
- Set SD42480 $SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE to FALSE.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
10779 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 preprocessing stop with active tool radius
compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: If a preprocessing stop is detected with active tool radius compensation (either programmed by the
user or generated internally) and the SD42480 $SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE is set, then this
warning is issued because in this situation machine movements which were not intended by the user
can occur (termination of radius compensation and new approach).
To continue machining, activate the CANCEL key and perform a restart.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: - Continue machining with CANCEL and Start.
- Modify part program.
- Set SD42480 $SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE to FALSE.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10781 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 illegal orientation of involute with tool radius
compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Tool radius compensation is possible for involutes only if the compensation plane matches the invo-
lute plane.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10782 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 illegal curve type with tool radius compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: This alarm occurs, if an attempt is made to apply the tool radius compensation to a curve type for
which this function is not implemented. The only cause at present: Involute with 3D tool radius com-
pensation.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10784 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 illegal tool for tool radius compensation with
constraint surface
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: When activating the tool radius compensation with constraint surface, an illegal tool type is active.
Only cutting tools of the tool types 1 to 399 are admitted with the following exceptions:
- 111 ball end milling cutter
- 155 torus milling cutter
- 156 torus milling cutter
- 157 torus milling cutter
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Use another tool.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10790 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 plane change during linear programming with
angles
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The active plane was changed between the first and second subblock when programming two straight
lines with angle parameters.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: No intermediate point was found when programming a contour consisting of two straight lines and an
angle specification.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10794 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 angle specification missing in 2nd block during
linear interpolation with angles
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The angle is missing from the second block during programming of two straight lines with angle spec-
ification. This error can only occur if an angle was programmed in the preceding block, but no axis of
the active plane was programmed in that block. The cause of the error may therefore also have been
the intention to program a single straight line with an angle in the previous block. In this case, exactly
one axis of the active plane must be programmed.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10862 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 master spindle also used as path axis
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: A contour has been programmed that also includes the master spindle as contouring axis. However,
the velocity of the contour is derived from the rotational speed of the master spindle (e.g. G95).
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify the program so that no reference is possible to the program itself.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10866 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 FZ is active, but the number of teeth of the
active D number %4 of tool %3 is zero.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Identifier
%4 = D number
Definitions: Tooth feedrate is active for the displayed traversing block, but a D number of 0 is selected with
$TC_DPNT (number of teeth).
Traversing can be performed after acknowledgement of the error. For calculation of the effective fee-
drate one tooth per revolution is assumed.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Check the NC program for correct tool selection and correct it, if required;
then continue the NC program with NC start.
Or:
Continue the NC program with NC start. The feedrate will be calculated assuming
1 tooth.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10870 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 facing axis for constant velocity not defined
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Constant cutting speed was selected although no transverse axis was applied as reference axis for
constant cutting speed or assigned through SCC[AX].
Constant cutting speed can be activated as follows:
- Basic position G96, G961 or G962 of G group 29 during booting
- Programming of G96, G961 or G962
A reference axis for G96, G961 or G962 can be applied as a transverse axis in MD20100
$MC_DIAMETER_AX_DEF or defined through the instruction SCC[AX].
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check MD20100
$MC_DIAMETER_AX_DEF. Before programming G96, G961 or G962 a transverse axis must be
defined as a reference axis for constant cutting speed via MD20100 $MC_DIAMETER_AX_DEF or
SCC[AX].
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10880 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 too many empty blocks between two traversing
blocks when inserting chamfers or radii
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Between 2 blocks containing contour elements and which are to be joined with a chamfer or a radius
(CHF, RND), more blocks without contour information have been programmed than provided for in the
MD20200 $MC_CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify the part program in order that the
permissible number of dummy blocks is not exceeded or adapt the channel-specific machine data
MD20200 $MC_CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS (dummy blocks with chamfers/radii) to the
maximum number of dummy blocks.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10881 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 overflow of local block buffer in the case of
chamfers or radii
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Between 2 blocks containing the contour elements and to be joined with a chamfer or a radius (CHF,
RND), so many dummy blocks have been programmed without contour information that the internal
buffer is too small.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program such that the number of dummy blocks is reduced.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10890 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 overflow of local block buffer when calculating
splines
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The maximum permissible number of empty blocks is limited by a machine data.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Modify part program
- Modify machine data
- Check whether SBL2 is activated. With SBL2, a block is generated from each part program line which
can lead to exceeding the maximum permissible number of empty blocks between two traversing
blocks.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10891 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 multiplicity of node is greater than its order
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In the B spline the distance between nodes PL (node = point on spline at which 2 polynomials meet)
has been programmed with zero too often in succession (i.e. the "multiplicity" of a node is too great).
In the quadratic B spline the node distance may not be specified more than twice with 0 in succession,
and in the cubic B spline not more than 3 times.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Program the node distance PL = 0 in succession no more than the degree of the B spline used.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10910 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 irregular velocity waveform of one path axis
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: When the path axis waveforms were analyzed during block preparation, a large local deviation relative
to the path velocity was detected in the velocity waveform of one or more path axes.
Such a situation can have the following causes:
- The path runs close to singular positions of the machine kinematics.
- The programmed contour characteristic is very uneven.
- The FGROUP definition is unfavorable relative to the contour.
- The setting MD28530 $MC_MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS=0 is inadequate for curvature changes
occurring within one block. This problem occurs more frequently with G643, G644 and COMPCAD.
- A kinematic transformation has been implemented with insufficient numerical accuracy.
The path velocity is generally reduced substantially in order to avoid axis overloads safely. An appar-
ent machine standstill may occur. Severe axis movements occur suddenly as soon as the singular
position is reached.
Reaction: Local alarm reaction.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Dividing a block into several smaller ones often provides an improvement.
If MD28530 $MC_MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS=0 is set, then the alarm may be avoidable by a
value MD28530 $MC_MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS=3 or 5, as the blocks are then analyzed con-
siderably more accurately.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
10912 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 preprocessing and main run might not be
synchronized
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The preset positioning axis run cannot be accurately calculated beforehand. The reason for this is
either that the axes involved in the transformation are traversed as positioning axes or that a transfor-
mation pole is circumnavigated too frequently by the curve.
The velocity check is performed starting from this block in the main run. It is more conservative than
with anticipated calculation. The LookAhead function is deactivated. If it is not possible to take over
the velocity check into the main run, part program processing is aborted.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: No action is usually necessary. The velocity control operates more effectively, however, if the part pro-
gram is modified.
- If a transformation pole is circumnavigated several times by the curve, it helps to split up the block
into smaller parts.
- If a positioning axis is the cause, you should check whether the axis can be traversed as a path axis.
The Look Ahead function remains deactivated until preprocessing can be based on defined conditions
again (e.g. as a result of change from JOG->AUTO, tool or tool edge change).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
10914 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: movement not possible while transformation
active.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The machine kinematics does not allow the specified motion. Transformation-dependent error causes
can be in: TRANSMIT: A (circular) area exists around the pole, where positioning is not possible. The
area is caused by the fact that the tool reference point cannot be traversed as far as into the pole.
The area is defined by:
- the machine data (MD24920 $MC_TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL..)
- the active tool length compensation (see $TC_DP..). Whether the tool length compensation is
included in the calculation depends on the working plane selected (see G17,..).
- The machine stops before the faulty block.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
Local alarm reaction.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program. Change the incorrectly specified tool length compensation.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10930 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 interpolation type not allowed in stock removal
contour
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The following types of interpolation are allowed in the contour program for stock removal: G00, G01,
G02, G03, CIP, CT
Reaction: Local alarm reaction.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: In the contour subroutine, program only path elements that consist of straight lines and arcs.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10933 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 contour programm does not contain enough
contour blocks
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The contour program contains:
- Less than 3 contour blocks with CONTPRON
- No contour blocks with CONTDCON
Reaction: Local alarm reaction.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Increase the size of the program with the stock removal contour to include at least 3 NC blocks with
movements in both axes of the current machining plane.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10934 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 array for contour segmentation is set too small
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: During contour segmentation (activated with the keyword CONTPRON), the field for the contour table
has been detected as too small. For every permissible contour element (circle or straight line) there
must be a row in the contour table.
Reaction: Local alarm reaction.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Base the definition of the field variables of the contour table on the contour elements to be expected.
The contour segmentation divides some NC blocks into as many as 3 machining cuts. Example: N100
DEF TABNAME_1 [30, 11] Field variables for the contour table provide for 30 machining cuts. The
number of columns (11) is a fixed quantity.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10940 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table %3: delete/overwrite not possible
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
Definitions: The curve table can only be deleted if it is not active in a link.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: It is necessary to deactivate all links that are being used by the curve table to be deleted.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10941 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Curve table %3: NC SRAM memory full, type
%4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
%4 = Object type
10942 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table %3: illegal instruction during
definition
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
Definitions: Various illegal command sequences cause the output of this alarm during the definition of the curve
table. For example, it is impermissible to terminate definition of a curve table with M30 before program-
ming the CTABEND command.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct the part program and start it again.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10943 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table %3: direction reversal of lead value
in the block not allowed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
Definitions: The conditions for converting a programmed contour to a curve table were not fulfilled in this block.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct the part program and start it again.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10945 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table %3: illegal coupling of axes
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
Definitions: It is not possible to program axis links for the leading axes and following axis programmed in CTAB-
DEF.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct NC part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10947 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table %3: contour not continuous
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
Definitions: The contour in a curve table must be continuous. Incontinuity can occur, for example, as a result of
activating a transformation.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct the part program and start it again.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10948 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table %3: position jump at end of period
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
Definitions: A periodic curve table was defined in which the position of the following axis at the end of the table
was different to the position at the start of the table.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct the part program and start it again.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10949 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table %3: missing master axis motion
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
Definitions: A slave axis motion has been programmed without a master axis motion.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct the part program and start it again.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10951 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table %3: following value period is zero
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
Definitions: --
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Ensure that the table specification is correct.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
10955 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table %3: missing master axis motion
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
Definitions: A slave axis motion has been programmed without a master axis motion. This can also occur if, with
active radius compensation, a block is created in which the slave axis moves but not the master axis.
The alarm is for information only and can be suppressed by setting MD20900
$MC_CTAB_ENABLE_NO_LEADMOTION = 2.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Alarm can be switched off via MD20900 $MC_CTAB_ENABLE_NO_LEADMOTION = 2.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10956 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table %3: NC memory limit DRAM reached
type %4.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
%4 = Object type
Definitions: Insufficient memory in the DRAM while defining the curve table.
The object type parameter specifies for which curve table object
the memory will not suffice:
1: Number of curve tables too small (MD18406 $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS_DRAM)
2: Number of linear curve table segments too small (MD18409
$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN_DRAM)
3: Number of polynomial curve table segments too small (MD18408
$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS_DRAM)
4: Number of curve table polynomials too small (MD18410
$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS_DRAM)
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Delete the curve tables that are no longer required in DRAM or reconfigure the memory space for the
curve tables. The curve table must then be redefined. Machine data for memory configuration of the
curve tables in DRAM:
MD18406 $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS_DRAM, MD18408
$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS_DRAM, MD18409
$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN_DRAM, MD18410
$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS_DRAM.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
10958 [Channel %1: ] Lin. curve table %2, memory type %3 includes %4
polynomial segments.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Number of curve table
%3 = Memory type
%4 = Number of polynomial segments
Definitions: On generating the curve table with the specified ID in the specified memory type
(1 = SRAM, 2 = DRAM), polynomial segments were used instead of possible linear segments.
By increasing the number of linear curve table segments by the indicated number, the
curve table can be saved in a better way.
The following machine data are involved depending on the memory type:
1 (SRAM): MD18403 $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN
2 (DRAM): MD18409 $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN_DRAM
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: The indicated curve table can be created and optimized for the memory by increasing
MD18403 $MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN or MD18409
$MN_MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN_DRAM
and repeating table generation.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Definitions: Compressor types COMPCURV and COMPCAD cannot be used in combination with tool radius com-
pensation. Only compressor type COMPON can be activated while tool radius compensation is active.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
10962 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 function %3 not possible with path correction
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Funktionsname
Definitions: With this software release, the specified function can not yet be used together with tool radius com-
pensation. Please modifiy the part program or obtain a higher software version.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
12010 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 address %3 address type programmed too often
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Source string of the address
Definitions: The number of times each address type may occur in a NC block is defined internally (for instance, all
axes together form one address type to which a block limit also applies).
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECTION. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
The program information must be split up over several blocks (but make sure that the functions are of
the non-modal type!).
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
Correct the part program in accordance with the instructions given in the Programming Guide.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The addresses programmed in the block are not permissible together with the valid syntax defining G
function, e.g. G1 I10 X20 Y30 F1000.
An interpolation parameter must not be programmed in the linear block.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
Check the block structure and correct in accordance with the programming requirements.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
12150 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 operation %3 not compatible with data type
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = String (violating operator)
Definitions: The data types are not compatible with the required operation (within an arithmetic expression or in a
value assignment).
Example 1:
Arithmetic operation
N10 DEF INT OTTO
N11 DEF STRING[17] ANNA
N12 DEF INT MAX
:
N50 MAX = OTTO + ANNA
Example 2:
Value assignment
N10 DEF AXIS DRILL N11 DEF INT OTTO : N50 OTTO = DRILL
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
Alter the definition of the variables used such that the required operations can be executed.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
12160 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 Value %3 lies beyond the value range
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Impermissible value
Definitions: The programmed constant or the variable lies beyond the value range that has previously been estab-
lished by the definition of the data type.
An initial value in a DEF or REDEF instruction lies beyond the upper (ULI) or lower (LLI) limit values
that have been programmed or already exist in the DEF instruction.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
Correct value of the constant or adapt data type. If the value for an integer constant is too great, it can
be specified as real constant by adding a decimal point.
Example:
R1 = 9 876 543 210 Correct: R1 = 9 876 543 210.
Value range INTEGER: +/-(2**31 - 1)
Value range REAL: +/-(10**-300 .. 10**+300)
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The symbol shown in the error message has already been defined in the active part program. Note
that user-defined identifiers may occur more than once if the multiple definition occurs in other
(sub)programs, i.e. local variables may be redefined with the same name if the program has been
exited (subprograms) or has already been concluded. This applies both to user-defined symbols
(labels, variables) and to machine data (axes, DIN addresses and G functions).
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: The symbol already known to data management is displayed. This symbol must be looked for in the
definition part of the current program using the program editor. The 1st or 2nd symbol must be given
a different name.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
12190 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 variable of type ARRAY has too many
dimensions
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Array with variables of type STRING may be no more than 1-dimensional, and with all other variables
no more than 2-dimensional.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
Correct the array definition, with multi-dimensional arrays define a second 2-dimensional array if nec-
essary and operate it with the same field index.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
12205 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 area specification missing for GUD area
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The area specification
(NCK or CHAN) was not programmed in the definition instruction for a GUD variable.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Complete the area specification for the GUD variable definition in the GUD definition file.
The definition of a GUD variable must conform to the following syntax:
DEF <Area> <Data type> <Variable name> e.g.
DEF NCK INT intVar1
DEF CHAN REAL realVar1
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: When initializing or allocating the value of a variable of type STRING more than 8 bits have been found
as binary constant.
DEF STRING[8] OTTO = "ABC'H55''B000011111'DEF"
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
In the window for the alarm message, the first characters of the binary constant are always displayed
although the surplus bit might not be located until further on. Therefore, the complete binary constant
must always be checked for an incorrect value.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The macro technique supplies a 1-line instruction or series of instructions with a new identifier by
means of the keyword DEFINE. No further macro may be contained in the string of instructions (nest-
ing). Example: N10 DEFINE MACRO1 AS G01 G91 X123 MACRO2 F100
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
Nested macros must be replaced by the full program information.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The name of the macro to be selected by the instruction DEFINE is already defined in the control as:
Macro name
Keyword
Variable
Configured identifier.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
Select DEFINE instruction with another macro name.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Example:
Subroutine: (2 call-by-value parameters X and Y,
1 call-by-reference parameter Z)
PROC XYZ (INT X, INT Y, VAR INT Z)
:
M17
ENDPROC
Main program:
N10 DEF INT X
N11 DEF INT Y
N11 DEF INT Z
:
N50 XYZ (X, Y); REF parameter Z missing
or
N50 XYZ (X, Z) ; REF parameter Z missing!
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
Assign a variable to all REF parameters (call-by-reference parameters) of the subroutine when calling.
No variable must be assigned to "normal" formal parameters (call-by-value parameters), as these are
defaulted with 0.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: When calling a function or a procedure (predefined or user-defined) more parameters were trans-
ferred than defined.
Predefined functions and procedures: The number of parameters has been set permanently in the
NCK.
User-defined functions and procedures: The number of parameters is established by type and name
in the definition.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block. Check whether the correct proce-
dure/function has been called. Program the number of parameters in accordance with the
procedure/function.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: A variable has been initialized with a value range outside an initialization block. The definition of pro-
gram-global variables is allowed only in special initialization blocks. These variables can be initialized
with a value range.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
Remove the value range specification (begins with the keyword OF) or define the variable as a global
variable in the initialization block and initialize it with a value range.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
- Define variable type such that the initialization value can be assigned, or
- Select initialization value in accordance with the variable definition.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block. The symbol to be created or the target
of program jumps (label) must conform to the system specifications, that means the name must begin
with 2 letters (but the 1st sign must not be "$") and may be up to a maximum of 32 characters.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The desired access authorization, programmed with the keyword REDEF, has not been set. The
desired protection level is either beyond the permitted value range or the protection level change is
not allowed.
(The REDEF instruction is only executable in INITIAL_INI blocks on SINUMERIK 840D, P1 (6/94)).
The protection level may be changed only if:
1. The current protection level is equal to or higher than the level originally defined, and
2. The new protection level is to be below the level originally defined.
The higher numerical values represent the lower protection levels. The lower 4 levels (from 7 to 4)
correspond to the keyswitch positions, and the upper 4 levels are associated with 4 passwords.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the NC Stop key and select the function "Correction block" with the softkey PROGRAM COR-
RECT. The correction pointer positions on the incorrect block.
- Use the REDEF instruction only in the INITIAL_INI block
- Using the operator panel, set the current protection level to at least the same level as that of the vari-
able with the highest level
- Program protection level within the permissible value range
- Only program new protection levels that are lower than the old values
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Remedy: Press the NC stop key and select the "Compensation block" function by pressing the "Program cor-
rect" softkey. The correction indicator will position in the incorrect block.
- Correct the name used (write error)
- Use a better software system in case of malfunction
- Check the definition of variables, subroutines and macros
- Declare a subroutine with EXTERNAL; load the subroutine to SPF-Dir
- Check the interface definition of the subroutine
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The number of global user data blocks is defined in MD18118 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES.
Here, _N_SGUD_DEF corresponds to block 1, _N_MGUD_DEF corresponds to block 2,
_N_UGUD_DEF corresponds to block 3, _N_GUD4_DEF corresponds to block 4 etc.
In the directory _N_DEF_DIR there is a file with definitions for global user data, the block number of
which is greater than the number of blocks given in the MD.
The alarm may, however, also be caused by value zero in one of MD18120
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK, MD18130 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN and by the
definition of a variable with NCK or CHAN in one of the GUD definition files.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Increase MD18118
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES.
Or, if it already has the correct value, check whether MD18120 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK
(if a variable has been defined with attribute NCK) or MD18130
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN (if a variable has been defined with attribute CHAN) is not
zero.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
12620 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 accessing this variable as single character not
possible %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Source string
Definitions: The variable is not a user-defined variable. The single character access is only allowed for user-
defined variables (LUD/GUD).
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Temporarily store variable in user-defined STRING, process this and put back into storage.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
12630 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 skip ID/label in control structure not allowed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number
Definitions: Blocks with control structures (FOR, ENDIF, etc.) cannot be concealed and must not contain any
labels.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program: Reproduce skip ID via an IF query. Write the label alone in the block before the
control structure block.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
12701 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 illegal interpolation type for contour definition
active
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In one contour definition block, G01 is not active as interpolation function. In one contour definition
block, the linear interpolation always has to be selected with G01. G00, G02, G03, G33 etc. are not
permitted.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program. Program linear interpolation G01.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
12720 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 program number for macro call (G65/G66)
missing
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: During macro call with G65/G66 no program number was defined. The program number must be pro-
grammed with address "P".
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
12722 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 multiple ISO_2/3 macro or cycle calls in the
block
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: A mixture of cycle and macro calls are programmed in a block, e.g. cycle calls with G81 - G89 together
with an M macro in the block or a G65/G66 macro call together with M macros in the block.
G05, G08, G22, G23, G27, G28, G29, G30, G50.1, G51.1, G72.1, G72.2 functions (ISO mode) also
execute subroutine calls. Only one macro or cycle call can appear in an NC block.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Deactivate modal cycles or modal macro calls if one of the above mentioned G functions has been
programmed.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
12726 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 illegal plane selection with parallel axes
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In a block with plane selection (G17 _ G19), a basic axis of the coordinate system must not be pro-
grammed together with the parallel axis assigned to it.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: For plane selection with G17, G18, G19 either program the basic axis of the coordinate system or the
assigned parallel axis.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
12728 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 distance for double turret not set
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The tool clearance for the double turret head in the SD42162
$SC_EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DIST is 0.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter tool clearance for the double turret head in the SD42162
$SC_EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DIST.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14016 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 error when calling the subroutine via M/T
function
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The following conflict was detected in a subprogram call per M or T function:
In the block referenced by parameter %2:
- An M or T function replacement has already been activated
- A modal subprogram call is active
- A subprogram return jump is programmed
- An end of program is programmed
- An M98 subprogram call is active (only in external language mode)
- T function replacement by D function programming in the same part program line is not possible with
active TLC (G43/G44) in ISO2 system.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: An M or T function replacement is only possible if a subprogram call or return jump has not already
been performed as a result of other program constructs. The part program must be corrected accord-
ingly.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14017 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 syntax error when calling the subroutine via M
function
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: When calling M code subroutine with parameter transfer, an illegal syntax was detected:
- Address extension not programmed as a constant.
- M function value not programmed as a constant.
Note:
If a parameter transfer has been programmed via MD10718 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR for an
M function replacement, the following restriction applies to this M function: both the address extension
and the M function value must be programmed for replacement as constants.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Change the programming of the M function.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
14022 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 error on function or procedure call, error code
%3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Error code
Definitions: An error occurred during a function or procedure call.
The cause of the error is indicated more closely by an error code.
The meaning of the error code can be found in the documentation of the function or procedure that
caused the error.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14030 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 combine OSCILL and POSP during oscillation
with infeedmotion
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: When oscillating controlled by synchronized actions, the assignment of oscillating and infeed axis
(OSCILL) as well as the definition of the infeed (POSP) must be carried out in one NC block.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14038 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 involute not definable: end point error
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The programmed end point does not lie on the involute defined by the start point, radius and center
point of the basic circle. The deviation of the effective end radius from the programmed value is greater
than the permissible value specified in MD21015 $MC_INVOLUTE_RADIUS_DELTA.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14039 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 involute: end point programmed several times
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: With involute interpolation, either the end point with the geometry axis identifiers or the angle of rota-
tion with AR=value can be programmed. Simultaneous programming of end point and angle of rotation
in one block is not allowed, since the end point can thus not be defined exactly.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14060 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 invalid skip level with differential block skip
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: With "Differential block skip", a skip level greater than 7 has been specified. (In packet 1 specification
of a value for the skip level is rejected by the converter as a syntax error, i.e. the only possibility is a
"Suppress block" ON/OFF on one level).
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter a skip level (number behind the slash) less than 8.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14070 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 memory for variables not sufficient for
subroutine call
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: A called subroutine cannot be processed (opened), either because the internal data memory to be cre-
ated for general purposes is not large enough, or because the available memory for the local program
variables is too small. The alarm can only occur in MDI mode.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Analyze the part program section:
1. Has the most useful data type always been selected in the variable definitions? (For example REAL
for data bits is poor; BOOL would be better)
2. Can local variables be replaced by global variables?
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14095 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 radius for circle programming too small
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The radius entered for radius programming is too small, i.e. the programmed radius is smaller than
half of the distance between start and end point.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: During the program run, a variable value assignment or an arithmetic operation has caused data to
be processed in such a way that they have to be converted to another type. This would lead to the
value range being exceeded.
Value ranges of the various variable types:
- REAL: Property: Fractional number with dec. pt., value range: +/-(2-1022-2+1023)
- INT: Property: Integers with signs, value range: +/-(231-1)
- BOOL: Property: Truth value TRUE, FALSE, value range: 0,1
- CHAR: Property: 1 ASCII character, value range: 0-255
- STRING: Property: Character string (max. 100 values), value range: 0-255
- AXIS: Property: Axis addresses, value range: Axis names only
- FRAME: Property: Geometric information, value range: As for axis paths
Overview of type conversions:
- from REAL to: REAL: yes, INT: yes*, BOOL: yes1), CHAR: yes*, STRING: -, AXIS: -, FRAME: -
- from INT to: REAL: yes, INT: yes, BOOL: yes1), CHAR: if value 0 ...255, STRING: -, AXIS: -, FRAME:
-
- from BOOL to: REAL: yes, INT: yes, BOOL: yes, CHAR: yes, STRING: -, AXIS: -, FRAME: -
- from CHAR to: REAL: yes, INT: yes, BOOL: yes1), CHAR: yes, STRING: yes, AXIS: -, FRAME: -
- from STRING to: REAL: -, INT: -, BOOL: yes2), CHAR: only if 1 character, STRING: yes, AXIS: -,
FRAME: -
- from AXIS to: REAL: -, INT: -, BOOL: -, CHAR: -, STRING: -, AXIS: yes, FRAME: -
- from FRAME to: REAL: -, INT: -, BOOL: -, CHAR: -, STRING: -, AXIS: -, FRAME: yes
1) Value <> 0 corresponds to TRUE, value ==0 corresponds to FALSE.
2) String length 0 => FALSE, otherwise TRUE.
3) If only 1 character.
It is not possible to convert from type AXIS and FRAME nor into type AXIS and FRAME.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify the program section such that the value range is not exceeded, e.g. by a modified variable def-
inition.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Select the transfer string in accordance with the axis name, and change the axis name in the machine
data if necessary. (If a change of name is to take place via the NC part program, this change must first
be validated by means of a "POWER-ON").
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Remedy: Modify part program. If it is an entry, then you can check whether the string is a number via the preset
function ISNUMBER (with the same parameter).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The programmed orientation vectors (direction vectors) in the beginning of block and end of block
point include an angle of 180 degrees. Therefore the interpolation plane cannot be determined.
Example:
N50 TRAORI (1)
N55 A3=0 B3=0 C3=1
N60 A3=0 B3=0 C3=-1 ; the vector of this block is precisely opposite to that in the preceding block.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify the part program so that the orientation vectors of a block are not directly opposed to each
other, for instance by dividing the block up into 2 subblocks.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14122 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 angle and direction of the cone programmed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: With taper circumference interpolation of orientation with ORICONCW and ORICC, only the opening
angle or the direction of the taper may be programmed. Programming of both in one single block is
not allowed.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14123 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 nutation angle of the cone too small
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: With taper circumference interpolation, the programmed opening angle of the taper must be greater
than the half of the angle between the start and end orientation. Otherwise, a taper cannot be defined.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14133 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 G code for orientation definition not allowed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: It is only possible to program a G code of the 50th G code group if MD21102
$MC_ORI_DEF_WITH_G_CODE is set to TRUE.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Adapt machine data.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
14134 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 G code for orientation interpolation not allowed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: It will only be possible to program a G code of the 51st G code group, if MD21104
$MC_ORI_IPO_WITH_G_CODE has been set to TRUE.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Adapt machine data.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
14137 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 Polynomials PO[PHI] and PO[PSI] are not
permitted
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: A polynomial for the angles PHI and PSI can only be programmed, if the orientation is interpolated in
the plane between start and end orientation (ORIVECT, ORIPLANE) or on a taper (ORICONxxx). If
interpolation type ORICURVE is active, no polynomials can be programmed for angles PHI and PSI.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interpreter stop
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify the NC program
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14138 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 Polynomials PO[XH], PO[YH] and PO[ZH] are
not permitted
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Polynomials for the coordinates of a reference point on the tool (PO[XH], PO[YH], PO[ZH]) can only
be programmed, if interpolation type ORICURVE is active. If ORIVECT, ORIPLANE, ORICONxxx is
active, no polynomials can be programmed for coordinates XH, YH and ZH.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interpreter stop
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify the NC program
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14139 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 Polynomial for angle of rotation PO[THT] is not
permitted
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: A polynomial for the angle of rotation of orientation (PO[THT]) can only be programmed, if the active
transformation supports it.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interpreter stop
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify the NC program
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14148 [Channel %1: ] Illegal reference system for Cartesian manual traverse
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
Definitions: In the SD42650 $SC_CART_JOG_MODE, an illegal value has been entered for the reference system
with Cartesian manual travel.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter a permitted value in the SD42650 $SC_CART_JOG_MODE.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14152 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 tool carrier: invalid orientation. Error code: %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Error code
Definitions: An attempt was made to define a tool orientation by means of the active frame which cannot be
reached with the current toolholder kinematics. This case can always occur when both rotary axes of
the toolholder are not perpendicular to one another or when the toolholder has fewer than two rotary
axes;
or when rotary axis positions must be set that violate the corresponding axis limitations. Together with
the alarm, an error code is displayed that specifies the cause in detail:
The error code has the following meaning:
1: 1st rotary axis of the first solution violates the lower limit
2: 1st rotary axis of the first solution violates the upper limit
10: 2nd rotary axis of the first solution violates the lower limit
20: 2nd rotary axis of the first solution violates the upper limit
100: 1st rotary axis of the second solution violates the lower limit
200: 1st rotary axis of the second solution violates the upper limit
1000: 2nd rotary axis of the second solution violates the lower limit
2000: 2nd rotary axis of the second solution violates the upper limit
3: The required orientation cannot be set with the given axis configuration
Several of the error codes that indicate a violation of the axis limits can occur simultaneously
As, when an axis limit is violated, an attempt is made to reach a valid position within the permissible
axis limits by adding or substracting multiples of 360 degrees, it is - if this is not possible - not unequiv-
ocally defined whether the lower or upper axis limit has been violated.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify the part program (TOABS instead of TCOFR, activate another Frame. Change toolholder data.
Change processing level G17-G19)
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The maximum permissible value of the fine correction in an orientable toolholder is limited by the
MD20188 $MC_TOCARR_FINE_LIM_LIN for linear variables, and by the MD20190
$MC_TOCARR_FINE_LIM_ROT for rotary variables. The alarm can only occur if the SD42974
$SC_TOCARR_FINE_CORRECTION is not equal to zero.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Enter a valid fine correction value.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14155 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 invalid base frame definition for tool carrier
offset
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: If a tool carrier selection causes a change in the table offset, a valid base frame must be defined in
order to store this offset; for more information see machine data 20184
(TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER).
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interpreter stop
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Change the NC program or machine data 20184 (TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER).
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14159 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 more than two angles programmed with ROTS
or AROTS
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Frame rotations are described using space angles with the language commands ROTS or AROTS. A
maximum of two angles can be programmed.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interpreter stop
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14160 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 tool length selection without geometry axis
specification
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: If variant C (tool length acts on the programmed axis) is activated by machine data MD20380
$MC_TOOL_CORR_MODE_G43G44 for tool length compensation with H word and G43/G44 in
ISO_2 mode, at least one geometry axis must be specified.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Change MD20380 $MC_TOOL_CORR_MODE_G43G44 or the part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14165 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 selected ISO H/D number %3 does not match
tool %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = ISO H/D number
%4 = Tool number
Definitions: When an H or D number is programmed in ISO_2 or ISO_3 mode, it must be available in the active
tool. The active tool may also be the last tool loaded on the master spindle or master toolholder. This
alarm is output if there is no H or D number on this tool.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Set ISO H/D number correctly.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14166 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 error %3 when programming a tool length offset
with TOFF / TOFFL
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Error code
Definitions: An error occurred while programming a tool length offset with TOFF or TOFFL. More information about
the type of error is given by the error code number:
Error code
1At least one tool length offset component has been programmed twice in one block (with TOFF).
2At least one tool length offset component has been programmed twice in one block (with TOFFL).
3Tool length offset components have been programmed in one block with both TOFF and TOFFL.
4An index must be declared when a tool length offset is programmed with TOFF, the form TOFF=....
is not permissible.
5An illegal index was declared when programming TOFFL (permissible values 1..3).
6An illegal axis was declared as the index when programming TOFF. Only geometry axes are permit-
ted.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct errors in program block.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14170 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 illegal interpolation type with tool length
compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: If tool compensation (G43/G44) is activated in language mode ISO_M, the linear type of interpolation
must be active.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14184 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 G44 is not possible with tool offset H99
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Only relevant in ISO2 mode:
The structured D number D1 of the active tool has been selected with H99. These offset values cannot
be calculated negatively with G44.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Correct NC block.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14186 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 ISO2 mode, and toolcarrier or tool adapter are
both active (identifier %3)
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Identifier
Definitions: Only relevant in ISO2 mode:
An attempt has been made to activate an ISO2 offset and toolcarrier or tool adapter together.
Identifier 1: ISO2 offset is active (activated in ISO2 mode) and an attempt has been made to activate
an additional toolcarrier in Siemens mode.
Identifier 2: A toolcarrier has been activated in Siemens mode, and a tool offset is now activated in
ISO2 mode.
Identifier 3: A tool is active in the adapter in Siemens mode, and a tool offset is now activated in ISO2
mode.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
9: Invalid frame chain (the first frame must come before the second frame in the frame chain)
10: Invalid axis name
11: Axis is not a rotary axis
12: Invalid string that cannot be assigned to any of the error types 1 to 11
20: Invalid angle statement (numerical value)
30: Invalid angle of rotation (not an integer multiple of 90 degrees)
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter valid string in SD42984 $SC_CUTDIRMOD.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
14198 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 illegal change of tool direction with tool offset
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: If an offset is active in the tool direction, block change is not possible if this would change the assign-
ment of the offset axes to the channel axes (plane change, tool change, cutter <=> turning tool, geom-
etry axis exchange).
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: - Modify part program.
- Reduce the offset in tool direction to zero.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14199 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 illegal plane change for tool with diameter
component
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: If a tool has a wear or length component which is evaluated as a diameter for the facing axis (bit 0
and/or bit 1 in MD20360 $MC_TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK is set) and bit 2 of this MD is also
set, this tool may only be used in the plane active on tool selection. A plane change results in an alarm.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Reset bit 2 in MD20360 $MC_TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14403 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 preprocessing and main run might not be
synchronized
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Positioning axis runs cannot be accurately calculated beforehand. Consequently, the position in the
MCS is not known exactly. It might therefore be possible that a change in the multiple significance of
the transformation has been performed in the main run although no provision was made for this in the
preprocessing run.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program. Synchronize preprocessing run and main run.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Remedy: Change part program and delete active tangential control with TANGDEL.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14432 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 rounding length for tangential axis %3 is zero.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name
Definitions: For a tangential axis that is coupled during preparation, a rounding length must be indicated with
TANGON() on activating the tangential control, or possibly occuring discontinuities of the tangential
axis cannot be smoothed.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14434 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 rel. lift-off path for tangential axis %3 is invalid
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name
Definitions: Factor r as programmed on TLIFT for the relative lift-off path must be within range 0 =< r < 1.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14500 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 illegal DEF or PROC instruction in the part
program
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: NC part programs with high-level language elements are divided into a preceding definition part fol-
lowed by a program part. The transition is not marked specifically; a definition statement is not allowed
to follow the 1st program command.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Put definition and PROFC statements at the beginning of the program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14540 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 contour tool: the min. limit angle has been
programmed more than once (edge D%3)
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Edge number, label
Definitions: The limit angle of a contour tool must be equal zero in an involved edge only.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Change tool definition.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14541 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 contour tool: the max. limit angle has been
programmed more than once (edge D%3)
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Edge number, label
Definitions: The limit angle of a contour tool must be equal zero in an involved edge only.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Change tool definition.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14542 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 contour tool: the min. limit angle has not been
programmed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: On defining a contour tool, either no limit angle must be indicated, or both the minimum and the max-
imum limit angle must be programmed once for each.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Change tool definition.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14543 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 contour tool: the max. limit angle has not been
programmed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: On defining a contour tool, either no limit angle must be indicated, or both the minimum and the max-
imum limit angle must be programmed once for each.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Change tool definition.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14544 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 contour tool: edge D%3 is not positioned
between the two border edges
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Edge number, label
Definitions: On defining a form tool with limit, all edges must be positioned between the edge with the minimum
limit angle and the edge with the maximum limit angle when rotating counter-clockwise.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Change tool definition.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14545 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 contour tool: edge D%3 completely encircles
edge D%4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Edge number, label
%4 = Edge number, label
Definitions: On defining a contour tool, tangents are placed on the adjacent circular edges. It will not be possible,
if one edge is completely encircled by another one.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Change tool definition.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14546 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 contour tool: edge D%3 defines a concave
corner
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Edge number, label
Definitions: The contour of a contour tool must be convex throughout, i.e. there must not be any concave corners.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Change tool definition.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14548 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 contour tool: negative radius in edge D%3 is not
allowed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Edge number, label
Definitions: No negative radii are permitted for contour tools, i.e. the sum of basic radius and wear value must be
at least 0.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Check tool definition. Change edge radius.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: Impermissible programming has been found for contour tools on active tool radius compensation. The
error cause is explained in detail by the error code.
1: In G code group 17, KONT is active during activation
2: In G code group 17, KONT is active during deactivation
9: In G code group 40, CUTCONOF is not active
10: Reprogramming of G41 / G42 in already active tool radius compensation not permissible
20: Circle with more than one rotation not permissible
21: Ellipse (circle not in compensation level)
23: Involute not permissible
24: Several polynomials not permitted in one block only. These blocks could be created by e.g. COM-
PCAD or G643.
30: Preprocessing stop not permitted
41: Starting point of first compensation block cannot be reached by anyone of the defined cutting
edges
42: End point of last compensation block cannot be reached by anyone of the defined cutting edges
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Change NC program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14551 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 contour tool: angle area of edge D%3 larger
than 359 degrees
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Edge number, label
Definitions: A single edge must cover a max. angle area of 359 degrees.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Check tool definition.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14603 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 timeout during execution from external source.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: If a program is selected for execution from external source, it will be expected that the first part pro-
gram line can be read from the reload buffer within 60s after part program start.
Otherwise, part program processing will be aborted with alarm 14603 due to the assumption that the
connection to the HMI or the external device is faulted.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check the connection to the HMI and repeat selection of the program that is to be executed from exter-
nal source.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation: - Acknowledge the alarm by pressing the RESET key
- Repeat program selection
- Start the part program
14615 [Channel %1: ] An error occurred while handling the function 'syntax
check': identifier %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Is not used
%3 = Error code
Definitions: An error occurred while handling the function syntax check via the PI services _N_CHKSEL,
_N_CHKRUN, _N_CHKABO and _N_SEL_BL. Parameter %3 describes the error situation more
closely:
Value
1: An invalid line number was transferred with the PI service _N_SEL_BL
2: An invalid line number for the range end was transferred with the PI service _N_CHKRUN
3: PI service _N_CHKSEL was activated although a block selection (PI service _N_SEL_BL) was
active for the selected program.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Value
1: Supply PI service _N_SEL_BL with the correct line number
2: Supply PI service _N_CHKRUN with the correct line number for the range end
3: Ensure that the channel is in reset status before activating the PI service _N_CHKSEL.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
14650 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 SETINT instruction with invalid ASUP input
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Asynchronous subroutines (ASUBs) are subroutines that are executed following a hardware input
(interrupt routine started by a rapid NCK input).
The NCK input number must lie between 1 and 8. It is assigned a priority from 1 to 128 (1 is the highest
priority) in the SETINT instruction with the keyword PRIO = ... .
Example:
If NCK input 5 changes to "1 signal", the subroutine AB-HEB_ Z should be started with the highest
priority.
N100 SETINT (5) PRIO = 1 ABHEB_Z
Restriction for SW PLC2xx: The number of the NCK input must be 1 or 2.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Program the NCK input of the SETINT statement with a value of not less than 1 or greater than 8.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14720 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 axes for centerless transformation not available
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In the channel not all of the axes/spindles are available that have been defined in machine data for
centerless grinding.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
1. Modify part program.
2. Modify machine data:
24110 TRAFO_AXES_IN_n
21522 TRACLG_GRINDSPI_NR
21524 TRACLG_CTRLSPI_NR.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
14740 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 no tool data available for centerless grinding
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: For centerless grinding, the tool data must be contained in T1, D1 (grinding wheel) or T2,D1 (regulat-
ing wheel). An error has been found here.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Modify part program.
- Check tool data.
- Check machine data.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
14751 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 resources for motion synchronous actions not
sufficient (code: %3)
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Identifier
Definitions: Processing of motion synchronous actions requires resources that are configured via the MD28060
$MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE, MD28070 $MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP, MD28251
$MC_MM_NUM_SAFE_SYNC_ELEMENTS and MD28250 $MC_MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS. If
these resources are insufficient for executing the part program, then this alarm is issued. Parameter
%3 shows which resource has run out:
Increase identifier <= 2: MD28060 $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE or
MD28070 $MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP.
Increase identifier > 2: MD28250 $MC_MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS, MD28251
$MC_MM_NUM_SAFE_SYNC_ELEMENTS.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct part program or increase resources.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14754 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 motion synchronous actions and wrong feed
type
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The active feed type is not allowed for the motion synchronous action or for the function "Several
feeds".
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14756 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 motion synchronous action and wrong value
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Value of the synchronous action or the function "Several feeds" is not allowed.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program. Check whether a negative value was entered for a synchronous action.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14757 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 motion synchronous action and wrong type
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Programmed combination between action and type of motion synchronous action is not allowed.
- RET allowed in technology cycle only
- Function "Several feeds" not allowed in technology cycle
- H and M function outputs not allowed with WHENEVER, FROM and DO
- MEASA / MEAWA / MEAC with WHENEVER, FROM and DO not allowed
- DELDTG and STOPREOF allowed only in blockwise synchronous action with WHEN and EVERY
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14759 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 motion synchronous action and wrong axis
type
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: When there are several feeds, a spark-out time, or a retraction stroke for path motions, at least one
GEO axis must be programmed. If the block also contains synchronous axes and there are several
feeds, the feedrate for the synchronous axes is matched implicitly. No retraction stroke takes place for
synchronous axes. However, after retraction stroke or spark-out time, the distance-to-go is also
deleted in the block for the synchronous axes.
The alarm is no longer used on P3.2.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Program the axis as positioning axis with axial feed, return stroke or spark-out time.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
14768 Axial auxiliary function for the NCU link cannot be output
Definitions: Informational alarm for the part program developer.
An axial auxiliary function transmitted via an NCU link cannot be output as the transmission buffer for
the
PLC is filled up to 100%.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Warning display.
Remedy: In the part program, cyclic data - in this case the output of auxiliary functions for link axes on the
interpolating NCU - should be separated with regard to the time.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
27 ProgAccel option
33 AllAsupSynact option
34 CmdAxSpind option
35 Mea2 option
36 ProgAnaOut option
37 OptAaTOff option
41 MachineMaintenance option
42 PathFeedSAInput option
45 ElecTransfer option
46 Cut3D option
47 CDA option
48 Reserved: generic coupling option
49 Measuring cycles option
50 ForceControl option
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program, retrofit option.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14800 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 programmed path speed less or equal to zero
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Zero or a negative F or FZ value has been programmed in conjunction with the G functions G93, G94,
G95 or G96. The path velocity may be programmed in the range of 0.001 to 999 999.999 [mm/min,
mm/rev, mm/tooth, deg/min, deg/rev] for the metric input system and 0.000 1 to 39 999.999 9
[inch/min, inch/rev, inch/tooth] for the inch input system.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Program the path velocity (geometric sum of the velocity components of the geometry axes involved)
within the limits given above.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14820 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 negative value for maximum spindle speed
programmed with constant cutting speed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: For the function "Constant cutting speed G96" a maximum spindle speed can be programmed with
the keyword LIMS=.... The values are in the range 0.1 - 999 999.9 [rev/min].
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Program the maximum spindle speed for the constant cutting speed within the limits given above. The
keyword LIMS is modal and can either be placed in front of or within the block that selects the constant
cutting speed.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14840 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 incorrect value range for constant cutting speed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The programmed cutting speed is not within the input range
Input range metric: 0.01 to 9 999.99 [m/min]
Input range inch: 0.1 to 99 999.99 [inch/min]
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Program cutting speed under address S within the permissible range of values.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14850 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 changing the reference axis for a constant
cutting speed not allowed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The attempt was made via the SCC[AX] instruction to change the reference
axis for a constant cutting speed.
This is not allowed if the indicated axis is no geometry axis.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform authorized personnel/service.
When programming SCC[AX] indicate a geometry axis known in the channel.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14860 [Channel %1 ] Block %2 Selection of the tool cutting rate not allowed.
Cause %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Cause of the error
Definitions: Selection of the cutting rate SVC is not permissible in the current state
Causes of the problem: the following function is active.
1: Constant cutting rate G96, G961 or G962 active
2: SPOS/SPOSA/M19 (spindle positioning mode) active
3: M70/axis mode active
4: SUG active
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Activate the speed control mode for the spindle prior to programming SVC, for example with M3, M4
or M5.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14862 [Channel %1 ] Block %2 SVC has been programmed, but the radius of the
active tool correction is zero
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: A cutting velocity SVC has been programmed in the block, but the radius of the active tool offset is
zero.
The radius of the active tool offset consists of the offset parameters $TC_DP6, $TC_DP12,
$TC_SCPx6 and $TC_ECPx6.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Select an appropriate tool offset with a positive tool radius prior to the SVC instruction.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14900 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 center point and end point programmed
simultaneously
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: When programming a circle by means of the opening angle, the circle center point was programmed
together with the circle end point. This is too much information for the circle. Only one of the two points
is allowed.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Select the programming variant guaranteeing that the dimensions are definitely taken over from the
workpiece drawing (avoidance of calculation errors).
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
14910 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 invalid angle of aperture for programmed circle
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: When programming a circle by means of the opening angle, a negative opening angle or an opening
angle greater than or equal to 360 degrees has been programmed.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Program opening angle within the allowed range of values between 0.0001 and 359.9999 [degrees].
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
15100 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 REORG abort caused by log file overflow
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In order to synchronize the preprocessing run and the main run with REORG, the control accesses
modification data which are maintained in a logfile. The alarm indicates that no more capacity is avail-
able in the logfile for the specified block in the channel.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. No remedial measures are available for
the further execution of the current part program, however:
1. Reduce log file size requirement by:
Reducing the distance between the preprocessing and the main run via appropriate preprocessing
stops STOPRE.
2. Increase the size of the logfile by means of the channel-specific machine data:
Modify MD28000 $MC_MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM and
Modify MD 28010 $MC_MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
15120 If a power failure occurs now, the last data changed will be lost;
index/buffer size = %1
Parameters: %1 = Index/buffer size
Definitions: Notification alarm. The alarm has no negative impact on the current machining.
One of the system-internal data buffers, in which the last changed, buffered data are stored,
has overflowed because the current data change rate is too high.
The alarm warns that a spontaneous power failure in this situation
(mains fault, disconnect the system from the power supply) would
cause a loss of the immediately previously changed buffered data
(tool data, parts programs, R parameters, GUDs,...)
If the system is operated in an environment in which a power failure cannot occur, then the output of
this alarm can be prevented via machine data MD18232 $MN_MM_ACTFILESYS_LOG_FILE_MEM[
index ] = 0.
For information, parameter %1
specifies the index of the machine data,
and the buffer size set there.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: If the alarm is present only sporadically, it can simply be regarded as a notification.
The regular control behavior is not affected.
If one does not want to or cannot eliminate the cause, then the alarm can be suppressed by setting
MD11415 $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK_2; Bit3=1 ('H8').
If the alarm is permanently present, please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
The value of MD18232 $MN_MM_ACTFILESYS_LOG_FILE_MEM[ index ] will then have to be
increased.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
15171 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 compiled program %3 older than the relevant
subroutine
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Compiled program file name
Definitions: When calling a precompiled subroutine, it was noticed that the compiled program is older than the rel-
evant SPF file. The compiled program was deleted and during start the subroutine is executed instead
of the compiled program.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Perform another precompilation.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
15175 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 program %3. Interfaces could not be built
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = String
Definitions: An error has occurred in interface generation mode. The (compiler) error message refers to the pro-
gram specified here. In particular when loading new cycle program on the NCK, problems can occur
if the value settings in MD18170 $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES and MD18180
$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM are too small.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: - Modify part program.
- If new cycle programs have been loaded on the NCK, you will normally need to increase the values
of MD18170 $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES and MD18180
$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM. See also the explanations for alarm 6010.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
15176 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 Program%3 may only be executed after Power
ON
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = File name
Definitions: If an encrypted program is loaded to the NCK, an NCK reset (restart) must be performed afterwards,
because internal data for efficient processing of the encrypted program are preprocessed during NCK
power-up. On calling an encrypted NC program it has now been detected that these data do not exist
or are obsolete compared to the current version of the encrypted NC program.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Perform an NCK reset (restart).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
15180 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Error on editing program %3 as INI/DEF file.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = String
Definitions: Errors were found when processing an initialization program (INI file), or a GUD or macro definition
file (DEF file).
The error message which is then displayed refers to the program specified here.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct the initialization program (INI file), or the GUD or macro definition file (DEF file).
In connection with Alarm 12380 or 12460, also change the memory configuration.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
15190 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 not enough free memory for subroutine call
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The following deadlock has been found in the interpreter: Memory is needed for calling a subroutine.
The module memory is, however, empty and there is no prospect of module memory becoming free
again by executing the preprocessing/main run queue, because this queue is empty.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Increase machine data MD28010
$MC_MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES / MD28040 $MC_MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM / MD18210
$MN_MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC or program a preprocessing stop STOPRE before calling the sub-
routine.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
15310 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 file requested during block search is not
available
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: During block search, a target has been specified with a program that has not been loaded.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct the specified search target accordingly or reload the file.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
15400 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 selected initial INIT block does not exist
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The operator has selected an INI block for a read, write or execution function which:
1. Does not exist in the NCK range or
2. Does not have the necessary protection level required for performing the function.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
Check whether the selected INI block is contained in the file system of the NCK. The present protec-
tion level must be selected to be at least equal to (or greater than) the protection level that has been
defined for the read, write or execution function at the time of creating the file.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Example:
N10 MEAS=2 G01 X100 Y200 Z300 F1000
Probe 2 with deletion of distance-to-go
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Include a probe number within the limits given above in the keyword MEAS=... This must correspond
to the hardware connection of the probe.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
16017 Channel %1 Axis %2 Identifier %3, LIFTFAST ignores this axis, current
axis not capable of retraction
Parameters: %1 = Channel
%2 = Axis, spindle
%3 = Identifier
Definitions: LIFTFAST cannot be applied to the axis.
Alarm can be suppressed via MD11415 $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK_2 bit 11.
Identifiier (parameter 3) is bit-coded and displays some possible causes for the alarm:
0x01Axis is in another channel
0x02Axis is in spindle mode (e.g. SPOS)
0x04Axis is PLC axis
0x08Axis is oscillating axis
0x10Axis is neutral axis
0x20Axis is coupled slave axis
0x40Axis is in static synchronized action
Overview of reactions of common programming to LIFTFAST:
Axis | Synact | Reaction to LIFTFAST
-----------------------------------------
Path | | STOP + LIFTFAST
POS | | STOP + LIFTFAST
POS | non-modal | STOP + LIFTFAST
POS | modal | STOP + LIFTFAST
POS | stati. | RUN + SHOWALARM 16017
POSA | | STOP + LIFTFAST
MOV | non-modal | STOP + LIFTFAST
MOV | modal | STOP + LIFTFAST
MOV | stati. | RUN + SHOWALARM 16017
PLC | | RUN + SHOWALARM 16017
Oscill. | | RUN + SHOWALARM 16017
SPOS | | STOP + SHOWALARM 16017
SPOS | non-modal | STOP + SHOWALARM 16017
SPOS | modal | STOP + SHOWALRAM 16017
SPOS | stati. | RUN + SHOWALARM 16017
SPOSA | | STOP + SHOWALARM 16017
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Remove axis from POLFMLIN or POLFMASK.
Alarm can be suppressed via MD11415 $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK_2 bit 11.
At the time of LIFTFAST, an axis for LIFTFAST is programmed, but the status of the axis does not
allow LIFTFAST (e.g. oscillating axis or spindle), or the axis is not in the channel. LIFTFAST should
only be applied to those axes that are capable of retracting at that time; POLFMASK or POLFMLIN
should be adapted accordingly.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
16110 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 spindle %3 for dwell time not in control mode
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis, spindle
Definitions: The spindle can be in the positioning mode, oscillating mode and control mode. With the M command
M70 it can be changed from a spindle to an axis. The control mode is divided into the speed-controlled
and position-controlled mode, and it is possible to alternate between these with the keywords SPCON
and SPCOF.
Positioning mode:
Position control (spindle position under SPOS/SPOSA)
Oscillating mode:
Speed control (M41 - M45 or M40 and S...)
Control mode:
Speed control (spindle speed under S..., M3/M4/M5)
Position control (SPCON/SPCOF, spindle speed under S..., M3/M4/M5)
Axis mode:
Position control (M70/M3, M4, M5, axis position under user-selectable axis name)
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check part program for correct spindle number.
With M3, M4 or M5 put the required spindle into control mode before calling the dwell time.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: With synchronous spindle-VV-coupling an additional motion for the following spindle can only be pro-
grammed with M3, M4, M5 and S... The paths created by specified positions cannot be maintained
safely for a velocity coupling, especially if a position control is missing. If dimensional accuracy or
reproducibility are not important, the alarm can be suppressed with MD11410
$MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK Bit27 = 1.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Use synchronous spindle-DV-coupling or program direction of rotation and speed.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
16120 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 invalid index for tool fine compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Mistake in programming: The 2nd parameter in the PUTFTOC command indicates for which tool
parameter the value is to be corrected (1 - 3 tool lengths, 4 tool radius). The programmed value is
beyond the permitted range.
Permissible values are 1 - 4 if on-line tool radius compensation is allowed (see MD20254
$MC_ONLINE_CUTCOM_ENABLE), otherwise values 1 - 3.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program: Length 1 - 3 or 4 permissible for radius.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The spindle number programmed for PUTFTOC or PUTFTOCF is beyond the permitted range for the
spindle numbers.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program. Is the programmed spindle number available?
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: A geometry axis has been programmed that cannot be imaged on any machine axis in the current
transformation (possibly there is no transformation active at the moment).
Example:
Without transformation: Polar coordinate system with X, Z, and C axis
With transformation: Cartesian coordinate system with X, Y, and Z, e.g. with TRANSMIT.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Activate transformation type with TRAORI (n) or do not program geometry axes that do not participate
in the transformation grouping.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
16520 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2, diameter programming active, function %3 is not
executed
Parameters: %1 = Channel
%2 = Axis, spindle
%3 = NC function
Definitions: The function is not executed with diameter programming active for the stated axis.
The following functions may be affected:
1 - Axis exchange
2 - Axis container rotation
Reaction: Interpreter stop
Local alarm reaction.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Disable diameter programming of the axis before activating the function.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16600 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 spindle %3 gear stage change not possible
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Spindle number
Definitions: The programmed speed is outside the speed range of the set gear stage. In order to execute the pro-
grammed speed, the gear stage must be changed. In order to be able to execute the automatic gear
stage change (M40 is active), the spindle must be in speed control operation.
The alarm will no longer be output after having set bit 30 (0x40000000) in MD11410
$MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK. However, the function will not be affected by this.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: The changeover to speed control operation is performed by programming M3, M4 or M5. The M func-
tions can be written together with the S word in the same block.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The stated instruction has been programmed repeatedly in the block for the same following
axis/spindle of a generic coupling.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: In G33 (tapping with constant pitch) the pitch parameter was not assigned to the axis that determines
the velocity.
For longitudinal and face threads, the thread pitch for the specified geometry axis must be pro-
grammed under the associated interpolation parameter.
X -> I
Y -> J
Z -> K
For taper threads, the address I, J, K depends on the axis with the longer path (thread length). A 2nd
lead for the other axis is, however, not specified.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Assign lead parameters to the axis that determines the velocity.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
16746 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 spindle %3 selected gear stage %4 not installed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Spindle number
%4 = Gear stage
Definitions: The first gear stage data block is active. The required gear stage is not installed in the 1st gear stage
data block. The number of gear stages installed is configured in MD35090
$MA_NUM_GEAR_STEPS.
Examples of the occurrence of the alarm with 3 three gear stages installed (MD 35090
$MA_NUM_GEAR_STEPS = 3):
* ... M44 or M45 has been programmed for the spindle concerned
*...M70 has been programmed and MD35014 $MA_GEAR_STEP_USED_IN_AXISMODE is larger
than 3.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program: Only those valid gear stages can be entered which have also been installed
according to MD35090 $MA_NUM_GEAR_STEPS.
Limit M70 configuration (MD 35014 $MA_GEAR_STEP_USED_IN_AXISMODE) to MD35090
$MA_NUM_GEAR_STEPS.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
16747 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 spindle %3 inserted gear stage %4 for tapping
not installed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Spindle number
%4 = Gear stage
Definitions: The second gear stage data block has been activated for tapping with G331.
However, the current gear stage has not been installed in the second gear stage data block. The num-
ber of gear stages installed is configured in MD35092 $MA_NUM_GEAR_STEPS2. The gear stage
cannot be changed in traversing blocks. The gear stage appropriate for the speed must be loaded
before the traversing block.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Procedure for automatically engaging the suitable gear stage prior to thread cutting:
* Program the spindle speed (S) in a G331 block without axis motions and prior to thread cutting, e.g.
G331 S1000.
* Activate M40 for the spindle.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: For the programmed function, the spindle must be in the open-loop control mode. In the positioning
or axis mode, the position control must not be deselected.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Put the spindle into open-loop control mode in the preceding block. This can be done with M3, M4 or
M5 for the relevant spindle.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Remedy: Program the spindle speed under address S in [rpm] (in spite of axis mode); the direction of rotation
is given by the sign of the spindle lead:
- Positive thread pitch: Rotational direction as M03.
- Negative thread pitch: Rotational direction as M04 N2.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: One of the following spindle functions has been programmed, the position control requires:
SPCON,
SPOS, SPOSA,
COUPON,
G331/G332.
The position control requires at least one measuring system.
No measuring system has been configured in MD30200 $MA_NUM_ENCS of the programmed spin-
dle.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Retrofit a measuring system.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16772 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 axis %3 is the slave axis, the coupling is being
opened
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis, spindle
Definitions: The axis is active as a slave axis in a coupling. In the REF operation mode, the coupling is opened.
The alarm can be suppressed by means of MD11410 $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK Bit29 = 1.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: The coupling will be closed again after having exited the REF operation mode.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
16773 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 is the following axis. The axis/spindle disables of
leading axes %3 and %4 differ from one another.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis, spindle
%3 = Axis, spindle
%4 = Axis, spindle
Definitions: The axis is active in a coupling as a following axis. The master axes
have different states regarding axis/spindle disable.
The alarm can be suppressed with MD11415 $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK_2, bit0 = 1.
Definitions: For the indicated axis, the synchronization procedure (EGONSYN or EGONSYNE) was canceled.
There are several reasons for aborting the synchronization process:
- RESET
- End of program
- Axis goes to follow-up mode
- Rapid stop caused by an alarm
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Channel not ready.
Remedy: If the cancel of the synchronization procedure can be tolerated or is intended, the alarm can be sup-
pressed with MD11410 $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK Bit31 = 1.
Only applicable for electronic gear (EG):
If it is not possible to cancel the synchronization procedure, you can achieve it by specifying the block
change criterion FINE in EGONSYN or EGONSYNE.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16776 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table %3 does not exist for axis %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
%4 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: An attempt was made to couple axis %4 with curve table number %3, but no curve table of this number
exists.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Modify the NC part program so that the required curve table exists when axis link is to be activated.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16777 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 coupling: following axis %3 for lead axis %4 not
available
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name, spindle number
%4 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in which the slave spindle/axis is currently not available. Possible
causes:
- The spindle/axis is active in the other channel.
- The spindle/axis has been accessed by the PLC and has not yet been released.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Put the master spindle/axis with spin-
dle/axis exchange into the necessary channel or release from the PLC.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Definitions: A coupling has been switched on which results in a cyclic coupling, allowance being made for further
couplings. This cyclic coupling cannot be uniquely computed.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Configure link in accordance with the MD
or correct NC part program (MD21300 $MC_COUPLE_AXIS_1).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16779 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 coupling: too many couplings for axis %3, see
active leading axis %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name, spindle number
%4 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: More leading axes and spindles were defined for the specified axis/spindle than are allowed. The last
parameter to be specified is a leading value object/leading axis to which the specified axis/spindle is
already linked.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Definitions: A coupling has been switched on in which the slave spindle/axis is currently not available. Possible
causes:
- The spindle/axis is active in the other channel.
- The spindle/axis has been accessed by the PLC and has not yet been released.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Put the master spindle/axis with spin-
dle/axis exchange into the necessary channel or release from the PLC.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The specified coupling is write-protected. Therefore, the coupling parameters cannot be modified.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
- Remove write protection (see channel MD21340 $MC_COUPLE_IS_WRITE_PROT_1)
- or modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: A coupling is to be switched the parameters of which have neither been programmed nor configured.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct NC part program or MD, program
the coupling with COUPDEF or configure by means of MD.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
16798 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 axis %3 is following axis and prohibits axis
container rotation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: The programmed axis/spindle is active as a slave axis/spindle in a coupling. When the coupling is
active, the axis container cannot be rotated.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program. Deactivate the coupling(s) for this axis/spindle before rotating the axis container
or execute the axis container rotation at a later time.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
16799 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 axis %3 is master axis and prohibits axis
container rotation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: The programmed axis/spindle is active as a master axis/spindle in a coupling. When the coupling is
active, the axis container cannot be rotated.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program. Deactivate the coupling(s) for this axis/spindle before rotating the axis container
or execute the axis container rotation at a later time.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
16800 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 traverse instruction DC/CDC for axis %3 not
allowed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: The keyword DC (Direct Coordinate) can only be used for rotary axes. This causes approach of the
programmed absolute position along the shortest path.
Example:
N100 C=DC(315)
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
Replace the keyword DC in the displayed NC block by specifying AC (Absolute Coordinate).
If the alarm display is the result of an error in the axis definition, the axis can be declared as a rotary
axis by means of the axis-specific MD30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX.
Corresponding machine data:
Modify MD30310: $MA_ROT_IS_MODULO
Modify MD30320: $MA_DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
16810 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 traverse instruction ACP for axis %3 not
allowed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: The keyword ACP (Absolute Coordinate Positive) is only allowed for "modulo axes". It causes
approach of the programmed absolute position in the specified direction.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
In the displayed NC block, replace the keyword ACP by specifying AC (Absolute Coordinate).
If the alarm display is based on an incorrect axis definition, the axis with the axis-specific MD30300
$MA_IS_ROT_AX and MD30310 $MA_ROT_IS_MODULO can be declared a rotary axis with modulo
change.
Corresponding machine data:
Modify MD30320 $MA_DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
16820 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 traverse instruction ACN for axis %3 not
allowed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: The keyword ACN (Absolute Coordinate Negative) is only allowed for "modulo axes". It causes
approach of the programmed absolute position in the specified direction.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
In the displayed NC block, replace the keyword ACN by specifying AC (Absolute Coordinate).
If the alarm display is based on an incorrect axis definition, the axis with the axis-specific machine data
MD30300: $MA_IS_ROT_AX and MD30310: $MA_ROT_IS_MODULO can be declared a rotary axis
with modulo change.
Corresponding machine data:
MD30320: $MA_DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16903 [Channel %1: ] Program control: action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the
current state
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: The relevant action cannot be processed now. This can occur, for instance, during read-in of machine
data.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Wait until the procedure is terminated or abort with Reset and repeat the operation.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16904 [Channel %1: ] Program control: action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the
current state
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: The operation (program, JOG, block search, reference point, etc.) cannot be started or continued in
the current status.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Check the program status and channel status.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16908 [Channel %1: ] Action %2<ALNX> only possible in reset state or at the
block end
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: This action may only be performed in Reset state or at end of block.
In JOG mode, no axis that is traversed as geometry axis in the switched coordinate system, must be
active as PLC or command axis (started through static synchronized action) on mode change. This
means that axes like that must be in the state 'neutral axis' again.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Check the program status and channel status.
Check in JOG mode whether the axes are PLC or command axes.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16912 [Channel %1: ] Program control: action %2<ALNX> only possible in reset
state
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: This action can only be performed in Reset state.
Example: Program selection through HMI or channel communication (INIT) can only be performed in
Reset state.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Reset or wait until processing is terminated.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16913 [Mode group %1: ] [Channel %2: ] Mode change: action %3<ALNX> not
allowed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Mode group number
%3 = Action number/action name
Definitions: The change to the desired mode is not permitted. The change can only take place in the Reset state.
Example:
Program processing is halted in AUTO mode by NC Stop. Then there is a mode change to JOG mode
(program status interrupted). From this operating mode, it is only possible to change to AUTO mode
and not to MDI mode!
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Either activate the Reset key to reset program processing, or activate the mode in which the program
was being processed previously.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16914 [Mode group %1: ] [Channel %2: ] Mode change: action %3<ALNX> not
allowed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Mode group number
%3 = Action number/action name
Definitions: Incorrect mode change, e.g.: Auto -> MDIREF.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Check operation or selected mode.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16915 [Channel %1: ] Action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the current block
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: If traversing blocks are interrupted by asynchronous subroutines, then it must be possible for the inter-
rupted program to continue (reorganization of block processing) after termination of the asynchronous
subroutine.
The 2nd parameter describes which action wanted to interrupt block processing.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Let the program continue to a reorganized NC block or modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16918 [Channel %1: ] For action %2<ALNX> all channels must be in reset state
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: All channels must be in the initial setting in order to carry out the action! (For example, for machine
data loading)
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Either wait until the channel status is aborted or press the Reset key.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16919 [Channel %1: ] Action %2<ALNX> is not allowed due to a pending alarm
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: This action cannot be performed due to an alarm, or the channel is in the fault condition.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Press the RESET key.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16921 [Mode group %2: ] [Channel %1: ] Machine data: channel/mode group
assignment not allowed or assigned twice
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Mode group number
Definitions: On powering up, an illegal channel/mode group assignment was detected.
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check MD10010
$MN_ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.
tinuation:
16923 [Channel %1: ] Program control: action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the
current state
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: The current processing cannot be stopped since a preprocessing process is active.
This applies, for example, to the loading of machine data, and in block searches until the search target
is found.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Cancel by pressing RESET!
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16924 [Channel %1: ] Caution: program test modifies tool management data
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
Definitions: Tool management data is changed during program testing. It is not possible to automatically rectify
the data after termination of the program testing.
This error message prompts the user to make a backup copy of the data or to reimport the data after
the operation is terminated.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
Save tool data on HMI and reimport data after "ProgtestOff".
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16925 [Channel %1: ] Program control: action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the
current state, action %3<ALNX> active
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Action number/action name
%3 = Action number/action name
Definitions: The action has been refused since a mode or sub-mode change (change to automatic mode, MDI,
JOG, overstoring, digitizing, etc.) is taking place.
Example: This alarm message is output if the Start key is pressed during a mode or sub-mode change
from, for example, automatic to MDI, before the NCK has confirmed selection of the mode.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Repeat action.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16926 [Channel %1: ] Channel coordination: action %2 not allowed in block %3,
marker %4 is already set
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Aktion
%3 = Block number
%4 = Marker number
Definitions: The action was denied, the marker was already set. Check the program.
Example:
SETM(1) ; CLEARM(1) ; Marker must be reset first.
SETM(1)
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Repeat action.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16930 [Channel %1: ] Preceding block and current block %2 must be separated
through an executable block
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number
Definitions: The language functions WAITMC, SETM, CLEARM and MSG must be packed in separate NC blocks
due to the language definition. To avoid velocity drops, these blocks are attached to the next NC block
internally in the NCK (for MSG only in path control mode, for WAITMC to the previous NC block). For
this reason, there must always be an executable block (not a calculation block) between the NC
blocks. An executable NC block always includes e.g. travel movements, a help function, Stopre, dwell
time etc.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interpreter stop
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Program an executable NC block between the previous and the current NC block.
Example:
N10 SETM.
N15 STOPRE ; insert executable NC block.
N20 CLEARM.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
16933 [Channel %1: ] Interrupt treatment: action %2<ALNX> not allowed in the
current state
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: If a temporary standstill has occurred because of a Reorg event across block boundaries, it is possible
that a block without Reorg capability has been loaded. In this situation, it is unfortunately necessary
to abort the Reorg event handling! Reorg events are, e.g. abort subprogram, delete distance-to-go
and interrupts.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Abort program with the RESET key.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16934 [Channel %1: ] Interrupt treatment: action %2<ALNX> not possible due to
stop
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: Reorg events are, e.g. abort subprogram, delete distance to go and interrupts, axis exchange, termi-
nation of follow-up mode. Two Reorg events overlap in this situation. The 2nd Reorg event coincides
with the 1st block generated by the previous event. (e.g. an axis exchange is induced twice in rapid
succession). Axis exchange leads to Reorg in the channels in which an axis is removed without prep-
aration. This block must be stopped in the above sequence in order to prevent the interpolator buffer
from overflowing. This can be achieved by pressing the Stop or StopAll key, configuring an alarm with
INTERPRETERSTOP or by decode single block.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: The program must be aborted with Reset.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16935 [Channel %1: ] Action %2<ALNX> not possible due to search run
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: The action is not allowed as block search is currently running via program test. Block search via pro-
gram test: "PI Service _N_FINDBL with mode parameter 5_.
With this block search type, it is not permissible to activate program test or dry run feedrate.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Activate the action after block search is terminated.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16936 [Channel %1: ] Action %2<ALNX> not possible due to active dry run
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: This action is not allowed as dry run feedrate is currently active.
Example: It is not permissible to activate block search via program test (PI service _N_FINDBL with
mode parameter 5) when dry run feedrate is active.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Abort program with the RESET key.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16937 [Channel %1: ] Action %2<ALNX> not possible due to program test
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: This action is not allowed as program test is currently active.
Example: It is not permissible to activate block search via program test (PI service _N_FINDBL with
mode parameter 5) when program test is active.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Deactivate program test.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16938 [Channel %1: ] Action %2<ALNX> aborted due to active gear change
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: Reorganization events are, among others, subprogram abort, delete distance-to- go and interrupts,
axis exchange, exiting the correction state. These events wait for the end of a gear change. However,
the maximum waiting period has elapsed.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Program must be aborted with Reset and, if necessary, MD10192
$MN_GEAR_CHANGE_WAIT_TIME must be increased.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16939 [Channel %1: ] Action %2<ALNX> rejected due to active gear change
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: Reorganization events that are possible in Stop state, e.g mode change, are waiting for the end of the
gear change. However, the maximum waiting period has elapsed.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Repeat action or increase MD10192 $MN_GEAR_CHANGE_WAIT_TIME.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16942 [Channel %1: ] Start program command action %2<ALNX> not possible
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: Currently, the alarm occurs only in combination with the SERUPRO action. SERUPRO stands for
search via program test.
SERUPRO is currently searching the search target and has therefore switched this channel to the pro-
gram test mode. With the START program command in channel 1, another channel 2 would actually
be started, which means that axes would really be started during the search action.
If this alarm is switched off (see help), the user can make use of the above behavior by initially select-
ing via PLC the program test mode in channel 2, leaving channel 2 executing until its natural end, stop-
ping channel 2 in order to deselect program test again.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
16944 [Channel %1: ] Action %2<ALNX> not possible due to active search
blocks
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Action number/action name
Definitions: The NCK is currently processing either the action blocks of the search run or the approach motion after
the search run. In this situation, the action (2nd parameter of the alarm) must be rejected. Currently,
only the integrated search run is rejected with this alarm. The integrated search run is activated, if
search run is triggered in the Stop program state. In other words: Parts of a program have already
been executed and a following program part is "skipped" with search run in order to continue the pro-
gram afterwards.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Repeat the action after the approach motion of the search run.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Note:
The alarm can only be generated if the simulation has been completed during the search run. The
alarm cannot be output immediately at the start of the search run.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: MD11410 $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK, MD22680 $MC_AUTO_IPTR_LOCK and language
command IPTRLOCK
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16952 [Channel %1: ] Start program command not possible due to MDI
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
Definitions: NCK is currently executing an ASUB in MDI mode. In this constellation, parts program command
"Start" is not allowed for another channel. Attention: If an asup is started from JOG, the NCK can inter-
nally change to MDI, if the NCK was previously in MDI and not in RESET. Note: Without this alarm,
the MDI buffer of the other channel would always be started.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Start ASUB in AUTO or ->JOG in AUTO
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16953 [Channel %1: ] For slave axis %2 SERUPRO not allowed, as master axis
%3 not subject to axis/spindle disable
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Slave axis name, following spindle number
%3 = Master axis name, master spindle number
Definitions: Currently, the alarm occurs only in combination with the SERUPRO action. SERUPRO stands for
search via program test.
SERUPRO is possible only with an active coupling, if the axis/spindle disable is active for all master
axes/spindles of the slave axis/spindle
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Set axis/spindle disable of the master axis
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16954 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 programmed stop prohibited in stop delay area
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In a program area (stop delay area) that is bracketed with DELAYFSTON and DELAYFSTOF, a pro-
gram command was used that causes a stop. No commands other than G4 are permissible that might
cause a stop even though only shortly. A stop delay area can also be defined by MD11550
$MN_STOP_MODE_MASK.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: MD11550 $MN_STOP_MODE_MASK and language command DELAYFSTON DELAYFSTOF
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
16956 [Channel %1: ] Program %2 cannot be started due to global start disable.
Parameters: %1 = Channel ID
%2 = String (path with program name)
Definitions: The program selected in this channel cannot be started as "Global start disable" had been set.
Note:
PI "_N_STRTLK" sets the "Global start disable" and PI "_N_STRTUL"
deletes the "Global start disable".
The alarm is switched on with MD11411 $MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK bit 6.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Delete the "Global start disable" and restart.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
16962 [Channel %1: ] NCK computing time reduced, start is not allowed.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
Definitions: The computing time available to the NCK has been reduced, starts have therefore been locked. The
computer performance is inadequate for smooth program execution. The computing time of the NCK
may have been reduced by the HMI because of an HMI part program simulation.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Wait for the simulation to end or press RESET in any channel.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Definition:
- 'Grinding data blocks': Grinding data can be defined for a tool from type 400 to 499. Such a data
block occupies as much additional memory as that provided for a cutting edge.
- 'Monitoring data blocks': Each cutting edge of a tool can be supplemented by monitoring data.
- If the alarm occurs while writing from one of the parameters $TC_MDP1/$TC_MDP2/$TC_MLSR,
check whether machine data MD18077 $MN_MM_NUM_DIST_REL_PER_MAGLOC /
MD18076$MN_MM_NUM_LOCS_WITH_DISTANCE have been correctly set.
MD18077 $MN_MM_NUM_DIST_REL_PER_MAGLOC defines the number of different Index1 state-
ments that may be made for an Index2 value.
MD18076 $MN_MM_NUM_LOCS_WITH_DISTANCE defines the number of different buffer storage
locations that may be named in Index2.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
- Modify machine data
- Modify NC program, i.e. reduce number of rejected variable.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Cause:
1.: Slot / I/O area index >= max. number of available slot / I/O areas.
2.: Slot / I/O area index references a slot / I/O area that has not been configured.
3.: Slot / I/O area index references a slot / I/O area that has not been released for a system variable.
The following applies specifically: If the alarm occurs while writing from one of the parameters
$TC_MDP1/$TC_MDP2/$TC_MLSR,
check whether MD18077 $MN_MM_NUM_DIST_REL_PER_MAGLOC has been set correctly.
MD18077 $MN_MM_NUM_DIST_REL_PER_MAGLOC defines the number of different Index1 state-
ments that may be made for an Index2 value.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct the specification of array elements in the access instruction to match the defined size. If an
SPL is used in Safety Integrated, the field index via optional data may be subject to additional restric-
tions.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Remedy: Program or activate a tool offset in the NC program before using the system variables.
Example:
N100 G.. ... T5 D1 ... LF
With the channel-specific machine data:
Modify MD22550 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
New tool offset for M function
Modify MD22560 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
M function with tool change
It is established whether a tool offset is activated in the block with the T word or whether the new offset
values are allowed for only when the M word for tool change occurs.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
17183 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 H number already available in T no.= %3, D no.=
%4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = T number
%4 = D number
Definitions: Each H number (except for H=0) must be assigned in a TO unit only once. The indicated edge already
has the H number. If the H number shall be assigned more than once, MD10890
$MN_EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE, bit 3 must be set = 1.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Change program:
- Select different H number
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
17192 [TO unit %1: ] Invalid tool designation of '%2', duplo no. %3. No more
replacement tools possible in '%4'.
Parameters: %1 = TO unit
%2 = Tool identifier
%3 = Duplonummer
%4 = Group identifier
Definitions: The tool with the specified tool identifier, duplo number cannot accept the group identifier. Reason:
The maximum number of replacement tools allowed has already been defined. The name allocation
causes the tool to be reallocated to a tool group which already contains the maximum number of
replacement tools allowed on this machine.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Use fewer replacement tools or request a different maximum setting from the machine manufacturer.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
17212 [Channel %1: ] Tool management: Load manual tool %3, duplo no. %2
onto spindle/toolholder %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Duplo no.
%3 = Tool identifier
%4 = Toolholder number (spindle number)
Definitions: Indicates that the specified manual tool must be loaded in the specified toolholder or spindle before
the program is continued. A manual tool is a tool whose data are known to the NCK but which is not
assigned to a magazine location and is thus not fully accessible to the NCK, and usually also to the
machine, for an automatic tool change.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Make sure that the specified tool is loaded in the toolholder. The alarm is cleared automatically after
PLC acknowledgement of the tool change on command.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
17216 [Channel %1: ] Remove manual tool from toolholder %4 and load manual
tool %3 %2
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Duplo no.
%3 = Tool identifier
%4 = Toolholder number (spindle number)
Definitions: Indicates that the specified manual tool must be loaded in the specified toolholder or spindle before
the program is continued and that the manual tool located there must be removed. A manual tool is a
tool whose data are known to the NCK but which is not assigned to a magazine location and is thus
not fully accessible to the NCK, and usually also to the machine, for an automatic tool change.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Make sure that the manual tools are exchanged. The alarm is cleared automatically after PLC
acknowledgement of the tool change on command. Manual tools can only be used efficiently if this is
supported by the PLC program.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
17224 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 tool T/D= %3 - tool type %4 is not permitted
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Incorrect T no. / D no.
%4 = Incorrect tool type
Definitions: On this system, it is not possible to select tool offsets of the
indicated tool types.
The variety of tool types can both be limited by the machine OEM
and be reduced on individual control models.
Only use tools of the tool types permitted for this system.
Check whether an error has occurred on defining the tool.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interpreter stop
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct the NC program or correct the tool data
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: If an attempt is made to define or cancel a tool adapter assignment with reference to a magazine loca-
tion and this magazine location already has another tool adapter and/or a tool is located in the adapter
or - when canceling an assignment - a tool is still at the location, this alarm will appear. If machine data
MD18108 $MN_MM_NUM_SUMCORR has the value -1, adapters cannot be generated by a write
operation to an adapter which is not already defined. While the machine data has this value, you can
only write adapter data to adapters which have already been (automatically) assigned to magazine
locations.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Assign max. one adapter to a magazine location.
- The magazine location must not contain a tool.
- MD18108 $MN_MM_NUM_SUMCORR has value -1: If an alarm occurs when writing one of the sys-
tem variables $TC_ADPTx (x=1,2,3,T), the write operation must be modified such that only adapter
data which are already associated with the magazine locations are written.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
17501 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 indexing axis %3 with Hirth tool system is active
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name
Definitions: The 'Hirth tooth system' function is activated for the indexing axis. This axis can therefore approach
only indexing positions, another travel movement of the axis is not possible.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
Correct part program.
Correct FC16 or FC18 call.
Deselect machine data MD30505 $MA_HIRTH_IS_ACTIVE.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
17502 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 indexing axis %3 with Hirth tooth system stop is
delayed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name
Definitions: For the indexing axis, the 'Hirth tooth system' function is activated and the override has been set to 0
or another stop condition (e.g. VDI interface signal) is active. Since it is possible to stop only on index-
ing axes, the next possible indexing position is approached. The alarm is displayed until this position
is reached or the stop condition is deactivated.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Wait until the next possible indexing position is reached or set override > 0 or deactivate another stop
condition.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
17503 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 indexing axis %3 with Hirth tooth system and
axis not referenced
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name
Definitions: The 'Hirth tooth system' function is activated for the indexing axis and the axis is to be traversed
although it is not referenced.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Reference axis.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
17620 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 approaching fixed point for transformed axis
%3 not possible
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: In the displayed block, an axis is programmed for the fixed point approach (G75) that is involved in the
active transformation. Fixed point approach is not performed with this axis!
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Remove G75 instruction from the part program block or previously deselect transformation with TRA-
FOOF.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
17640 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 spindle operation for transformed axis %3 not
possible
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: The axis programmed for the spindle operation is involved in the current transformation as geometry
axis. This is not allowed.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: First switch off the transformation function.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
17811 [Channel %1: ] Fixed-point approach not possible for axis %2 in JOG,
reason %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
%3 = Cause
Definitions: A 'fixed-point approach in JOG' has been requested for an axis. This is not possible because:
Reason 1: The axis is involved in the active transformation.
Reason 2: The axis is a following axis in an active coupling.
The fixed point approach will therefore not be executed.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Deselect fixed-point approach in JOG, or previously deselect the transformation with TRAFOOF or
disband the coupling.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
17813 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 fixed-point approach in JOG and override motion
active
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: 'Fixed-point approach in JOG' is active for the axis, but another offset motion - for example a synchro-
nization offset $AA_OFF - has been interpolated simultaneously.
The position of the selected fixed-point is not reached if offset values are changed during the travers-
ing motion.
The target point then becomes "fixed-point position + change in offset value".
The end point will be reached if the traversing motion is restarted after the offset value has been
changed.
(For example: incremental traversing in which the traversing motion stops intermittently).
Reason:
Restarting the motion takes the current offset value into account.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Trigger JOG motion again.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
17820 [Channel %1: ] JOG to position not possible for axis %2, reason %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
%3 = Cause
Definitions: A 'JOG to position' has been requested for an axis. This is not possible because:
Reason 1: The axis is involved in the active transformation.
Reason 2: The axis is a following axis in an active coupling.
The JOG to position will therefore not be executed.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Deselect 'JOG to position', or previously deselect the transformation with TRAFOOF or disband the
coupling.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
17821 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 JOG to position and override motion active
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: 'JOG to position' is active for the axis, but an offset motion - for example a synchronization offset
$AA_OFF - has been interpolated simultaneously.
The position of the SD43320 $SA_JOG_POSITION is not reached if offset values are changed during
the traversing motion.
The target point then becomes "Jog position + change in offset value".
The position SD43320 $SA_JOG_POSITION will be reached if the traversing motion is restarted after
the offset value has been changed.
(For example: incremental traversing in which the traversing motion stops intermittently).
Reason:
Restarting the motion takes the current offset value into account.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Trigger JOG motion again.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
17830 [Channel %1: ] JOG in a circle is activated, but the axis %2 required for
this is not a geometry axis.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: The function JOG in circles has been activated, but the axis required for this has not been defined as
a geometry axis.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Define axis as geometry axis.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
17833 [Channel %1: ] JOG a circle is active and JOG circles deactivated
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: A circular motion is active but 'JOG in circles' has been deactivated. The circular motion is canceled.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Reactivate 'JOG circles' and trigger JOG motion again.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Definitions: There is an error in the definition of the protection zone. The error number gives the specific reason
for the alarm.
No.Meaning
1: Incomplete or conflicting contour definition.
2: Contour encompasses more than one surface area.
3: Tool-related protection zone is not convex.
4: If both boundaries are active in the 3rd dimension of the protection zone and both limits have the
same value.
5: The number of the protection zone does not exist (negative number, zero or greater than the max-
imum number of protection zones).
6: Protection zone definition consists of more than 10 contour elements.
7: Tool-related protection zone is defined as inside protection zone.
8: Incorrect parameter used.
9: Protection zone to be activated is not defined.
10: Incorrect modal G code used for protection zone definition.
11: Contour definition incorrect or frame activated.
12: Other, not further specified errors.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Modify definition of the protection zone
and check MD.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation: The current block can be changed if the alarm occurs during NC program execution. The CPROT
parameters can also be adjusted. However, if the error lies in the definition of the protection zone, the
NC program must be aborted and the definition corrected under CPROTDEF.
If the alarm occurs on control power-up, the system variables $SC_PA_... must be corrected for the
specified protection zone. This can be done by downloading an Initial.ini file that includes the relevant
corrected data. If another restart is then made, the alarm will have been eliminated provided that the
data are now consistent.
18200 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table: block search stop not allowed with
definition CTABDEF
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Program instructions that lead to a preprocessing stop are not allowed within a curve table definition.
The system variable $P_CTABDEF can be queried to check whether a table definition is currently
active.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Put the block in parenthesis using "IF NOT($P_CTABDEF) ... ENDIF" or remove the instruction that
causes the preprocessing stop. Then start the part program again.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
18201 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table: table %3 does not exist
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of curve table
Definitions: An attempt was made to use a curve table whose table number is not known in the system \par.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Change the table number in the program instruction or define the curve table with the desired table
number.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
18203 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table: instruction CTABDEF not within
CTABDEF
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In the program, the instruction CTABDEF that starts the definition of curve tables, is programmed
within the definition part of a curve table. This is not allowed, as the current curve table must be com-
pleted with CTABEND first.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Remove command CTABEND from program or insert instruction CTABDEF ( ..) in the relevant pro-
gram position. Instructions CTABDEF and CTABEND must be programmed in the same program level
(main program or subroutine). Restart the program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
18204 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 curve table: instruction SUPA not within
CTABDEF
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: G code SUPA is not allowed for the definition of a curve table, as it triggers a preprocessing stop.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Remove G code SUPA from the curve table definition. If possible, use G codes G53 or G153 instead
of SUPA.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Definitions: It is not allowed to change the geometry axis assignment because the current frame contains rota-
tions.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Change NC program or set other mode with MD10602 $MN_FRAME_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the possible reasons for termina-
tion:
- Servo enable missing: NC/PLC interface signal DB31, ... DBX2.1 (Servo enable)
- Measuring system switchover: NC/PLC interface signal DB31, ... DBX1.5 / 1.6 (Position measuring
system 1/2)
- Traversing key + or - missing: NC/PLC interface signal DB31, ... DBX4.7 / 4.6 (Traversing keys
plus/minus)
- Feed override = 0
- The feed disable is active
- Exact stop not reached within MD36020 $MA_POSITIONING_TIME.
The axis-specific MD34110 $MA_REFP_CYCLE_NR determines which axes are involved in the
channel-specific referencing.
ValueMeaning
-1: No channel-specific referencing, NC Start without referencing.
0: No channel-specific referencing, NC Start with referencing.
1-8: Channel-specific referencing. The number entered here corresponds to the referencing
sequence. (When all axes with contents 1 have reached the reference point, then the axes with con-
tents 2 start, etc.).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
20006 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 reference point creep velocity not reached
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: In phase 2 of reference point approach (wait for zero mark), the cam end was reached but the refer-
ence point approach velocity was not within the tolerance window. (This can occur when the axis is
already at the end of the cam at the beginning of reference point approach. Phase 1 is therefore con-
sidered as being already concluded and will not be started.)
Phase 2 has been interrupted (this time before the cam) and the reference point approach will be
started once again automatically with phase 1. If the approach velocity is not reached at the 2nd
attempt either, referencing will be stopped and the alarm displayed.
Approach velocity: MD34040 $MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER
Velocity tolerance: MD35150 $MA_SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
Reduce the MD for the approach velocity MD34040 $MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER and/or
increase the MD for the velocity tolerance MD35150 $MA_SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
20053 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 DRF, FTOCON, external zero point offset not
possible
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: The axis is traversed in a mode (e.g. referencing) that allows no additional overlaid interpolation.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Wait until the axis has reached its reference position or terminate reference point approach with
"Reset" and start DRF once again.
20054 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 wrong index for indexing axis in JOG mode
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: 1. The displayed indexing axis is to be traversed incrementally in JOG mode (by 1 indexing position).
However, no further indexing position is available in the selected direction.
2. The axis is stationary at the last indexing position. In incremental traversing the working area limi-
tation or the software limit switch is reached without an indexing position being located in front of it at
which a stop could be made.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct (add to) the list of indexing posi-
tions by means of the machine data
MD10900 $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1
MD10910 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1
MD10920 $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2
MD10930 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2
or set the working area limits or the software limit switches to other values.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Definitions: Revolutional feed has been programmed for an axis/spindle, but the velocity was not programmed or
the programmed value is smaller than or equal to zero.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
- Correct the part program or
- Specify the correct feed for PLC axes at the VDI interface,
- Specify feed for oscillating axes in the SD43740 $SA_OSCILL_VELO.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
20064 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 selection of several axes with an active taper
angle is not permitted.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: With an active taper angle, only one geometry axis at the time can be traversed in JOG mode by press-
ing traversing keys. Simultaneous traversing of a geometry axis as a machine axis is not permitted
either.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Starting the geometry axis only if traversing of the other geometry axis or machine axis completed.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels. Restart part program.
tinuation:
20065 [Channel %1: ] Master spindle not defined for geometry axes in JOG
mode
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
Definitions: The displayed axis is to be traversed as geometry axis in JOG mode with rotary feed, but no master
spindle has been defined from which the actual speed could be derived.
Reaction: Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: If the revolutional feedrate is to be active in JOG mode too, then a master spindle must be declared
in the channel-specific machine data MD20090 $MC_SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND. In this case,
you have to open a screen in the PARAMETER operating area with the softkeys "SETTINGDATA"
and "JOG DATA", and preselect the G function G95 there. The JOG feedrate can then be entered in
[mm/rev]. (If 0 mm/rev is set as JOG feedrate, the control takes the value assigned in the axis-specific
machine data MD32050 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO or in the case of rapid traverse override MD32040
$MA_JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID).
The revolutional feedrate in JOG mode is deactivated by changing the G function from G95 to G94.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. The FC POS-AXIS for linear and rotary
axes should be used or the axis should be declared as an indexing axis. Corresponding machine data
for indexing axis declaration:
Modify MD30500 $MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB
Modify MD10900 $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1
Modify MD10910 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1
Modify MD10920 $MN_INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2
Modify MD10930 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Do not initiate mode change. Cause the
PLC to check the axis and make sure in the PLC program that the axis ends oscillation if such mode
changes take place.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Definitions: No handwheel has been assigned for this specified axis after handwheel overlay has been started in
automatic mode. If the axis identifier is missing in the alarm with active velocity overlay FD > 0, then
the 1st geometry axis has not been defined in the NC channel. In this case the block is executed with-
out handwheel control.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: If handwheel control is required, a handwheel must be activated.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
20083 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 programmed position lies behind the coordinate
system-specific working area limit %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis number
%3 = "+" or "-"
Definitions: The axis is traversed as a reciprocating axis, and the target position (reversal position or end position)
is located behind the corresponding, valid, coordinate system-specific working area limitation. The
axis is not traversed.
Reaction: Local alarm reaction.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Specify smaller target position.
Deactivate working area limitation.
Set working area limitation differentially.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
20090 Axis %1 travel to fixed stop not possible. Check programming and axis
data.
Parameters: %1 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: 1. The "Traverse against fixed stop" function has been programmed with FXS[AX]=1 but the axis does
not (yet) support this. Check MD37000 $MA_FIXED_STOP_MODE. This function is not available for
gantry axes and simulated axes.
2. On selection, no movement was programmed for axis AX. AX is a machine axis identifier.
3. It is always necessary to program a traversing movement in the selection block for the axis/spindle
for which the "Traverse against fixed stop" function is activated.
The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD11412 $MN_ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY
(channel not ready).
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Channel not ready.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
- Check the axis type.
- Check MD37000 $MA_FIXED_STOP_MODE.
- Is a machine axis movement missing in the approach block?
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.
tinuation:
20093 Axis %1 standstill monitoring at fixed-stop end point has been triggered
Parameters: %1 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: The position of the axis has been beyond the zero speed window ever since selection has been com-
pleted.
The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD11412 $MN_ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY
(channel not ready).
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Channel not ready.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
- Check the mechanical components, e.g. has the stop broken away? Has the part to be clamped
given way?
- Position window for zero speed control too small (MD37020 $MA_FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF)
(SD43520 $SA_FIXED_STOP_WINDOW). Default is 1 mm in each case.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.
tinuation:
20103 [Channel %1: ] Digitizing module does not support 3+2 axes digitizing
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
Definitions: Prerequisite for 3+2 axis digitizing is that the NCU and the digitizing module both have the 3+2 axis
mode.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - SW update for the digitizing module.
- Select 3-axis mode for the digitizing via machine data.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
20108 Invalid data package received from the digitizer. Error codes %1, %2
Parameters: %1 = Error code of cyclic packet
%2 = Error code of out-of-band packet
Definitions: A data packet received by the digitizing unit could not be evaluated.
Reaction: Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Error code: 0, 0: Check cable connection
leading to the NC. Other error codes: e.g. wrong header, incorrect checksum (development documen-
tation).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Definitions: Interpolatory compensation with tables. The input or output axes assignment in the given table is not
allowed. $AN_CEC_INPUT_AXIS and $AN_CEC_OUTPUT_AXIS != 0 apply to system variables.
This table is automatically switched off.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check and correct the axis assignment
in the compensation table. If the error cannot be found, the alarm can be suppressed by switching off
the table ($SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE) or switching off compensation in the axis
($MA_CEC_ENABLE).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Definitions: The tool tip has exited the tunnel placed around the desired contour, i.e. the distance between tool tip
and desired contour was greater than specified in the MD21050 $MC_CONTOUR_TUNNEL_TOL.
The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD11412 $MN_ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY
(channel not ready).
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
The NC switches to follow-up mode.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Channel not ready.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the following points in turn:
1. Is the machine in working order? That is, has the alarm been tripped by a sluggish axis, tool break-
age or collision?
2. If the machine is in working order, reduce the velocity or improve the controller setting.
3. Possibly increase the size of the tunnel and monitor errors via analog output in order to ascertain
the cause.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The requested command is not permissible in the current axis status for the command axis or spindle.
This alarm occurs with command axes (POS, MOV), spindle commands from motion synchronous
actions (M3/M4/M5, SPOS), coupled motion (TRAILON, TRAILOF) and lead value coupling (LEA-
DON, LEADOF).
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: First stop the axis or deactivate the coupling, then select a new status.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
20142 [Channel %1: ] Command axis %2: rotation of axis container already
enabled
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis
Definitions: The synchronized action instruction is not allowed on a spindle enabled for the axis container rotation.
The alarm only occurs if the spindle is handed to another NCU.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Initiate the synchronized action instruction before the axis container rotation enable or after the end of
the rotation (depending on the application).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
20160 [Channel %1: ] Tool management: PLC can terminate only incorrectly
aborted commands
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
Definitions: Indication that the PLC wanted to interrupt an active command from the tool management (tool
change); or that there is no command active for cancel. NCK refuses because the channel status is
either 'active' (cancel is then not allowed), or 'reset' (then there is nothing to cancel).
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: For information only.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
20200 [Channel %1: ] Invalid spindle number %2 with tool fine compensation
Parameters: %1 = Channel number target channel
%2 = Spindle number
Definitions: There is no spindle/axis assignment in the target channel for the spindle specified in the PUTFTOC
command.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Modify program in channel that writes the tool fine compensation.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
20211 [Channel %1: ] Block %3 spindle %2 support point beyond range limits
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Spindle number
%3 = Block number, label
Definitions: The support point calculated for centerless grinding is beyond the range limits.
Machine data:
Modify MD21518 $MC_TRACLG_CONTACT_UPPER_LIMIT
Modify MD21520 $MC_TRACLG_CONTACT_LOWER_LIMIT
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check centerless axis positions and machine data.
- Modify program.
- Select new traversing positions for centerless axes
- or suppress computation by G00.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
21550 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 Travel from hardware limit switch not possible.
Reason: %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name
%3 = Cause
Definitions: It has been tried to retract a following axis of an axis coupling or an output axis of a transformation
through the master axis or input axis of a transformation. This is not permitted in the current situation.
Possible reasons:
1 No permissible direction of retraction
2 Coupling not synchronous
3 Retraction not permitted for the active coupling
4 Reserved
5 Retraction not permitted for the active transformation
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Alarm display.
21615 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 taken from traverse mode to follow-up mode
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: This axis has been taken from traverse mode and put into "Follow-up" mode, for instance because the
pulse enable for the drive has been reset.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: -
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
21617 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 transformation does not allow to traverse the
pole
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The preset curve passes through the pole or a forbidden area of the transformation.
Reaction: Local alarm reaction.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Modify the part program (if the alarm has occurred in AUTO mode).
To escape from the alarm position, transformation must be deselected (it is not enough to try a RESET
if the transformation remains active when RESET is applied).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Definitions: When deselecting the position offset ($AA_OFF) via the part program command CORROF (<axis>,
"AA_OFF") an active synchronized action is detected that immediately sets $AA_OFF for the axis
(DO_$AA_OFF [<axis>] =<value>). Deselection is executed and $AA_OFF not set again.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
21670 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 illegal change of tool direction with $AA_TOFF
active
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: If an offset has been activated in tool direction by means of $AA_TOFF[i], no block is allowed to be
activated in which the offset axis assignment i is modified (plane change, tool change cutting tool <=>
turning tool, transformation change, TRAFOOF, TCARR=0, geometry axis exchange)
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Local alarm reaction.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: - Modify part program
- Program TOFFOF()
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
21700 [Channel %1: ] Block %3 axis %2 touch probe already deflected, edge
polarity not possible
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
%3 = Block number
Definitions: The probe programmed under the keyword MEAS or MEAW is already deflected and has switched.
For a further measuring operation, the probe signal must first be canceled (quiescent state of the
probe).
The axis display is of no significance at the present time but an axis-specific evaluation has been
planned for later stages of development.
Reaction: Local alarm reaction.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Verify the starting position of the measuring operation or check the probe signals in the PLC interface
DB10 DBX107.0 / 107.1 (Probe actuated key 1/key 2). Are the cables and connectors in good order?
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
21703 [Channel %1: ] Block %3 axis %2 touch probe not deflected, illegal edge
polarity
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
%3 = Block number
Definitions: The selected probe is not (!) deflected and therefore cannot record any measured value from the
deflected to the non-deflected state.
Measurement level 2 (MEAWA, MEASA, MEAC)
The degree of deflection of the probe at the start of the measurement task is identical to the first pro-
grammed measurement signal edge. The test is only performed in mode 2.
Reaction: Local alarm reaction.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: - Check probe
- Check start positioning for measuring
- Check program
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
22000 [Channel %1: ] Block %3 spindle %2 gear stage change not possible
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Spindle number
%3 = Block number, label
Definitions: A gear stage change for the spindle will not be possible, if:
- thread cutting (G33, G34, G35) is active
- the spindle is active as master or slave spindle in a coupling
- the spindle is being positioned
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: The gear stage is to be set prior to the corresponding machining step.
If it is necessary, however, to change the gear stage within one of the above mentioned functions, this
function must be switched off for the time of the gear stage change. Thread cutting is deselected with
G1; synchronous spindle coupling is switched off with COUPOF; the spindle positioning operation is
exited with M3, M4 or M5.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
22010 [Channel %1: ] Block %3 spindle %2 actual gear stage differs from
requested gear stage
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Spindle number
%3 = Block number, label
Definitions: The requested gear stage change has been concluded. The actual gear stage reported by the PLC
as being engaged is not the same as the required gear stage called for by the NC. Note: Wherever
possible, the requested gear stage should always be engaged.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Correct the PLC program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
22014 [Channel %1: ] Block %2. The dynamics of leading spindle %3 and
dependent spindle %4 is too variably
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Leading spindle number
%4 = Number of following spindle
Definitions: If the spindles / axes differ strongly in their dynamic behavior during coupling, synchronism cannot be
achieved. The dynamics are dependent on many settings: default feedforward control, parameter
block data, first of all the servo gain factor, symmetrizing time, etc., feedforward control mode and
feedforward setting parameter, FIPO mode, jerk filter and dynamic filter settings, DSC on/off. Among
these are the following machine data: MD32620 $MA_FFW_MODE, MD32610
$MA_VELO_FFW_WEIGHT, MD33000 $MA_FIPO_TYPE, VEL_FFW_TIME, MD32810
$MA_EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME, MD32200 $MA_POSCTRL_GAIN, MD32410
$MA_AX_JERK_TIME, MD32644 $MA_STIFFNESS_DELAY_TIME, MD37600
$MA_PROFIBUS_ACTVAL_LEAD_TIME, MD37602 $MA_PROFIBUS_OUTVAL_DELAY_TIME,
MD10082 $MN_CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Use spindles/axes with the same dynamics. If the differing settings have been selected on purpose,
the alarm can be suppressed with the MD11410 $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK Bit21 = 1.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
22020 [Channel %1: ] Block %3 spindle %2 gear step change position not
reached
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Spindle number
%3 = Block number, label
Definitions: Through the configuration of MD35010 $MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE[AXn] = 2, the spindle
is traversed to the position stored in MD35012 $MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_POSITION[AXn]
before the actual gear step change. The required gear step change position has not been reached.
Reaction: Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Correct sequence in the PLC.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
22022 [Channel %1: ] Block %2 spindle %3 gear stage %4 is expected for axis
mode.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Spindle
%4 = Gear stage
Definitions: The gear stage required for axis mode has not been installed.
A gear stage has been configured in MR35014 $MA_GEAR_STEP_USED_IN_AXISMODE, in which
the spindle is to be in axis mode. This gear stage is checked whenever the spindle is switched into
axis mode. The configured gear stage is compared with the gear stage output by the PLC (NC/PLC
interface signal DB31, ... DBX16.0. - .2 (Actual gear stage A through C)).
This alarm will be output if the gear stages are not the same.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Program M70 before the switch to axis mode. The gear stage configured in MD35014
$MA_GEAR_STEP_USED_IN_AXISMODE is then automatically loaded.
No gear stage change is required if the configured gear stage is aleady active. M40 remains active
beyond the gear stage change.
Consider MD20094 $MC_SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
22040 [Channel %1: ] Block %3 spindle %2 is not referenced with zero marker
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
%3 = Block number, label
Definitions: The current position is not referenced with the measuring system position although reference is made
to it.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct NC part program. Create the zero mark synchronization by positioning, by rotation (at least 1
revolution) in speed control mode or G74 before switching the alarm generating function on.
If this has been intentionally programmed, the alarm can be suppressed in the cyclic check with posi-
tion control already enabled by means of MD11410 $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK Bit21 = 1.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Remedy: - Program a GET for the master spindle/axis in the NC program before activating the coupling, or
- Assign the master spindle/axis to the channel that activated the coupling via PLC.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Remedy: Before programming the spindle/axis again using the SPOSA instruction, a WAITS command should
be activated in order to wait for the programmed spindle position.
Example:
N100 SPOSA [2] = 100
:
N125 WAITS (2)
N126 S2 = 1000 M2 = 04
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
22062 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 reference point approach: zero marker search
velocity (MD) is not reached
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: The configured zero marker search velocity is not reached.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
Check active spindle speed limitations. Configure a lower zero marker search velocity MD34040
$MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER. Check the tolerance range for the actual velocity MD35150
$MA_SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL. Set a different referencing mode MD34200
$MA_ENC_REFP_MODE != 7.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
22064 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 reference point approach: zero marker search
velocity (MD) is too high
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: The configured zero marker search velocity is too high. The encoder limit frequency is exceeded for
the active measuring system.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
Configure a lower zero marker search velocity MD34040 $MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER.
Check the encoder frequency configuration MD36300 $MA_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT and MD36302
$MA_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW. Set a different referencing mode MD34200
$MA_ENC_REFP_MODE=7.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
22065 [Channel %1: ] Tool management: Tool motion is not possible as tool %2
is not in magazine %4.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = String (identifier)
%3 = -Not used-
%4 = Magazine no.
Definitions: The desired tool motion command - triggered from the MMC or PLC - is not possible. The specified
tool is not contained in the specified magazine. (NCK cannot contain tools that are not assigned to a
magazine. With this kind of tool, no operations (motion, change) can be performed.)
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check that the specified tool is contained in the desired magazine, or program another tool to be
changed.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
22066 [Channel %1: ] Tool management: Tool change is not possible as tool %2
is not in magazine %4.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = String (identifier)
%3 = -Not used-
%4 = Magazine no.
Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The specified tool is not contained in the specified magazine.
(NCK cannot contain tools that are not assigned to a magazine. With this kind of tool, no operations
(motion, change) can be performed.)
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department.
- Check that the specified tool is contained in the desired magazine, or program another tool to be
changed.
- Check whether the settings in machine data MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK, MC20112
$MC_START_MODE_MASK and the associated machine data MD20122
$MC_TOOL_RESET_NAME match the current definition data.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
22067 [Channel %1: ] Tool management: tool change not possible since there is
no tool available in tool group %2
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = String (identifier)
Definitions: The desired tool change is not possible. The specified tool group does not contain a tool which is ready
for use and could be used for tool change. It is possible that all of the tools in question have been set
to the 'Disabled' state by the tool monitoring function.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm at block end.
Remedy: - Ensure that the specified tool group contains a tool that is ready for use when tool change is
requested.
- This can be achieved, for example, by replacing disabled tools, or
- by releasing a disabled tool manually.
- Check whether the tool data are correctly defined. Have all intended tools in the group been defined
with the specified identifier and loaded?
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
22070 [TO unit %1: ] Please change tool %2 into magazine. Repeat data backup
Parameters: %1 = TO unit
%2 = T number of tool
Definitions: The alarm can only occur when the tool management function is active in the NCK. (TOOLMAN = tool
management) A data backup of the tool/magazine data has been started. During the backup, the sys-
tem detected that tools are still located in the buffer magazine (= spindle, gripper, ...). During the
backup, these tools will lose the information which defines the magazine and location to which they
are allocated.
It is therefore practical -assuming that the data are to be stored exactly as before - to ensure that all
tools have been deposited in the magazine before the data backup!!
If this is not the case, some magazine locations will have the 'reserved' status when the data are
loaded again. This 'reserved' status must then be reset manually.
For tools with fixed location coding, the loss of the information allocating their location in the magazine
has the same effect as a general empty location search when they are returned to the magazine.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Ensure that no tools are located in the buffer magazine before the data backup. Repeat the data
backup after removing the tools from the buffer magazine.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
22071 [TO unit %1: ] Tool %2 is active, but not in the magazine area under
consideration
Parameters: %1 = TO unit
%2 = Tool identifier
%3 = -Not used-
Definitions: The alarm can only occur when the tool management function is active in the NCK. Either the lan-
guage command SETTA has been programmed or the corresponding operator action has been car-
ried out via MMC, PLC, .... The alarm can also be triggered automatically by the NCK in the wear
grouping function. It is detected that more than one tool from the tool group (tools with the same
name/identifier) has the status "active".
22150 [Channel %1: ] Block %3 spindle %2 maximum speed for position control
exceeded
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
%3 = Block number, label
Definitions: The maximum encoder speed was exceeded with SPCON. Position control is no longer possible. The
NC reduces the setpoint speed with the above functions until the active encoder is able to measure
again. The alarm is issued if the encoder still reports the fault.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: - Program speed limit with G26.
- Reduce the maximum speed in the appropriate machine data.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
22280 [Channel %1: ] In block %2: Prog. acceleration path too short %3, %4
required
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Prog. acceleration path
%4 = Required acceleration path
Definitions: In order to stay within the programmed acceleration path, the acceleration caused an overload on the
thread axis. In order to accelerate the axis with the programmed dynamic response, the length of the
acceleration path must be at least as large as the value in parameter %4.
The alarm is of the technological type and is output whenever bit 2 in MD11411
$MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK is enabled. The MMC softkey 'Technology support' sets and clears
this bit in the MD.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program or reset MD11411 $MN_ENABLE_ALARM_MASK bit 2.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
22295 Channel %1 Spindle %2 DBB30 function not possible (cause: error code
%3)
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
%3 = Error code
Definitions: The function request by PLC via DBB30 interface could not be executed. The cause is specified by
the error code.
Error codes:
- Error code 1 : internal use
- Error code 2 : internal use
- Error code 3 : internal use
- Error code 4 : internal use
- Error code 5 : Switchover to command axis not possible
- Error code 6 : Switchover to PLC axis not possible
- Error code 20 : internal use
- Error code 21 : internal use
- Error code 22 : internal use
- Error code 23 : MD 30132 IS_VIRTUAL_AX has been set
- Error code 50 : internal use
- Error code 51 : internal use
- Error code 70 : internal use
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Remedy conflict.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
22296 Channel %1 Spindle %2 Error on gear stage change (cause: error code
%3)
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
%3 = Error code
Definitions: An error occurred during gear stage change. The cause is specified by the error code.
Error codes:
- Error code 1 : internal use
- Error code 2 : internal use
- Error code 3 : internal use
- Error code 4 : internal use
- Error code 5 : Switchover to command axis not possible
- Error code 6 : Switchover to PLC axis not possible
- Error code 20 : internal use
- Error code 21 : internal use
- Error code 22 : internal use
- Error code 23 : MD 30132 IS_VIRTUAL_AX has been set
- Error code 50 : internal use
- Error code 51 : internal use
- Error code 70 : internal use
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Remedy conflict.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
22297 Channel %1 Spindle %2 FC18 function not possible (cause: error code
%3)
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
%3 = Error code
Definitions: The function request by PLC via FC18 interface could not be executed. The cause is specified by the
error code.
Error codes:
- Error code 1 : internal use
- Error code 2 : internal use
- Error code 3 : internal use
- Error code 4 : internal use
- Error code 5 : Switchover to command axis not possible
- Error code 6 : Switchover to PLC axis not possible
- Error code 20 : internal use
- Error code 21 : internal use
- Error code 22 : internal use
- Error code 23 : MD 30132 IS_VIRTUAL_AX has been set
- Error code 50 : internal use
- Error code 51 : internal use
- Error code 70 : internal use
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Remedy conflict.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Definitions: The cyclic transfer of the PUTFTOCF data block (fine tool compensation) could not be performed
because the transfer area is already occupied.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Check the part program, in particular with regard to the other channels. Is a data block being trans-
ferred by another channel?
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
22321 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 PRESET not allowed during traverse motion
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: A preset command was given from MMC or PLC while an axis was traveling in JOG mode.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Wait until the axis is stationary.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Definitions: The signals of the currently active position actual value encoder (NC/PLC interface signal DB31, ...
DBX1.5 = 1 (Position measuring system 1) or DB31, ... DBX1.6 = 1 (Position measuring system 2))
are missing, do not have the same phase, or exhibit grounding/short-circuit.
The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD11412 $MN_ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY
(channel not ready).
For PROFIdrive only:
MD36310 $MA_ENC_ZERO_MONITORING >100 replaces the existing PowerOn alarm by the Reset
alarm 25010.
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
The NC switches to follow-up mode.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Axes of this channel must be re-referenced.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Channel not ready.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check measuring circuit connectors for
correct contacting. Check encoder signals and replace the encoder if faults are found.
Monitoring can be switched off by setting MD36310 $MA_ENC_ZERO_MONITORING[n] to 100 (n =
encoder number: 1,2).
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. Check the measuring system in accor-
dance with the instructions given by the measuring device manufacturer.
Monitoring can be switched off by setting MD36310 $MA_ENC_ZERO_MONITORING[n] to 100 (n =
encoder number: 1,2).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.
tinuation:
Definitions: Monitoring relates to the encoder that is not used by the position control. (NC-PLC interface signal
DB31, ... DBX1.5 = 0 (Position measuring system 1) or DB31, ... DBX1.6 = 0 (Position measuring sys-
tem 2))
More detailed explanations are similar to those for alarm 25020.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. The differences can result from transmis-
sion errors, disturbances, encoder hardware faults or from the evaluation electronics in the encoder
not used for position control. The actual value branch must therefore be checked:
1. Transmission path: Check the actual-value connectors for correct contacting, encoder cable for
continuity, and also check for short-circuits and grounding (loose contact?).
2. Encoder pulses: Is the encoder power supply within the tolerance limits?
3. Evaluation electronics: Replace or reconfigure the drive or encoder module used.
Monitoring can be switched off by setting MD36310 $MA_ENC_ZERO_MONITORING[n] to 0 or 100
(n = encoder number: 1, 2).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Remedy: Please inform the authorized personnel/service department. The nominal output voltage in [%] of the
maximum setpoint value (10 V) is entered in the MD32250 $MA_RATED_OUTVAL, at which the rated
motor speed in [degrees/s] is to be reached (MD32260 $MA_RATED_VELO).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key in all channels of this mode group. Restart part program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The machine data contains an invalid value and therefore has been changed by the software.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Check MD.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
26052 [Channel %1: ] In block %2: path velocity too high for auxiliary function
output
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: This alarm usually occurs in a block with auxiliary function output during a movement. In this case, the
wait for acknowledgement of the auxiliary function was longer than planned.
The alarm also occurs if internal control inconsistencies cause continuous path mode (G64, G641, ...)
to be blocked unexpectedly.
The path interpolation stops abruptly at the end of the block indicated in the message (regenerative
stop). On the next block change, the path continues unless the abrupt stop has caused an error in the
position controller (e.g. because MD36400 $MA_CONTOUR_TOL setting was over-sensitive).
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: - If the alarm occurred in a block with auxiliary function output during the movement: from SW 5.1 or
higher, increase machine MD10110 $MN_PLC_CYCLE_TIME_AVERAGE or
- Program G09 in the block indicated in the message to allow the path interpolation to stop as planned.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Definitions: The computer performance is inadequate to create a smooth path velocity profile. This can lead to
drops in velocity.
Reaction: Local alarm reaction.
Alarm display.
Warning display.
Remedy: Change parameterization. Increase interpolation cycle.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
26070 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 cannot be controlled by the PLC, max. number
exceeded
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name, spindle number
Definitions: An attempt was made to define more axes than allowed as PLC-controlled axes.
Reaction: Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check the option 'Number of PLC-controlled axes' and correct if necessary or reduce the number of
requests for PLC-controlled axes.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
26074 [Channel %1: ] Switching off PLC control of axis %2 not allowed in the
current state
Parameters: %1 = Channel
%2 = Axis, spindle
Definitions: The PLC can return the control rights for an axis to program processing only, if the axis is in READY
state.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Reset VDI interface signal "PLC controls axis", then activate "Axial reset" and repeat process.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
26075 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 not available for the NC program, as exclusively
controlled by the PLC
Parameters: %1 = Channel
%2 = Axis, spindle
Definitions: The axis is exclusively controlled by the PLC. Therefore, the axis is not available for the NC program.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Have the axis not exclusively controlled by the PLC, but only temporarily. Change MD30460
$MA_BASE_FUNCTION_MASK, bit 4.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
26076 [Channel %1: ] Axis %2 not available for NC program, firmly assigned
PLC axis
Parameters: %1 = Channel
%2 = Axis, spindle
Definitions: The axis is a firmly assigned PLC axis. The axis is therefore not available for the NC program.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Do not define axis as a firmly assigned PLC axis. Change of MD30460
$MA_BASE_FUNCTION_MASK bit5.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
26200 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The names of the kinematic chains
$NK_CHAIN_NAME[%3] and $NK_CHAIN_NAME[%4] are the same]
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Index of 1st chain
%4 = Index of 2nd chain
Definitions: There are (at least) two kinematic chains with the same name. The names of the kinematic chains
must be clear and identifiable.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Change name of involved kinematic chains
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26202 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The names of the kinematic chain links
$NK_NAME[%3] and $NK_NAME[%4] are the same]
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Index of 1st chain element
%4 = Index of 2nd chain element
Definitions: There are (at least) two kinematic chain links with the same name. The names of the kinematic chain
links must be clear and identifiable.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Change the names of the kinematic chain links involved
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: In one chain link, the next link of the chain is indicated as a chain link already in existence in the chain.
This allows you to define a not permitted closed chain.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Define the kinematic chain in such a way that no closed chain results.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26206 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The chain element %3, referred to in
$NK_1ST_ELEM[%4], was not found
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Name of first chain link
%4 = Index of chain
Definitions: The chain link indicated as the first link in a kinematic chain was not found.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Indicate in $NK_1ST_ELEM[...] the name of an existing chain link.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26210 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Chain %3, referred to in $NK_NEXTP[%4], was
not found
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Name of the next chain link
%4 = Index of chain link
Definitions: The stated parallel chain was not found.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter the name of an existing chain in $NK_NEXTP[...]
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The maximum permitted number of chain links contained in all chains is too large.
When determining the maximum number, a single chain link contained in several chains is counted
several times.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Reduce number of chain links contained in all chains.
This can be achieved e.g. by deactivating individual and currently not required chains and by entering
the zero string in the name of the chain.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26214 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The maximum permissible value of fine offset
in chain element %3 was exceeded
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Fine offset value
Definitions: The value in $NK_OFF_FINE or in a component of $NK_OFF_DIR is higher than the limit value
allowed by $NK_LIMIT_FINE.
For chain elements that describe an axis, the alarm refers to $NK_OFF_FINE, otherwise to
$NK_OFF_DIR.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Reduce the value in the specified component, or increase the permissible limit value in
$NK_LIMIT_FINE.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26216 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The axis direction in chain element %3 has not
been defined.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Fine offset value
Definitions: The chain element describes an axis, the direction of which is defined by the value included in
$NK_OFF_DIR. The definition is valid only if the value of the vector is higher than 1.0e-6.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter a valid vector in $NK_OFF_DIR, or change the chain element type.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26222 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The names of the protection areas
$NP_PROT_NAME[%3] and $NP_PROT_NAME[%4] are the same
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Index of 1st protection area
%4 = Index of 2nd protection area
Definitions: Two protection areas were assigned the same name. The names of the protection areas must be clear
and identifiable.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Rename one of the protection areas involved.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26224 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The names of the protection area elements
$NP_NAME[%3] and $NP_NAME[%4] are the same
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Index of 1st protection area element
%4 = Index of 2nd protection area element
Definitions: Two protection area elements were assigned the same name. The names of the protection area ele-
ments must be clear and identifiable.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Rename one of the protection area elements involved.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26226 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Invalid protection area type in $NP_TYPE[%3]
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Index of protection area element
Definitions: An invalid protection area type was indicated. The permitted protection area types are defined by the
machine date MD18898 $MN_PROT_AREA_3D_TYPE_NAME_TAB.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Indicate valid protection area type.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26228 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The protection area element %3, referred to in
$NP_1ST_PROT[%4], was not found
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Name of next protection area element
%4 = Index of protection area
Definitions: The protection area element indicated first in a protection area was not found.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Indicate in $NP_1ST_PROT[...] the name of an existing protection area element.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26230 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Protection area element %3, referred to in
$NP_NEXT[%4], was not found
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Name of next protection area element
%4 = Index of protection area
Definitions: The protection area element indicated next in a protection area was not found.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Indicate in $NP_NEXT[...] the name of an existing protection area element.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26231 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The protection zone or the CAD file %3 referred
to in $TC_TP_PROTA[%4] was not found.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Name of tool protection zone (element)
%4 = T number of tool
Definitions: Tool parameter $TC_TP_PROTA refers to a protection zone and a CAD file. The protection zone and
CAD file were not found.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter in $TC_TP_PROTA[...] the name of an existing protection zone and the name of an existing
CAD file.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26233 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The maximum permissible number of tool
protection zone elements has been exceeded.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The maximum permissible number of protection zone elements reserved for the tool has been
exceeded.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Increase the number of protection zone elements reserved for the tool (MD18893
$MN_MM_MAXNUM_3D_T_PROT_ELEM) or reduce the complexity of the tool descriptions.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26236 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Protection area element %3, referred to in
$NP_NEXT[%4], is already contained in the definition chain
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Index of protection area element
%4 = Index of protection area element
Definitions: A closed definition chain was found, i.e. a protection area element contains the protection area of
which it is a part.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Change definition of protection area or delete protection area.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26240 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The protection area indicated in $NP_ADD[%3]
is linked with a kinematic chain
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number
%3 = Index of protection area element
Definitions: Protection areas added to an existing protection area via $NP_ADD[...], must not be linked to a kine-
matic chain, e.g. $NP_CHAIN_NAME[...] and $NP_CHAIN_ELEM[...] must be empty.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter in $NP_ADD[...] a protection area not linked with a kinematic chain or delete the reference to a
kinematic
chain in the protection area to be added or delete the entry
in $NP_ADD[...].
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26250 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The names of the protection area groups
$NP_NAME[%3] and $NP_NAME[%4] are the same
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Index of 1st protection area group
%4 = Index of 2nd protection area group
Definitions: Two protection area groups were assigned the same name. The names of the protection area groups
must be clear and identifiable.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Rename one of the protection area groups involved.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26252 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Element %4 of the protection area group %3 is
not linked with a kinematic chain
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Index of 1st protection area group
%4 = Index of 2nd protection area group
Definitions: Protection areas being elements of a protection area group must be linked with a kinematic chain. Pro-
tection areas that are not assigned to any kinematic chain are not relevant for collision monitoring,
because their position in the space has not been defined.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Defining the assignment of a protection area to a kinematic chain.
Deleting the protection area from the protection area group.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26254 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The protection area referred to in element %4
of protection area group %3 was not found
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Number of protection area group
%4 = Number of the element of the protection area group
Definitions: The protection area to be added to the current protection area group was not found.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Indicate in $NP_MEMBER_X[...] the name of an existing protection area, define a protection area with
the indicated name or delete entry.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26256 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The protection area group %3 referred to in
$NP_ADD_GROUP[%4] was not found
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Name of the protection area group to be added
%4 = Index of protection area group
Definitions: The protection area group to be added to the current protection area group was not found.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Indicate in $NP_ADD_GROUP[...] the name of an existing protection area group, define a protection
area group with the name indicated or delete entry.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26260 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Collision of the two protection areas %3 and
%4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Name of 1st protection area
%4 = Name of 2nd protection area
Definitions: The two protection areas named collide in the indicated block, i.e. the distance between the two pro-
tection areas is smaller than the value defined by MD10619 $MN_COLLISION_TOLERANCE.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Change NC program or definition of the protection areas involved.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26262 [Channel %1: ] Not enough memory space during collision test of the two
protection zones %2 and %3. Currently available memory space: %4KB.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Name of 1st protection area
%3 = Name of 2nd protection area
%4 = Currently available memory
Definitions: The collision check of two protection zones requires temporary internal memory space, the size of
which depends on the number of elements contained in the protection zones, the spacing of the pro-
tection zones, and the number of machine axes.
The size of the available memory space can be changed in MD18896
$MN_MM_MAXNUM_3D_COLLISION.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Change NC program or definition of the protection areas involved.
Adjust MD18896 $MN_MM_MAXNUM_3D_COLLISION.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26263 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Not enough memory space for determining the
distance between two protection zones. Currently available memory
space: %3KB.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Currently available memory
Definitions: The determination of the distance between two protection zones with the function PROTDFCT
requires temporary internal memory space, the size of which depends on the number of elements con-
tained in the protection zones, and their positions relative to one another.
The size of the available memory space can be changed in MD18896
$MN_MM_MAXNUM_3D_COLLISION.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Change NC program or definition of the protection areas involved.
Adjust MD18896 $MN_MM_MAXNUM_3D_COLLISION.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26264 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The protection area with the name %3 was not
found.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number
%3 = Name of protection area
Definitions: One protection area with the name indicated was not found (e.g. during function call PROTA).
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Indicate the name of an existing protection area or define the protection area with the name indicated.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26266 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The protection area with the name %3 was
programmed several times.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number
%3 = Name of protection area
Definitions: The name of a protection area was programmed several times (e.g, during the function call PROTA).
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Indicate each required name of a protection area only once.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26268 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Protection area %3 has not been assigned an
interface bit
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number
%3 = Name of protection area
Definitions: An attempt was made to preactivate a protection area to which no interface bit was assigned. Protec-
tion areas can be preactivated only if an interface bit was defined in $NP_BIT_NO[..] through which
switchover between activated and deactivated state is possible in a preactivated protection area.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Assign an interface bit to the protection area or select another activation mode (active / inactive).
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26270 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Invaid activation parameter during the PROTA
function call
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number
Definitions: The activation parameter of the PROTA function contains an invalid value.
Only the following values are permitted:
"A" or "a" (= activated)
"I" or "i" (= inactivated)
"P" or "p" (= preactivated)
"R" or "r" (= take over activation state from protection area definitions)
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Indicate a valid activation parameter ("A", "a", "I", "i", "P", "p" , "R", "r").
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Remedy: Indicate a valid activation parameter ("A", "a", "I", "i", "P", "p").
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26278 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The axis or frame name %3 contained in
$NK_AXIS[%4] is unknown
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Axis or frame name
%4 = Index of the chain element
Definitions: An unknown name was entered in the element of a kinematic chain in the component $NK_AXIS[...].
The name entered must be either a machine axis identifier or the name of a variable made available
by the OEM software.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter a valid name in $NK_AXIS[...].
In a regular case (without OEM software), that is a machine axis identifier.
An empty string is also a valid name. That defines a constant chain link.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
Definitions: The indicated axis was stopped due to the risk of collision.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: In JOG mode: Retract axis from danger zone.
In automatic mode: Determine reason for the risk of collision and eliminate. Possible reasons: wrong
NC program, too large handwheel overrides, axis couplings and vice-versa impairing of two channels.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
26282 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Invalid definition of the protection zones or the
kinematic chains.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: There are no valid definitions of the protection zones and / or the kinematic chains.
This alarm only occurs if an error occurred the last time the procedure PROTA was called, and its
cause has not been eliminated.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Protection zones and kinematic chains must be defined without errors.
This is achieved by calling the procedure PROTA and closing it without errors.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26284 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The call of the function / procedure %3 is only
permissible if the function 'Collision monitoring' is present.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = Funktionsname
Definitions: The function or procedure stated in the alarm text (e.g. PROTA or PROTD) can only be called if the
function "Collision avoidance" is present.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: The function "Collision avoidance" must be activated. For this, the MD18890
$MN_MM_MAXNUM_3D_PROT_AREAS must contain a value greater than zero.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26290 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Maximum number of %4 protection zone facets
exceeded in CAD file %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = File name
%4 = Maximum number of protection zone facets
Definitions: The maximum permissible number of protection zone facets has been exceeded.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Increase the number of allowed Protection Area Facet elements (MD18895
$MN_MM_MAXNUM_3D_FACETS) or reduce the number of defined facets in the CAD file.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26292 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Maximum number of %4 input points exceeded
in CAD file %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = File name
%4 = Maximum number of input points
Definitions: The maximum permissible number of input points has been exceeded.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Increase the number of allowed Protection Area Facet elements (MD18895
$MN_MM_MAXNUM_3D_FACETS) or reduce the number of defined facets in the CAD file.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
26294 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: CAD file %3 is not a valid VRML file
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = File name
Definitions: The CAD file does not contain valid VRML data.
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
26296 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: CAD file %3 is not a valid STL file
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%3 = File name
Definitions: The CAD file does not contain any valid STL data
Reaction: Correction block is reorganized.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check the format of the CAD/STL file.
Program Con- Clear alarm with NC START or RESET key and continue the program.
tinuation:
27001 Axis %1 error in a monitoring channel, code %2, values: NCK %3, drive
%4
Parameters: %1 = Axis number
%2 = Additional info cross-comparison index
%3 = NCK comparison value extension
%4 = Additional info comparison value drive
Definitions: Between the two monitoring channels (NCK and drive) a mutual comparison of the state of the safety-
related monitoring functions is performed cyclically. For each NCK/drive combination the comparison
is performed separately.
Per monitoring cycle (MD10091 $MN_INFO_SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME) a criterion of a comparison list
is compared between NCK and drive, in the next monitoring cycle the next criterion, etc. As soon as
the complete comparison list has been executed, exeution of the comparions starts again. The result-
ing total comparison time for an execution of the list is displayed in MD10092
$MN_INFO_CROSSCHECK_CYCLE_TIME (factor x MD10091
$MN_INFO_SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME - the factor may differ in the various software versions).
The alarm "Defect in a monitoring channel" is output, if the mutual comparison of the two monitoring
channels has found a difference between input data or results of the monitoring operations. One of
the monitors no longer functions reliably.
The cross-checking index output under %2 is also called STOP F code. In alarm 27001 the STOP F
code is also ouput, at which the NCK has found a cross checking error for the first time.
The STOP F code of the drive (belonging to alarm F30611) can be found in the diagnosis screen or
in parameter r9795. If there is a difference in several comparison steps, several STOP F codes can
be displayed at these positions alternatively.
There are fault profiles that can be detected by several comparisons of the comparison list, i.e. the
displayed STOP F code value does not always provide clear informationen about the error cause. the
relevant procedure is explained with the individual error codes:
- 0 Nor error found in this channel; following alarm to drive alarm F01711.
- 1 Result list 1: Difference in SBH, SG, SBR or SE result, e.g. due to different activation of the mon-
itoring channels. For further information see drive parameters r9710[0], r9710[1].
- 2 Result list 2: Difference in SN, n_x result. For further information see drive parameters r9711[0],
r9711[1].
- 3 Actual value difference greater than setting in MD36942 $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL.
- 4 Not assigned.
- 5 Function enables MD36901 $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE.
- 6 Velocity limit MD36931 $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[0].
- 7 Velocity limit MD36931 $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[1].
- 8 Velocity limit MD36931$MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[2].
- 9 Velocity limit MD36931$MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT[3].
- 10 Tolerance for safe operational stop MD36930 $MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL.
- 11 Safe position limit MD36934 $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS[0].
- 12 Safe position limit MD36935 $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS[0].
- 13 Safe position limit MD36934 $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS[1].
- 14 Safe position limit MD36935 $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS[1].
- 15 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[0] + MD36940 $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 16 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[0].
- 17 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[0] + MD36940 $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 18 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[0].
- 19 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[1] + MD36940 $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 20 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[1].
- 21 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[1] + MD36940 $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 22 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[1].
- 23 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[2] + MD36940 $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 24 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[2].
- 25 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[2] + MD36940 $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 26 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[2].
- 27 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[3] + MD36940 $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 28 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[3].
- 29 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[3] + MD36940 $MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 30 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[3].
- 31 Actual position tolerance MD36942 $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL. MD36949
$MA_SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL for active actual value synchronization (slippage)
- 32 Ref. position tolerance MD36944 $MA_SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL.
- 33 Delay SG[x] -> SG[y] MD36951 $MA_SAFE_VELO_SWITCH_DELAY.
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 142 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[16].
- 143 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[17] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 144 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[17].
- 145 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[17] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 146 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[17].
- 147 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[18] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 148 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[18].
- 149 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[18] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 150 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[18].
- 151 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[19] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 152 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[19].
- 153 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[19] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 154 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[19].
- 155 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[20] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 156 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[20].
- 157 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[20] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 158 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[20].
- 159 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[21] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 160 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[21].
- 161 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[21] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 162 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[21].
- 163 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[22] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 164 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[22].
- 165 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[22] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 166 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[22].
- 167 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[23] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 168 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[23].
- 169 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[23] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 170 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[23].
- 171 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[24] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 172 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[24].
- 173 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[24] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 174 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[24].
- 175 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[25] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 176 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[25].
- 177 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[25] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 178 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[25].
- 179 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[26] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 180 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[26].
- 181 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[26] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 182 Cam position MD36937 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[26].
- 183 Cam position MD36936 $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[27] + MD36940
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TOL.
- 1010 Pulses not disabled during test of the external pulse suppression after MD36957
$MA_SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME test stop time.
- 1011 NCK/drive acceptance test states are different.
- 1012 only in drive; see F01711
- 1013 NCK user acknowledgement from PLC SRAM and NCK user acknowledgement from the NCK
machine data are different.
- 1014 NCK axis number from PLC SRAM and NCK axis number from the ramp up are different.
- 1016 only in drive, see F01711
- 1020 Communication disrupted between NCK monitoring channel and drive monitoring channel.
- 1024 NCK standstill position from PLC SRAM and NCK standstill position from the NCK machine
data are different.
- 1025 Plausibility error in park selection: Encoder reports parking without user request.
- 1026 Plausibility error in cam synchronisation between NCK and PLC ("Safe cam track" function).
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Alarm display.
If safe monitoring was active, STOP B was also triggered automatically. In this case, a power OFF/ON
of the control will be required.
Remedy: Find the difference between the monitoring channels. Error code %2 shows the cause of the alarm.
It is possible that safety-relevant machine data are no longer the same (reload if required) or
that the safety-relevant inputs do not have the same level (check).
If an error like that cannot be found, an error in the CPU may have occurred such as a memory cell
that has "fallen over". This error may be temporary (remove with Power ON) or permanent (replace
hardware, if it is displayed again after Power ON).
Error codes for STOP F for 840D/SIMODRIVE 611D:
0: No error in this channel. Look for the cause in the other channel.
1: Result list 1. Unequal control of the functions via the SGEs; analyze precise error coding in
SINAMICS r9710[0], r9710[1].
2: Result list 2. Check cam tolerance, analyze precise error coding in SINAMICS r9711[0], r9711[1]
3: Actual position. Incorrect encoder evaluation (check MDs). Differently stored standstill position.
4: No cross-comparison.
5: Function enables. Enter equal MDs.
6: Limit value for SG1. Enter equal MDs.
7: Limit value for SG2. Enter equal MDs.
8: Limit value for SG3. Enter equal MDs.
9: Limit value for SG4. Enter equal MDs.
10: Standstill tolerance. Enter equal MDs.
11: Upper limit value SE1. Enter equal MDs.
12: Lower limit value SE1. Enter equal MDs.
13: Upper limit value SE2. Enter equal MDs.
14: Lower limit value SE2. Enter equal MDs.
15: Safe cam 1+ (+tolerance). Enter equal MDs.
16: Safe cam 1+. Enter equal MDs.
17: Safe cam 1- (+tolerance). Enter equal MDs.
18: Safe cam 1-. Enter equal MDs.
19: Safe cam 2+ (+tolerance). Enter equal MDs.
20: Safe cam 2+. Enter equal MDs.
21: Safe cam 2- (+tolerance). Enter equal MDs.
22: Safe cam 2-. Enter equal MDs.
23: Safe cam 3+ (+tolerance). Enter equal MDs.
24: Safe cam 3+. Enter equal MDs.
25: Safe cam 3- (+tolerance). Enter equal MDs.
26: Safe cam 3-. Enter equal MDs.
27: Safe cam 4+ (+tolerance). Enter equal MDs.
28: Safe cam 4+. Enter equal MDs.
29: Safe cam 4- (+tolerance). Enter equal MDs.
30: Safe cam 4-. Enter equal MDs.
31: Position tolerance. Enter equal MDs.
32: Reference position tolerance. Enter equal MDs.
225: Result list 3. Check cam tolerances, evaluate precise error coding in drive r9735[0,1].
226: Result list 4. Check cam tolerances, evaluate precise error coding in drive r9736[0,1].
227: Result list 5. Check cam tolerances, evaluate precise error coding in drive r9737[0,1].
228: Result list 6. Check cam tolerances, evaluate precise error coding in drive r9738[0,1].
229: Result list 7. Check cam tolerances, evaluate precise error coding in drive r9739[0,1].
1000: Control timer expired. Too many switching operations on the SGEs (e.g. due to contact prob-
lems, loose contact).
1001: Incorrect control timer initialization. See F01711.
1002: User confirmation timer expired.
1003: Reference tolerance violated. Comparison of the reference position with the current safe actual
position.
1004: Plausibility of user confirmation is violated.
1005: Pulses already deleted during test stop selection. Test stop selection with missing pulse enable,
error in the wiring of the SGE "Pulses have been deleted".
1007: Communication failure between PLC and drive.
1008: Incorrect data transfer between PLC and drive.
1009: Trigger a subsequent stop after test stop. Check the wiring. Check the SGE configuration via
MD36976 $MA_SAFE_PULSE_STATUS_INPUT. Check the time level for test stop.
1012: Restore data consistency by Power ON.
1013: Restore data consistency by Power ON.
1014: Restore data consistency by Power ON.
1016: Check communication between control and drive
1020: Cyclic communication between NCK and drive no longer functioning.
1024: Restore data consistency by Power ON.
1025: Plausibility violation in park selection. Check encoder hardware and communication with
encoder.
1026: Check communication between PLC and Antrieb and between PLC and NCK.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation: If STOP B was triggered, a power OFF/ON of the control will be required.
27004 Axis %1, difference safe input %2, NCK %3, drive %4
Parameters: %1 = Axis number
%2 = Monitoring input
%3 = Interface identifier NCK input
%4 = Interface identifier drive input
Definitions: A difference has been found on the specified safe input. The state of the specified input signal differed
in the two monitoring channels NCK and SIMODRIVE611D during the duration set in
$MA_SAFE_MODE_SWITCH_TIME.
Monitoring in question (%2):
SS/SV = Difference in SGE "Deselection of safe operating stop/Safe velocity"
SS = Difference in SGE "Safe operating stop"
SV = Difference in SGE "Selection safe velocity"
SP = Difference in SGE "Selection safe limit position"
SVOVR = Difference in SGEs "Selection SG correction"
Interface identifier NCK input (%3):
DMP<drv><mod><bit>=<value>
<drv> = Drive number of terminal block (1...31)
<mod> = Submodule number (1...8)
<bit> = Terminal number (1...16)
<value> = Value of NCK SGE (0,1)
SPL For when the SGE is parameterized at the SPL interface.
<io> = Parameterizable system variable range (01=$A_INSID, 02=$A_INSED)
<dword> = System variable double word (1,2)
<bit> = Bit number in system variable double word (1...32)
<value> = Value of NCK SGE (0,1)
Onboard input For when the SGE is parameterized at an onboard input.
<bit> = Input number = 01 ...04
<value> = Value of NCK SGE = 0,1
Interface identifier drive input (%4):
DBX<byte><bit>=<value >
<byte> = Byte number in axial DB (22, 23, 32, 33)
<bit> = Bit number in byte (0...7)
<value> = Value of drive SGE (0,1)
This alarm can be hidden by setting MD $MN_SAFE_DIAGNOSIS_MASK, bit 0 = 0.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Check settings for safe input signals (NCK I/Os, PLC DB parameters).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
27005 Axis %1 error in data cross check: static actual value difference
Parameters: %1 = Axis number
Definitions: Via the data cross check between NCK and SIMODRIVE611D monitoring channel, a difference in
actual values was detected, which is greater than the maximum tolerance defined in MD
$MA_SAFE_POS_TOL. This can be checked by means of the safe position values for the two moni-
toring channels displayed in the service menu.
The alarm is displayed only, if monitoring with absolute reference (SE/SN) has been enabled for the
specified axis and if the user enable has been set. The alarm is cleared, as soon as the user enable
is deleted or the actual value difference between the two monitoring channels falls again below the
maximum permissible difference.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: If the alarm is present statically, the user enable must be deleted. When the control is then rebooted,
the machine can be brought to the safe state again and operation resumed by a new referencing pro-
cess and setting of the user enable. Prior to setting the user enable, the actual position of the axis
displayed in the "User enable" screen must be compared with the current machine position. This is
obligatory to ensure the proper functioning of the safe limit positions (SE) and safe cams (SN).
A change of the user acknowledgement is only possible with key switch position 3 or after input of a
password.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
27031 Axis %1 limit value for safe velocity %2 at gear ratio %3 too large (max.
%4)
Parameters: %1 = Axis number
%2 = Limit value index
%3 = Number of the transmission ratio
%4 = Maximum velocity
Definitions: All limit values in MD $MA_SAFE_VELO_LIMIT have to be set in a way that the limit frequency of the
amplitude monitoring in the measuring circuit hardware is not exceeded. The limit value which did not
fulfil this condition is indicated as second parameter (1 for SG1, 2 for SG2, etc.). The third parameter
indicates the gear stage, e.g. 1 for gear stage 1, 2 for gear stage 2, etc. The fourth parameter indicates
the maximum velocity which can be entered to just maintain the limit frequency in safe operation.
The alarm can be reprogrammed in the MD ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY (channel not
ready).
Definitions: The parameterization of machine data %2 is incorrect. An additional indication is the array index of
the machine data. If the machine data is a single machine data, a zero is specified as array index. This
alarm occurs in the following contexts:
- 1. Conversion of the specified MD into the internal calculation format will cause an overflow.
- 2. The values entered in MD $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS and $MA_SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS
have been interchanged. The upper limit is less than or equal to the lower limit.
- 3. For an axis with safety functions, the setpoint/actual channel assignment in MD
$MA_SAFE_ENC_SEGMENT_NR, MD $MA_CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR was not made on the drive
bus. No module number was stated for a setpoint/actual value assignment in MD
$MA_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR, MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_MODULE_NR.
- 4. The number of drives has changed. On reading back the standstill position and the associated
drive number, a difference has been found to the current drive configuration.
- 5. A safety function has been enabled in MD $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE without the safety
functions SBH/SG having been enabled.
- 6. Error on parameterizing the input/output assignments for the SGEs/SGAs.
- 7. A zero has been entered in MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST.
- 8. A zero has been entered in MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_RESOL .
- 9. Different settings have been made in MD $MA_IS_ROT_AX and MD $MA_SAFE_IS_ROT_AX.
- 10. A non-existent measuring circuit has been parameterized in MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR.
- 11. In MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_MODULE_NR, the number of a drive has been entered that either does
not exist or has been detected as inactive. With an inactive drive, MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_TYPE was
not reset to 0.
- 12. In MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_TYPE, an encoder type has been parameterized that does not match
the physically present type.
- 13. In MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_TYPE, an incorrect encoder type has been entered for an active drive
($MA_SAFE_ENC_TYPE = 0, 2, 3 or 5).
- 14. When setting the parameters for the motor encoder in MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR, the
measuring circuit for the 2nd measuring system is also used to ensure double-redundancy. The 2nd
measuring circuit of this drive module has also been parameterized in the data of another axis, there-
fore there is a dual assignment. The 2nd measuring circuit connection cannot be used for the actual
value acquisition in this parameterization.
- 15. In MD $MA_SAFE_POS_TOL a value greater than 10mm was entered for a linear axis.
- 16. In MD $MA_SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL, a value greater than 1mm was entered for a linear axis.
- 17. The limit values for the "n<n_x" monitoring, calculated from MD $MA_SAFE_VELO_X and MD
$MA_SAFE_POS_TOL, are of equal size.
- 18. One of the activated cam positions is outside the actual value modulo range.
- 19. The parameterized cam modulo range MD $MA_SAFE_MODULO_RANGE is not a multiple inte-
ger of 360 degrees.
- 20. The parameterized cam modulo range MD $MA_SAFE_MODULO_RANGE and the modulo
range in MD $MA_MODULO_RANGE cannot be divided as integers into one another.
- 21. The "Actual value synchronization 2-encoder system" function (slippage) is selected for a single-
encoder system, or a function with an absolute reference (SE/SN) is active at the same time.
- 22. Alarms 27000/300950 should be suppressed for parking (MD
$MA_SAFE_PARK_ALARM_SUPPRESS!=0). The SGA "Axis safely referenced" must be configured
in MD $MA_SAFE_REFP_STATUS_OUTPUT.
- 23. An axial SGE/SGA was configured at the SPL interface (segment number = 4) and the function
enable for the external stops (MD $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE, bit6) is missing.
- 24. An axial SGE/SGA was parameterized at the SPL interface (segment number = 4) and the SGE
"Deselect ext. Stop A" (assignment via MD $MA_SAFE_EXT_STOP_INPUT[0]) was parameterized
inverted (bit31 = 1) or the SGE "Deselect ext. Stop A" was not parameterized at the SPL interface
$A_OUTSI.
- 25. The function "Save actual value with incremental encoder" is enabled via MD
$MA_ENC_REFP_STATE for the parameterizable incremental encoder, and a monitoring function
with absolute reference (SE/SN) is enabled via MD $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE. It is not per-
missible to combine these functions.
- 26. A value greater than 1000 mm/min was entered for a linear axis in MD
$MA_SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL.
- 27. A value greater than 20000 mm/min was entered for a linear axis in MD
$MA_SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL.
- 28. A value greater than 1000 mm/min was entered for a linear axis in MD $MA_SAFE_VELO_X.
- 29. A value greater than 1000 mm/min was entered for a linear axis in
$MA_SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL.
- 30. A value greater than the maximum settable encoder limit frequency for the safe operation of a
single-encoder system was set in MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT.
- 31. A value greater than 300kHz for a Performance-1 or Standard-2 control module was set in MD
$MA_SAFE_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT.
- 32. MD $MA_SAFE_EXT_PULSE_ENAB_OUTPUT was not or not correctly parameterized. A
parameterization of this MD is required if in MD $MA_SAFE_PULSE_ENABLE_OUTPUT, bit30 is set
to 1, i.e. internal pulse suppression is being used.
- 33. The MD $MN_SAFE_SPL_STOP_MODE has been parameterized to the value of 4 (Stop E)
without having enabled the external Stop E in all the axes with SI function enables (MD
$MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE not equal to 0).
- 34. Testing the mechanical system of the brakes was enabled in MD $MA_FIXED_STOP_MODE
(bit1 = 1), without previously enabling the safe operation function for this axis in MD
$MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE. Testing the mechanical system of the brakes is permitted only
with safety functions in this axis.
- 35. Illegal values have been parameterized in MD $MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE or MD
$MA_SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION.
- 36. In MD $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE, the cam synchronization was activated via bit7 with-
out enabling any cams via bit8...bit15.
- 37. The cam is enabled both via $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE and via
$MA_SAFE_CAM_ENABLE
- 38. In MD $MA_SAFE_DRIVE_PS_ADDRESS an invalid value was parameterized or the same
address was assigned to several axes.
- 39. The internal default of MD $MA_SAFE_ENC_PULSE_SHIFT from drive parameterization could
not be executed, as some values outside the specified range would have to be defaulted in this case.
Adjust the encoder parameterization in the drive.
- 40. The MD $MA_SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR was parameterized with digits behind the decimal
point.
- 41. The logical basic address configured in the hardware configuration and that addressed via MDs
$MA_SAFE_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR, $MN_SAFE_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS are not the same
or the slot addressed by them has the wrong length.
- 42. The cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[n] or $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[n] has
been parameterized too close to the modulo limit.
- 43. "Safe cams" are enabled in bit 8...15 of $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE and at the same time
the "Safe cam track" function is enabled in $MA_SAFE_CAM_ENABLE.
- 44. The minus cam position $MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[n] is greater than the plus cam position
$MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[n]. This is not permitted for the "Safe cam track" function.
- 45. The distance between 2 cams on one cam track ($MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[n] and
$MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[m]) is too small. ("Safe cam track" function)
- 46. The cam length, that is the distance between a plus cam position
($MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS[n]) and a minus cam position ($MA_SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS[n]),
is too small. ("Safe cam track" function)
- 47. Identical values have been entered in $MA_SAFE_CAM_TRACK_ASSIGN[n] for at least 2 cams
enabled in $MA_SAFE_CAM_ENABLE. ("Safe cam track" function)
- 48. The value parameterized in $MA_SAFE_CAM_TRACK_ASSIGN[n] for a cam enabled in
$MA_SAFE_CAM_ENABLE is invalid. ("Safe cam track" function)
- 49. More than 15 cams have been assigned to one cam track by
$MA_SAFE_CAM_TRACK_ASSIGN[n]. ("Safe cam track" function)
- 50. Cam modulo functionality has been selected in $MA_SAFE_MODULO_RANGE, however this is
not suported for the "Safe cam track" function.
- 51. Setting $MA_SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE bit7 is not permitted if the "Safe cam track" function
is enabled. The cam synchronization is implicitly enabled.
- 52. Only 840D sl: The parameterized monitoring cycle $MN_INFO_SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME does
not match the monitoring cycle (p9500) parameterized in the drive monitoring channel.
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Check and change the specified MD. Allow the checksum to be recalculated. Re-accept safety func-
tions.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
27090 Error in data cross check NCK-PLC, %1[%2], NCK: %3; %4<ALSI>
Parameters: %1 = Name of system variable in which the error was detected
%2 = System variable array index extension
%3 = NCK comparison value extension
%4 = Cross-check array index extension
Definitions: Differences in the compared data have occured in a cyclic data cross-check between NCK and PLC.
Parameter %1 specifies the incorrect system variable ($A_INSI, $A_OUTSI, $A_INSE, $A_OUTSE
or $A_MARKERSI) with array index %2.
Special cases:
- Display "Error in NCK-PLC data cross-check, $MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0], ..." means that
the SPL commissioning status has been set differently in the NCK and PLC.
- Display "Error in NCK-PLC data cross-check, $MN_SPL_STOP_MODE[0], ..." means that the SPL
stop reaction (Stop D or E) has been set differently in the NCK and PLC.
- Display "Error in NCK-PLC data cross-check, $MN_SAFE_SPL_USER_DATA[n], ..." means that dif-
ferent user data have been set in NCK and PLC.
- Display "Error in NCK-PLC data cross-check, TIMEOUT[0], NCK: 0" means that the communication
between NCK and PLC is generally disturbed and that a data cross-check can no longer be per-
formed.
- Display "Error in NCK-PLC data cross-check, $A_FSDP_ERR_REAC[n], $A_FRDP_SUBS[n],
$A_FRDP_ERR_REAC[n]..." means that different system variables have been specified in NCK and
PLC.
With data cross-check errors on system variables $A_INSE, the hardware assignment parameterized
in MD $MN_SAFE_IN_HW_ASSIGN[0...7] is displayed in addition to the affected system variables in
alarm parameter %1, so that the affected hardware connection is shown directly by the specifications
in the alarm line.
Example: Error in NCK-PLC data cross-check, DMP 04.03 bit 01=$A_INSE[2], NCK: 1;
The specifications in the example (04.03) correspond to the entries made in the machine data
$MN_SAFE_IN_HW_ASSIGN[0...7] for the stated system variable.
They specify:
DMP 04.xx The drive number of the affected terminal block (value range = 01...21).
DMP xx.03 Module number of the input module (value range = 01...08).
The stated numbers are shown as hexadecimal numbers as in MD
$MN_SAFE_IN_HW_ASSIGN[0...7].
The specification of the bit numbers begins with the value 0 (value range = 00...15), the same as the
numbering of the inputs on the DMP modules.
When assigning the SPL inputs to the NC onboard inputs, the extended alarm text is as follows:
Error in NCK-PLC data cross-check, NC-Onboard-In 01=$A:INSE[1], NCK: 1; 2.
With parameter %4, a specific alarm message can be configured on HMI for all listed system vari-
ables:
%4 = 0: Error SPL commissioning status ($MN_PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK[0,1] - DB18
DBX36.0)
%4 = 0: Error SPL stop reaction ($MN_SAFE_SPL_STOP_MODE - DB18 DBX36.1).
%4 = 0: Error SPL user data ($MN_SAFE_SPL_USER_DATA - DB18 DBD256,260,264,268)
27092 Communication broken off during NCK PLC data cross check, error
detected by %1
Parameters: %1 = Extension indicating the monitoring channel that detected the error
Definitions: The delay time (1s) for communication monitoring was exceeded in the monitoring channel specified
in %1 (NCK or PLC). The other monitoring channel did not send a new data packet within this time.
Reaction: Alarm display.
A timer of 5 secs is started, after the expiry of which
- the external NCK SPL outputs are deleted
- the PLC changes to stop.
Remedy: Check the system components (the PLC must have the correct version of FB15 and DB18).
When the user enable has first been set, follow-up referencing must be carried out each time the con-
trol is booted (with absolute encoders, this follow-up referencing is executed automatically). This pro-
cedure is carried out to verify the standstill position saved prior to switching off of the control.
Via the MD $MN_SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL (MD>=3), the alarm display can be set in such
a way that an alarm is given for each axis individually which has not been safely referenced.
Reaction: Alarm display.
SGA "Axis safely referenced" is not set. SE will be switched off, if the actual safety position has not
yet been confirmed by a user agreement. If the user agreement has been set, SE will remain active.
The safe cams are calculated and output. However, their significance is limited as referencing has not
been confirmed.
Remedy: Move all SI axes to known positions and change to "Referencing" mode. Check the positions on the
machine displayed in the user confirmation field and set "User confirmation" via the selection/toggle
key. If the user confirmation for the axes has already been set, reference the axes again.
Changing the user confirmation will be possible only in key switch position 3 or after password entry
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
27103 Axis %1 difference in function safe limit position %2, NCK: %3 drive: %4
Parameters: %1 = Axis number
%2 = Number of safe limit position
%3 = Monitoring status safe limit position
%4 = Monitoring status safe limit position
Definitions: During cross-comparison of result list 1 a difference was detected between the NCK and drive moni-
toring channels in the status of safe limit position monitoring.
- Safe limit position 1: Bit 2, 3 in result list 1
- Safe limit position 2: Bit 4, 5 in result list 1
Monitoring status (%3, %4):
- OFF = Monitoring is inactive in this monitoring channel
- OK = Monitoring is active in this monitoring channel, limit values are not violated
- L+ = Monitoring is active in this monitoring channel, upper limit exceeded
- L- = Monitoring is active in this monitoring channel, lower limit exceeded
Reaction: Alarm display.
If a safe monitoring was active, STOP B was also triggered automatically. In this case, a power
OFF/ON of the control will be required.
Remedy: Check whether the safe inputs have switched to the same status in both monitoring channels within
the permissible time tolerance.
For further diagnostics, the drive machine data 1391, 1392 and the servo trace signals "Result list 1
NCK" and "Result list 1 drive" can be used.
For further diagnostics, the drive parameters r9710[0], r9710[1] and the servo trace signals "Result list
1 NCK" and "Result list 1 drive" can be used.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
27104 Axis %1 difference in function safe cam plus %2, NCK: %3 drive: %4
Parameters: %1 = Axis number
%2 = Cam number
%3 = Monitoring status safe cam plus
%4 = Monitoring status safe cam plus
Definitions: During cross-comparison of result list 2 ("Safe cams" function) and result list 3/4/5/6/7 ("Safe cam
track" function), the status of safe cam plus monitoring was found to be different in the NCK and drive
monitoring channels.
The following applies to the "Safe cams" function:
- Safe cam 1+: bit 0, 1 in result list 2
- Safe cam 2+: bit 4, 5 in result list 2
- Safe cam 3+: bit 8, 9 in result list 2
- Safe cam 4+: bit 12,13 in result list 2
The following applies to the "Safe cam track" function: (each of result lists 3-7 contains 6 cam results)
- Safe cam 1+: bit 0, 1 in result list 3
- Safe cam 2+: bit 4, 5 in result list 3
- Safe cam 3+: bit 8, 9 in result list 3
- Safe cam 4+: bit 12,13 in result list 3
- Safe cam 5+: bit 16,17 in result list 3
- Safe cam 6+: bit 20,21 in result list 3
- Safe cam 7+: bit 0, 1 in result list 4
- Safe cam 8+: bit 4, 5 in result list 4
- Safe cam 9+: bit 8, 9 in result list 4
- Safe cam 10+: bit 12,13 in result list 4
- Safe cam 11+: bit 16,17 in result list 4
- Safe cam 12+: bit 20,21 in result list 4
- Safe cam 13+: bit 0, 1 in result list 5
- Safe cam 14+: bit 4, 5 in result list 5
- Safe cam 15+: bit 8, 9 in result list 5
27105 Axis %1 difference in function safe cam minus %2, NCK: %3 drive: %4
Parameters: %1 = Axis number
%2 = Cam number
%3 = Monitoring status safe cam minus
%4 = Monitoring status safe cam minus
Definitions: During cross-comparison of result list 2 ("Safe cams" function) and result list 3/4/5/6/7 ("Safe cam
track" function), the status of safe cam minus monitoring was found to be different in the NCK and
drive monitoring channels.
The following applies to the "Safe cams" function:
- Safe cam 1-: bit 2, 3 in result list 2
- Safe cam 2-: bit 6, 7 in result list 2
- Safe cam 3-: bit 10, 11 in result list 2
- Safe cam 4-: bit 14, 15 in result list 2
The following applies to the "Safe cam track" function: (each of result lists 3-7 contains 6 cam results)
- Safe cam 1-: bit 2, 3 in result list 3
- Safe cam 2-: bit 6, 7 in result list 3
- Safe cam 3-: bit 10,11 in result list 3
- Safe cam 4-: bit 14,15 in result list 3
- Safe cam 5-: bit 18,19 in result list 3
- Safe cam 6-: bit 22,23 in result list 3
- Safe cam 7-: bit 2, 3 in result list 4
- Safe cam 8-: bit 6, 7 in result list 4
- Safe cam 9-: bit 10,11 in result list 4
- Safe cam 10-: bit 14,15 in result list 4
- Safe cam 11-: bit 18,19 in result list 4
- Safe cam 12-: bit 22,23 in result list 4
- Safe cam 13-: bit 2, 3 in result list 5
- Safe cam 14-: bit 6, 7 in result list 5
- Safe cam 15-: bit 10,11 in result list 5
Definitions: During cross-comparison of result list 2 a difference was detected between the NCK and drive moni-
toring channels in the status of cam modulo monitoring.
Safe cam modulo range: Bit 20, 21 in result list 2
Monitoring status (%2, %3):
- OFF = Monitoring is inactive in this monitoring channel
- OK = Monitoring is active in this monitoring channel, limit values are not violated
- L+ = Monitoring is active in this monitoring channel, upper limit exceeded
- L- = Monitoring is active in this monitoring channel, lower limit exceeded
Reaction: Alarm display.
If a safe monitoring was active, STOP B was also triggered automatically. In this case, a power
OFF/ON of the control will be required.
Remedy: Check whether the safe actual values in both monitoring channels are the same.
For further diagnostics the drive parameters r9711[0,1] and the servo trace signals "Result list 2 NCK"
and "Result list 2 drive" can be used.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
27111 Axis %1 fault during encoder evaluation of the safe actual value.
Parameters: %1 = Axis number
Definitions: The redundantly determined safe actual value does not match
the fine resolution actual value of the same encoder.
Reaction: Alarm display.
In addition, a Stop F is triggered that may cause follow-up alarm 27001 with error code 0 as well as
alarms 27023 and 27024.
Alarm 27001 with error code 0 can be avoided by alarm reduction
($MA_SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL higher or equal to 1).
Remedy: Verification of compliance with the EMC regulations.
Replace the hardware.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Definitions: In the NCK MD or in the S7 F parameters, the same PROFIsafe address has been parameterized for
the F modules parameterized in the specified machine data. Therefore, no clear communication link
is possible between F master and F slave.
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Check and correct the S7 F parameterization and NCK MD.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
Remedy: Check the DP wiring. Restart F slave modules. Restart the NCK/PLC.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Definitions: An illegal double assignment has been parameterized in the stated MD:
- %1 and %3 = $MN_SAFE_RDP_ASSIGN:
SPL inputs ($A_INSE) are multiply occupied by F_DP communication.
- %1 and %3 = $MN_SAFE_SDP_FILTER:
F user data of an F_SENDDP are multiply occupied by sub-slots
- %1 and %3 = $MN_SAFE_SDP_LADDR, $MN_SAFE_RDP_LADDR:
Logical basic addresses are multiply occupied by SPL connections
- %1 and %3 = $MN_SAFE_SDP_FILTER:
System variable assignments are multiply occupied by SPL connections
- %1 and %3 = $MN_SAFE_SDP_ID, $MN_SAFE_RDP_ID:
Parameter DP_DP_ID is multiply occupied by different SPL connections
%2 and %4: MD index of SPL connection
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Correct the MD.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
27306 F_DP: Maximum number of active SPL connections (%1) exceeded for
%2.
Parameters: %1 = Maximum possible number of SPL connections
%2 = F_SENDP/F_RECVDP
Definitions: More than the permissible number of SPL connections %1, marked by different identifiers
($MN_SAFE_SDP/RDP_ID), have been parameterized for %2 in the active parameter data records.
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Correct the identifiers of the active SPL connections or deactivate SPL connections
($MN_SAFE_SDP/RDP_ENABLE_MASK).
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
Definitions: The F_DP communication with the external communication partner is disturbed, and the programmed
error reaction is $A_FSDP_/FRDP_ERR_REAC = 2 (alarm, display only).
The communication type is displayed in %1:
%1 = F_SENDDP
%1 = F_RECVDP
The name or the DP_DP_ID (identifier) of the F_DP communication relationship is displayed in %2.
The detected cause of the error is displayed in %3.
%3 = SN: An error has been detected in the message sequence.
%3 = CRC: A CRC error has been detected.
%3 = TO: The parameterized communication timeout was exceeded.
All values stated for %3 can also be displayed in combination according to the fault profile.
Reaction: Alarm display.
1. F_SENDDP/F_RECVDP: system variable $A_FSDP/FRDP_ERROR = TRUE
2. F_SENDDP/F_RECVDP: system variable $A_FSDP/FRDP_DIAG <> 0
3. F_RECVDP: system variable $A_FRDP_ACK_REQ = TRUE
4. F_RECVDP: Output of the substitute values defined in system variable $A_FRDP_SUBS
Remedy: Check the PROFIBUS communication and the communication partner
User acknowledgment via DB18.FRDP_ACK_REI or NC-RESET
Note to %3 = LS: Internal system error, can only be eliminated by PowerOn.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
27353 F_DP: Current cycle time %1 [ms] > parameterized cycle time
Parameters: %1 = Current F_DP communication cycle time
Definitions: The current F_DP communication cycle time is greater than the value set via MD
$MN_SAFE_SRDP_IPO_TIME_RATIO. The parameterized communication cycle time is continually
exceeded on the PLC side.
Reaction: Mode group not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Trigger a STOP D/E (settable via MD $MN_SPL_STOP_MODE) on all axes with safety functionality.
Remedy: Adapt cycle time via MD $MN_SAFE_SRDP_IPO_TIME_RATIO.
At least the value displayed in parameter %1 has to be set.
The set cycle time affects the runtime load of the PLC module. This also has to be taken into consid-
eration when making the setting.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
27900 PROFIBUS DP: SI fault on axis %1, code %2, value %3, time %4.
Parameters: %1 = Axis number
%2 = Fault code of the drive (r9747).
%3 = Fault value of the drive (r9749)
%4 = Fault time of drive (r9748).
Definitions: Error in a SINAMICS drive.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: See drive documentation for fault codes/fault values.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
27901 PROFIBUS DP: SI fault on axis %1, code %2, value %3, time %4.
Parameters: %1 = Axis number
%2 = Fault code of the drive (r9747).
%3 = Fault value of the drive (r9749)
%4 = Fault time of drive (r9748).
Definitions: Error in a SINAMICS drive.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: See drive documentation for fault codes/fault values.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
28000 NCU link connection to all other NCUs of the link network has been
aborted
Definitions: All NCUs in the NCU link network exchange data cyclically (sign-of-life). If this alarm occurs, sign-of-
life signals have not been received from any other NCUs on the NCU network. This fault in the link
can have various causes:
- Defective hardware.
- The machine data which configure the NCU link are not the same on all NCUs.
- An identical interpolator cycle time has not been selected on all NCUs.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Check the IPO cycle on all the NCUs.
If necessary, check NCU link-specific alarms first.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
28001 NCU link connection to the NCU %1 of the link network has been aborted
Parameters: %1 = NCU number
Definitions: All NCUs in the NCU link network exchange data cyclically (sign-of-life). If this alarm occurs, sign-of-
life signals have not been received from one other NCU on the NCU network. (see alarm parameters)
This fault in the link can have various causes:
- Defective hardware.
- The machine data which configure the NCU link are not identical on all NCUs.
- An identical interpolator cycle time has not been selected on all NCUs.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: - Check the IPO cycle on all the NCUs.
- If necessary, check NCU link-specific alarms first.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
28004 NCU link: NCU %1 of the link network is not on the bus
Parameters: %1 = NCU number
Definitions: Error message of the NCU link module. When the NCU link was powered up, the local NCU (indicated
by the alarm) detected that the NCU with the number in the alarm parameter was not on the bus
although it should be connected according to the MD settings.
This fault in the link can have various causes:
- Defective hardware.
- The machine data which configure the NCU link are not identical on all NCUs.
- An identical interpolator cycle time has not been selected on all NCUs.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Check the machine data configuration and link hardware.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
28005 NCU link: NCU %1 of the link network not running synchronously
Parameters: %1 = NCU number
Definitions: Error message of the NCU link module. When the NCU link was powered up, the local NCU (indicated
by the alarm) detected that the NCU with the number in the alarm parameter was not running synchro-
nously.
This fault in the link can have various causes:
- The machine data which configure the NCU link are not identical on all NCUs.
- An identical interpolator cycle time has not been selected on all NCUs.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Check machine data configuration.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
28011 IPO time insufficient for NCU link. Link cycle time: %1
Parameters: %1 = Microseconds
Definitions: Error message of the NCU link module. All messages must be transmitted within one interpolator
cycle. This applies particularly to message retries. The time was not sufficient! The parameter indi-
cates how many microseconds the NCU link module needs in order to send the message.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Increase the interpolator cycle time, i.e. modify one of the following MDs on all NCUs.
IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
28031 Serious alarm on NCU %1 not yet acknowledged, axes still in follow-up
mode
Parameters: %1 = NCU number
Definitions: A serious alarm was not yet acknowledged on another NCU. Consequently, all the axes continue to
trail.
Reaction: NC not ready.
Mode group not ready, also effective for single axes
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Acknowledge the alarm on the NCU.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
29033 [Channel %1: ] Axis exchange of axis %2 not possible, PLC axis
movement not yet completed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis
Definitions: A PLC axis has not yet reached its end position and cannot be returned to a channel or neutralized.
This alarm should not occur when PLC data block FC18 is used.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Wait until the axis has reached the end position or terminate the movement with delete distance to go.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61005 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: 3rd geometry axis not available
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: With an application on the lathe with no Y-axis in the G18 plane. Alarm triggered by following cycle:
CYCLE86.
Remedy: Check parameter on cycle call.
Definitions: No tool (T) has been programmed before the cycle call. Alarm triggered by following cycles:
CYCLE71, CYCLE72.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Program tool (T).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61013 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Basic settings were changed, program cannot
be executed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The basic settings are not compatible with the generated program. Alarm triggered by following
cycles: E_CP_CE, E_CP_CO, E_CP_DR, F_CP_CE, F_CP_CO, F_CP_DR.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check and, if necessary, change the basic settings.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61016 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: System frame for cycles missing
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: All measuring cycles can trigger this alarm.
Remedy: Set MD 28082: MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK, Bit 5=1.
61018 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: function %4 not executable with NCK
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: .
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61020 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Machining not possible with active
TRANSMIT/TRACYL
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: .
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61023 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Parameter %4 value must be unequal to zero
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: .
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61026 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Cycle cannot be executed with NC function %4.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: .
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61105 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Milling cutter radius too large
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The diameter of the cutter used is too large for the form to be machined. Alarm triggered by following
cycles: SLOT1, SLOT2, POCKET1 to POCKET4, LONGHOLE, CYCLE90.
61107 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: First drilling depth incorrectly defined
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: First drilling depth is in the opposite direction to the total drilling depth. Alarm triggered by following
cycle: CYCLE83.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify drilling depth.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61108 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Illegal values for radius and insertion depth
parameters
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The radius (_RAD1) and insertion depth (_DP1) parameters for defining the helix path for the depth
infeed have been incorrectly specified. Alarm triggered by following cycles: POCKET3, POCKET4.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify parameter.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61109 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Milling direction parameter incorrectly defined
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The value of the parameter for the cutting direction _CDIR has been incorrectly defined. Alarm trig-
gered by following cycles: CYCLE63, CYCLE64, POCKET3, POCKET4.
Remedy: - Change milling direction.
- During pocket machining (CYCLE63), the selected milling direction must match the milling direction
of centering/rough drilling.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61110 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Finishing allowance at bottom > depth infeed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The finishing allowance at the base has been specified greater than the maximum depth infeed. Alarm
triggered by following cycles: POCKET3, POCKET4.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Either reduce finishing allowance or increase depth infeed.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61111 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Infeed width > Tool diameter
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The programmed infeed width is greater than the diameter of the active tool. Alarm triggered by fol-
lowing cycles: CYCLE71, POCKET3, POCKET4.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Infeed width must be reduced.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61113 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Parameter for corner radius too large
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The parameter for the corner radius _CRAD has been specified too large. Alarm triggered by following
cycle: POCKET3.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Reduce corner radius
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Definitions: The nominal or core diameter was incorrectly programmed. Alarm triggered by following cycles:
CYCLE70, E_MI_TR, F_MI_TR.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check thread geometry.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61120 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Thread type inside / outside not defined
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The thread type (internal/external) was not defined. Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE70.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: The internal/external thread type must be entered.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61121 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Number of teeth per cutting edge is missing
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: No value was entered for the number of teeth per cutting edge. Alarm triggered by following cycles:
CYCLE70.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter the number of teeth/cutting edges for the active tool into the tool list.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61122 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Safety distance incorrectly defined in plane
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The safety clearance is negative or zero. This is not allowed.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Define the safety clearance.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61128 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Insertion angle = 0 for insertion with oscillation
or helix
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: SLOT1.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
61129 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: perpendic. approach and retraction during
contour milling only allowed with G40
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE72.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61132 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Parallel axis parameters incorrect, check
values for parallel axis parameters ABS/INK
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE69.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61133 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: 3rd parallel axis parameter incorrect, check
axis name or GUD _SCW_N[]
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
61134 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Rotary axis parameters incorrect, check values
for rotary axis parameters ABS/INK
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE69.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61135 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: incorrect parameter sequence for approaching
target position: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE69.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61136 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: no 3rd geometry axis agreed in GUD _SCW_N[]
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE69.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61137 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: swiveling and parallel axes cycle are mutually
exclusive because of workpiece reference $P_WPFRAME
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE69.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61138 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: parameter %4 incorrectly defined for tool
monitoring in cycles
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions:
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61139 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: error in function Tool monitoring in cycles
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE69.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61150 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Tool cannot be aligned --> error code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE800.
Remedy: Causes of error:
1st error code = A -> only new swivel plane permitted, see parameter _ST
61151 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Orientation of tool not possible --> error code:
%4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE800.
Remedy: Causes of error:
1st error code = A -> only additive swivel plane permitted, see parameter _ST
61152 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: B axis kinematics (turning technology) either
not or incorrectly set up in Start-up of swivel cycle --> error code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE800.
Remedy: Causes of error:
1st error code = A123 -> B axis not an automatic rotary axis under ShopTurn (123 corresponds to
parameter _TCBA)
2nd error code = B123 -> B axis not activated in swiveling start-up (kinematics)
(123 corresponds to $TC_CARR37[n], n ... number of the swivel data record)
61153 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: No 'Rotary axes direct' swivel mode possible -
-> error code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE800.
61155 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Unit for plane infeed wrongly programmed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggered by the following cycle: CYCLE899
Remedy: Unit for plane infeed possible only in mm or % of tool diameter
61159 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Machining plane on cycle call differs from the
one in the position pattern
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggered by the following cycle: CYCLE899
Remedy: Adjust the machining plane on cycle call to the machining plane in the position pattern.
61160 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Residual material remains stationary, reduce
plane infeed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggered by the following cycle: CYCLE899
Remedy: Reduce plane infeed or slot width, or use milling cutter with larger diameter
61162 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Tool parameter diameter or tip angle incorrect
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggered by the following cycle: CYCLE81
Remedy: - The tool parameter diameter or tip angle must be greater than zero
- Tip angle must be less than 180°
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61175 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: angle of aperture programmed too small
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The angle of aperture of the text (_DF) in the engraving cycle is too small. This means that the text for
engraving does not fit in the specified angle.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter a larger angle of aperture.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61176 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: text length programmed too small
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The text length (_DF) in the engraving cycle is too short. This means that the text for engraving is
longer than the specified text length.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter longer text length
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61177 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: polar text length > 360 degrees
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In the engraving cycle, the polar text length must not exceed 360 degrees.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter shorter text length.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61179 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: character does not exist, no.: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%4 = Character number
Definitions: The character entered in the text for engraving cannot be milled.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter another character.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61180 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: No name assigned to swivel data record
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Although there are several swivel data blocks, no unique names have been assigned. Alarm triggered
by following cycles: CYCLE800.
Remedy: Assign unique name to swivel data block ($TC_CARR34[n]), if machine data 18088
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER is >1.
61181 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: NCK software version is insufficient for the
Swivel function
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Swivelling is not possible with the current NCK software version. Alarm triggered by following cycles:
CYCLE800.
Remedy: Upgrade NCK software to NCK 75.00 or higher.
61182 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Name of swivel data record unknown: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: the specified name of the swivel data block is unknown. Alarm triggered by following cycles:
CYCLE800.
Remedy: Check name of swivel data record $TC_CARR34[n].
61183 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Swivel CYCLE800: Retraction mode parameter
lies outside value range: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The value of the retraction mode parameter (_FR) lies outside the valid range. Alarm triggered by fol-
lowing cycles: CYCLE800.
Remedy: Swivel CYCLE800: Check transfer parameter _FR. Value range 0 to 8
61184 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: No solution possible with current input angle
values
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The surface defined via the input angle cannot be processed with the machine. Alarm triggered by
following cycles: CYCLE800.
Remedy: -Check the angles entered for swiveling the machining plane: %4
-Parameter _MODE coding incorrect, e.g. rotation axis-wise YXY
61185 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Invalid angular ranges of rotary axes in swivel
data record: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The angular range of the rotary axes is invalid. Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE800.
Check commissioning of the swivel CYCLE800.
Parameter $TC_CARR30[n] to $TC_CARR33[n] n number of swivel data record
Example: Rotary axis 1 modulo 360 degrees: -> $TC_CARR30[n]=0 $TC_CARR32[n]=360
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check start-up swivel cycle CYCLE800.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61186 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Invalid rotary axis vectors --> Check
commissioning of swivel CYCLE800
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: No or incorrect entry for rotary axis vector V1 or V2. Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE800.
Remedy: Check commissioning of swivel CYCLE800
Check rotary axis vector V1: $TC_CARR7[n], $TC_CARR8[n], $TC_CARR9[n]
Check rotary axis vector V2: $TC_CARR10[n], $TC_CARR11[n], $TC_CARR12[n]
n number of swivel data record
61187 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Check start-up swivel cycle CYCLE800 -->
Error code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE800.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Error code: See current cycles software version notes in siemense.txt
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61188 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: No axis name agreed for rotary axis 1 -> Check
commissioning of swivel CYCLE800
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: No axis name was specified for the rotary axis 1. Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE800.
Remedy: Check commissioning of swivel CYCLE800.
Axis name of rotary axis 1 see parameter $TC_CARR35[n] n number of swivel data record
61189 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Swivel direct: Invalid rotary axis positions: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Swivel direct: Check input values of rotary axes. Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE800.
Remedy: Swivel mode direct: Check input values of rotary axes or commissioning of swivel CYCLE800.
Check angular range of rotary axes in swivel data record n:
Rotary axis 1: $TC_CARR30[n], $TC_CARR32[n]
Rotary axis 2: $TC_CARR31[n], $TC_CARR33[n]
61190 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Unable to retract prior to swiveling -> Error
code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: See error code for error causes. The alarm is triggered by the following cycles: CYCLE800.
Remedy: Check commissioning of swiveling CYCLE800. Parameter $TC_CARR37[n] 7th and 8th decimal
place
n number of swivel data record
Error code:
A: Retraction Z not set up
B: Retraction Z XY not set up
C: Retraction in tool direction max. not set up
D: Retraction in tool direction incremental not set up
E: Retraction in tool direction: NC function CALCPOSI reports error
F: Retraction in tool direction: no tool axis existing
G: Retraction in tool direction max.: negative retraction path
H: Retraction in tool direction incremental: negative retraction path
I: Retraction not possible
61191 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Multi-axis transformation not set up. Error
code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: See error code for error cause. The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE800, 832.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Error code:
Number or parameter name of multi-axis transformation
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61192 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Additional multi-axis transformations not set
up. Error code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: See error code for error cause. The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE800, 832.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Error code:
Number or parameter name of multi-axis transformation
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61194 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: spline interpolation option not set up
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
61197 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Swiveling - plane not allowed -> Error code %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE800.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Error code:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61198 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Swiveling with kinematic chain -> Error code:
%4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE800.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: --
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61199 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Swiveling - tool not allowed -> Error code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: See error code for error cause. Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE800.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Error code:
A: Orientation of tool and change of swivel data record not allowed
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61200 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Too many elements in machining block
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61210 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Block search element not found
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The element specified for the block search does not exisit.
Alarm triggered by following cycles: E_MANAGE, E_PS_CIR, E_PS_MRX, E_PS_POL, E_PS_SEQ,
E_PS_XYA, F_MANAGE, F_PS_CIR, F_PS_MRX, F_PS_SEQ
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Repeat block search.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61216 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Feed/tooth only possible with cutting tools
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Feed per tooth is only possible with milling tools.
Alarm triggered by following cycles: E_TFS, F_TFS.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: As alternative, set a different feed type.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61217 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Cutting speed programmed for tool radius 0
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: To be able to work with cutting speed, the tool radius has to be specified.
Alarm triggered by following cycles: E_DR_SIN, E_DR_TAP, E_TFS, F_DR_SIN, F_DR_TAP,
F_DRILLC, F_DRM_TA, F_TAP, F_TFS
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter a value for cutting speed.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61218 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Feed/tooth programmed, but number of tools
equals zero
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: For feed per tooth, the number of teeth has to be specified.
Alarm triggered by following cycles: E_TFS, E_DR_BGF, F_TFS.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter the number of teeth on the milling tool in the "Tool list" menu.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61222 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Plane infeed greater than tool diameter
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The plane infeed must not be greater than the tool diameter.
Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE79, , E_MI_PL, E_PO_CIR, E_PO_REC, F_PO_CIR,
F_PO_REC.
61230 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Tool probe diameter too small
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The tool probe has not been calibrated correctly.
Alarm triggered by following cycles: E_MT_CAL, E_MT_RAD, E_MT_LEN.
Remedy: 840D:
Check the following variables in data block E_MESS_MT_DR[n] or E_MESS_MT_DL[n] for probe n+1
840D sl:
Check the following machine data: 51778 $MNS_J_MEA_T_PROBE_DIAM_LENGTH[n] or 51780
$MNS_J_MEA_T_PROBE_DIAM_RAD[n] for probe n+1
61231 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: ShopMill program %4 not executable, as not
tested by ShopMill
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%4 = Program name
Definitions: Before a ShopMill program can be executed, it has to be tested by ShopMill.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: E_HEAD.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: The program first has to be simulated in ShopMill or loaded into the operating mode "Machine auto"
by ShopMill.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61237 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Retraction direction unknown. Withdraw tool
manually!
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The tool is in the retraction area and it is unknown in which direction it can be travelled out of it.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: F_SP_RP
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Manually retract the tool from the retraction area defined in the program header and restart the pro-
gram.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61239 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Tool change point lies within retraction area!
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The tool change point has to be far enough outside the retraction area so that when the revolver is
swiveled, no tool extends into the retraction area.
The alarm is triggered by the following cycle: F_SP_RP
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Specify another tool change point.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61241 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Retraction plane not defined for this machining
direction
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: No retraction plane has been defined for the selected machining direction.
Alarm triggered by following cycles: F_SP_RP, F_SP_RPT.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Define the missing retraction plane.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61243 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Correct tool change point, tool tip in
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The tool change point must be situated so far outside the retraction area that no tool protrudes into
the retraction area on turret swivelling.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: F_SP_RP
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Specify another tool change point.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61245 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Machining plane does not match modal
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Machining plane does not match modal one.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check the machining plane.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61250 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Width across flats/edge length too small
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The width across flats/edge length is too small.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE79.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Increase key width/edge length.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61251 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Width across flats/edge length too large
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The width across flats/edge length is too large.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE79.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Decrease key width/edge length.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61254 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Error while traveling to fixed stop
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Error on travelling to fixed stop.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: F_SUB_SP.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: specify another Z1 position for gripping the counterspindle.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61255 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Error during cut-off: Tool broken?
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Cut-off could not be completed. A tool breakage might have occurred.
Alarm triggered by following cycles: F_PARTOF, F_SUB_SP.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check the tool.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61256 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Mirroring not allowed at program start.
Deselect work offset!
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Mirroring impermissible at program start.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: F_HEAD.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Deselect work offset.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61258 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: set parameters for counterspindle chuck in the
spindle image
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The parameters for the counterspindle chuck have not been set in the spindle view.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: F_SUB_SP.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Specify parameters "ZL1", "ZL2" and "ZL3" in mask "Tools work offset" > "Spindles".
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61259 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: program contains new machining steps from
ShopMill %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%4 = ShopMill version
Definitions: The program has been created with a ShopMill version that is higher than the existing one.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Delete the machining step and reprogram machining if required.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61260 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: program contains new machining steps from
ShopTurn %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
%4 = ShopTurn version
Definitions: The program has been created with a ShopMill version that is higher than the existing one.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Delete the machining step and reprogram machining if required.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61262 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: pitch not possible with selected tool
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The pitch of the tap does not match the programmed pitch.
Alarm triggered by following cycles: F_DR_TAP, F_DRM_TA, F_TAP.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Use a tap with the programmed pitch.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61263 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Chained ShopMill program blocks not
permissible in subprogram on pos. pattern
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: If a subroutine is called from a position pattern, the subroutine itself must not include a position pattern.
The alarm is triggered by the following cycle: E_MANAGE
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Reprogram machining.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61264 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Chained ShopTurn program blocks not
permissible in subprogram on pos. pattern
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: If a subroutine is called from a position pattern, the subroutine itself must not include a position pattern.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: F_MANAGE.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Reprogram machining.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61265 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Too many restrictions, use rectangular pocket
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In face milling a maximum of only 3 sides can be delimited.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE61
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Use pocket cycle.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61267 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Plane infeed too large, residual corners remain
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In face milling, the plane infeed must not exceed 85%.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE61
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Select a smaller plane infeed, as otherwise residual corners will be left over.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61268 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Illegal machining direction, residual corners
are left over.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In face milling, the machining direction does not match the selected delimitations.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE61.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: The machining direction must be selected to match the delimitations.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61269 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: External tool diameter too small
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Incorrect tool definition.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE61.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check angle and diameter of the tool used.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61271 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Chamfer width > tool radius
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Chamfer width larger than tool radius.
Alarm triggered by following cycles: E_SP_CHA, F_SP_CHA.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Use a larger tool.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61275 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Target point violates software limit switch!
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Due to a swivel action, the end point is outside the software limit switches.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: E_SP_RP.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Select another retraction plane or approach a suitable interpolation point.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61276 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: External tool diameter required for restrictions
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Outer tool diameter required in case of delimitations.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE61.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Specify the outer tool diameter.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61277 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Tool diameter larger than restriction
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
61278 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: If tool angle is larger than 90°, both tool
diameters must be equal
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: For tool angles larger than 90°, the two tool diameters must be identical.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE61.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct the tool angle or the tool diameters.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61279 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: If tool angle equals 90°, both tool diameters
must be equal
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: For tool angles equal to 90°, the two tool diameters must be identical.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE61.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct the tool angle or the tool diameters.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61281 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: starting point of machining outside retraction
planes
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
61282 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: end point of machining outside retraction
planes
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The end point of machining is outside the retraction planes.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: F_SP_RP.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Adjust the retraction planes.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61283 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: direct approach not possible, as tool change
required
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: After block search a position is to be reached by direct approach, but a tool change is required before.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: F_TFS.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: First execute a manual tool change, then restart the block search.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61284 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: starting point cannot be approached without
collision. Pre-position tool manually
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The starting point cannot be approached without collisions.
Alarm triggered by following cycles: F_DRILL, F_DRILLC, F_DRILLD, F_DRM_DR, F_DRM_PE,
F_DRM_RE, F_DRM_SI, F_DRM_TA, F_GROOV, F_MIM_TR, F_PARTOF, F_SP_EF, F_TAP,
F_TR_CON, F_UCUT_T.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Preposition the tool manually.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61285 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: parking position is below return plane XRA.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
61286 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: machining not possible, check tool angle.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Machining not possible with the specified tool.
Alarm triggered by following cycles: F_UCUT_T.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Use a suitable tool.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61291 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Linear axis of counterspindle not set up
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: F_SP_INI
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Enter channel axis number of linear axis of counterspindle in MD52206 $MCS_AXIS_USAGE.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61293 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Tool %4 has no spindle rotation direction
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm will be triggered by the following cycles: E_TFS, F_TFS
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Select spindle rotation direction in tool list.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Definitions: Alarm can be triggered by following measuring cycles: all measuring cycles.
Remedy: - The value of parameter _MVAR is impermissible.
61316 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Center and radius cannot be determined
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: No circle can be calculated from the measured points, as all measured points lie on a straight line.
The alarm is triggered by: CYCLE979
Remedy: Program change
61317 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Check number of circle calculation points
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Parameterization faulty; requires 3 or 4 points to calculate the center point. Alarm is triggered:
CYCLE979.
Remedy: Change parameterization of CYCLE116.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Remedy: No name assigned to the axis number specified in the parameter of the rotary axis (_RA), or this axis
is not configured as a rotary axis.
Check MD 20080 and MD 30300.
61331 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Angle too large, change measuring axis
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Parameter starting angle (_STA) is too large for the specified measuring axis. Alarm is triggered:
CYCLE998.
Remedy: Select another metering axis.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61339 [Channel %1: ] Block %2:Correction factor for rapid traverse speed = 0
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm can be triggered by following measuring cycles: all measuring cycles.
Remedy: For 840D: Check parameter _SPEED[0] in GUD6
For 840D sl: Check setting data 55630 $SCS_MEA_FEED_RAPID_IN_PERCENT
61341 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Probe not calibrated in active plane.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE974, CYCLE977, CYCLE978, CYCLE979.
Remedy: Calibrate the probe prior to calling a cycle.
61343 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: No tool available for specified tool name
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm can be triggered by following measuring cycles: all measuring cycles.
Remedy: Check tool name.
61345 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: D number of tool offset, too many digits
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm can be triggered by following measuring cycles: all measuring cycles.
Remedy: Reduce the D number in _KNUM, check software or MD of flat D number.
61346 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Distance between starting point and measuring
point <=0
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE961.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: 840D:
- Parameter _SETV[0] or _SETV[1] is empty or less than 0.
840D sl:
- Parameter X1 or Y1 is empty or less than 0.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61347 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Angle 1st edge - 2nd edge equals 0
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE961.
Remedy: Parameter following angle (_INCA) equals 0.
61348 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Angle rel. to reference edge equals 0
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions:
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61349 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Distance upper probe edge - measuring
position = 0 for tool radius measurement
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE971
Remedy: The distance between the upper and lower edges of the tool probe equals 0; relevant for radius mea-
surement.
For 840D: Check parameter _TP[x,9]
For 840D sl: Check setting data 54634 $SNS_MEA_TP_CAL_MEASURE_DEPTH
61350 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Feed, speed not programmed for tool
measurement with rotating spindle
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggered by the following cycles: CYCLE971.
The measuring feed and/or spindle speed during tool measurement with rotating spindle is not spec-
ified in the GUD variable _MFS.
Remedy: Check parameter _MFS[0]
61352 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Path for logfile not permitted
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE106.
The specified path for the log file is incorrect.
Remedy: Check parameter _PROTNAME[1]
61353 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Path for logfile not found
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE106.
The specified directory does not exist or the specified path is incorrect.
Remedy: Check parameter _PROTNAME[1]
61354 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: File for logfile not found
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE106.
No name specified for the log file.
Remedy: Check parameter _PROTNAME[1]
61355 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Incorrect file type for logfile
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE106.
The file extension for the log file is incorrect.
Remedy: Check parameter _PROTNAME[1]
61356 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: File for logfile is being used
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE106.
The log file is already used by an NC program.
Remedy: Check parameter _PROTNAME[1]
61360 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Log job undefined - continue with RESET
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE106.
Cycle CYCLE106 was called by an incorrect parameter.
Remedy: Check cycle call for CYCLE106, specifically the call parameter.
61362 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Cycle118: No. of values too large
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE118.
4th parameter for CYCLE118 is larger than 10.
Remedy: Reduce the 4th parameter (PAR4) of CYCLE118.
61363 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Max. no. of value lines for recording exceeded
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Maximum number of value lines exceeded.
Alarm triggerd by following cycle: CYCLE105.
Remedy: Reduce the number of value lines.
Check parameter _PROTFORM[4].
61364 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Check distance from measuring point 1 to
measuring point 2
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE998
Remedy: Check parameter incremental infeed depth (_ID)
61366 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Direction of rotation for tool measurement with
rotating spindle not specified.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE971
Remedy: For 840D:
- Check parameter _CM[5] in GUD6, permissible values are 3 (corresponds to M3) and 4 (corre-
sponds to M4)
For 840D sl:
- Check setting data 54674 $SNS_MEA_CM_SPIND_ROT_DIR, permissible values are 3 (corre-
sponds to M3) and 4 (corresponds to M4)
61369 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Position of corner not clearly definable, check
parameter _SETV[0...7]
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE961.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Define P1 and P2 or P3 and P4 in a way that the intersection of the straights determined by these
points is outside the sections formed by P1 and P2 or P3 and P4.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61370 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: _PROTVAL[0] -_PROTVAL[5] do not have any
entries
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE105.
Remedy: Enter values in _PROTVAL[0...5].
61371 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Product of column width and number of
columns exceeds 200 characters per line
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE105.
Remedy: Reduce the column width (_PROTFORM[4]) or number of columns (_PROTVAL[2...5]).
61401 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Probe does not switch, traversing path limited
by software limit position.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE961, CYCLE971, CYCLE976, CYCLE977,
CYCLE978, CYCLE998
Remedy: The position defined by a setpoint value cannot be reached as this would mean overrunning the soft-
ware limit position.
- Check specified setpoint value.
61402 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Probe collision, traversing path limited by
software limit position
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE977
Remedy: For the measuring variants Measure web/shaft, the position path in the plane was limited by the soft-
ware limit position. The probe switched in the following infeed along the infeed axis.
Check programmed position of software limit position.
61403 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Work offset correction not executed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm can be triggered by following measuring cycles: all measuring cycles.
Remedy: Call the SIEMENS hotline
61405 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Tool environment does not exist
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm can be triggered by following measuring cycles: all measuring cycles.
Remedy: Correct the name of the tool environment (_TENV) or create this environment.
61407 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Check 7th digit and higher of _KNUM
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm can be triggered by following measuring cycles: all measuring cycles.
Remedy: Check parameter _KNUM.
Check the the number of the sum offset and that of the setup offset.
61411 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Check the distribution of measuring points on
the plane.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE997, CYCLE119
Remedy: Check the setpoint and actual values
61412 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: channel basic frame not present
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE997, CYCLE119
Remedy: Set MD 28081>0, $P_CHBFRMASK>0
61413 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: check setpoint of ball diameter, _SETVAL<=0
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE997
Remedy: Check setpoint value of spherical diameter.
61417 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Probe will collide with the carrier of the
reference groove.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE973
Remedy: Take up collision-free initial position of the axes involved in the measuring process.
61418 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Protocol file too small, check MD11420:
LEN_PROTOCOL_FILE.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm can be triggered by following measuring cycle: CYCLE106
Remedy: Check MD11420: LEN_PROTOCOL_FILE.
61419 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Check probe calibration with reference to
center of ball/circumference of ball.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE974, CYCLE994, CYCLE977,
CYCLE978, CYCLE979, CYCLE997, CYCLE998
Remedy: The workpiece probe must be calibrated according to its use in the measuring cycles.
61421 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Software release of measuring cycles or NCK
inadequate or set up incorrectly --> error code %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE996
Remedy: Causes of error:
1. Error code = A -> _OVR[] - parameter field too small. Check GUD definition.
DEF CHAN REAL _OVR[72] (up to MZ06.03.xx.xx =32)
61422 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Parameter _MVAR incorrect --> Error code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE996
61423 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Parameter _TNUM not agreed or not created
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE996
Remedy: Causes of error:
1. Parameter CYCLE996 _TNUM incorrect or equals zero
2. No swivel data record created -> MD18088 = 0
61424 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Parameter _SETVAL for diameter of calibration
ball incorrect
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE996
Remedy: Check parameter _SETVAL.
61425 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Parameter for measuring axis rotary axis 1 or 2
incorrect -> Error code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE996
Remedy: Causes of error:
1. Error code = A -> Rotary axis number incorrect (1 or 2)
2. Error code = B -> No name agreed for rotary axis 1
3. Error code = C -> Rotary axis vector 1 equals zero
4. Error code = D -> No name agreed for rotary axis 2
5. Error code = E -> Rotary axis vector 2 equals zero
61426 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Sum of the active offsets does not equal zero -
> Error code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE996
Remedy: Causes of error:
Check the overview of active offsets ($P_ACTFRAME)
1. Error code = A -> Sum of the translatory offsets of the geometry axes <> 0
2. Error code = B -> Sum of the fine offsets of the geometry axes <> 0
3. Error code = C -> Sum of the rotary components of the geometry axes <> 0
4. Error code = D -> Sum of the translatory offsets of rotary axis 1 <> 0
5. Error code = E -> Sum of the translatory offsets of rotary axis 2 <> 0
61427 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Tool data of the active workpiece probe
incorrect or inactive --> Error code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE996
Remedy: Causes of error:
1. Error code = A -> Workpiece probe (or tool edge) inactive
2. Error code = B -> Length L1 of the workpiece probe = 0
61428 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Error while creating log file -> Error code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE996
61429 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Measuring axis (rotary axis 1 or 2) not in basic
or intended position -> Error code: %4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE996
Remedy: Causes of error:
1. Error code = A -> Rotary axis 1 not in basic position on 1st measurement
2. Error code = B -> Rotary axis 2 not in basic position on 1st measurement
3. Error code = C -> Rotary axis 2 not in intended position on 2nd or 3rd measurement in compar-
ison to 1st measurement, see parameters _OVR[63 to 65]
4. Error code = D -> Rotary axis 1 not in intended position on 2nd or 3rd measurement in compar-
ison to 1st measurement, see parameters _OVR[60 to 62]
61430 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Kinematic vectors not computed -> Error code:
%4
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE996
Remedy: Causes of error:
1. Error code = A -> Plausibility of the input points PM1, PM2, PM3 not fulfilled, resulting side
lengths must not be equal to zero
(Notice: even in the case of side lengths not equal to zero, there is a risk
of not being able to form a triangle, check => check PM1...3.)
2. Error code = B -> Enclosed angle at PM1 between the spread vectors PM1PM2 and PM1PM3
is equal to zero 0.
Starting points do not form a triangle.
3. Error code = C -> Enclosed angle at PM2 between the spread vectors PM2PM1 and PM2PM3
is equal to 0.
Starting points do not form a triangle.
4. Error code = D -> Enclosed angle at PM3 between the spread vectors PM3PM1 and PM3PM2
is equal to 0.
Starting points do not form a triangle.
5. Error code = E -> Normalizing interpolation point: Invalid axis name defined for computation
6. Error code = F -> Normalizing interpolation point: Invalid plane defined for computation
61440 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Position of cutting edge cannot be determined
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycle: CYCLE982
Remedy: A turning tool with a cutting edge position between 1 and 8 must be used as the tool type.
Check the entered cutting edge position with reference to the basic position of the tool carrier.
61441 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Position of cutting edge is not in the machining
plane.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycle: CYCLE982
Remedy: The position of the cutting edge of the turning tool (cutting tip) is no longer in the machining plane
(interpolation plane), this can be caused, for example, by a tool carrier with orientation capability. Cor-
rect the tool carrier position.
61442 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Tool carrier not parallel to the geometry axes
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycle: CYCLE982
Remedy: As a result of incorrect positioning of the orientable tool carrier, tool lengths L1,2,3 are not parallel to
the geometry axes.
Optimize the axes of the tool carrier.
61443 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Advance angle _INCA=0 or greater/less than +/-
90° or +/-120°
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycle: CYCLE979
Remedy: Check the value in the parameter advance angle _INCA.
If 3-point measurement is selected, _INCA must not be greater/less than +/-120°, and with 4-point
measurement _INCA must not be greater/less than +/-90°.
The advance angle _INCA must always be parameterized unequal to "zero".
61444 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Current measuring speed is not identical to the
calibration speed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following measuring cycles: CYCLE974, CYCLE994, CYCLE977,
CYCLE978, CYCLE979, CYCLE997, CYCLE998
E_MS_CAN, E_MS_HOL, E_MS_POC, E_MS_PIN, E_MS_SPI
Remedy: 1. Repeat the calibration on the basis of the desired measuring speed.
2. Match the current measuring speed to the calibration speed.
Note: In each case, the relevant calibration speed is stored in each calibration data record.
61503 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: tool nose radius compensation left or right
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycles: CYCLE410, CYCLE411, CYCLE412,
CYCLE413, CYCLE414, CYCLE415, CYCLE416, CYCLE420
Remedy: A tool offset value has to be programmed
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61508 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Incorrect default setting for shoulder position
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: setup function
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61509 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Incorrect default setting for dresser position
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: setup function
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61511 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Incorrect shoulder position or tool edge D1/D2
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: setup function
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61513 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Dresser left and inclined grinding wheel
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: setup function
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61515 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Retraction path <= dressing amount
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE416
Remedy: Change retraction path
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61517 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Angle of inclined grinding wheel missing
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE416
Remedy: Enter angle under $TC_TPG8
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61518 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Shoulder height of grinding wheel must be >
grinding wheel radius
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE432
Remedy: Change shoulder height or grinding wheel radius
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61521 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Current grinding wheel too wide
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycles: CYCLE411, CYCLE415
Remedy: Reduce width of grinding wheel
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61522 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Overlap >= current grinding wheel width
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE411
Remedy: Reduce overlap
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61527 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Grinding wheel radius >= workpiece radius
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE414
Remedy: Change grinding wheel radius or workpiece radius
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61540 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Incorrect D number / dresser D field active
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycles: CYCLE401, CYCLE402, CYCLE403,
CYCLE443
Remedy: A tool D number must be programmed that is < _GC_DNUM
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61541 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Incorrect grinding wheel type entered
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycles: CYCLE432, CYCLE434, CYCLE435,
CYCLE436, CYCLE438, CYCLE439, CYCLE444, CYCLE447
Remedy: Select a valid grinding wheel type in tool management
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61542 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Incorrect grinding wheel reference point
selected when selecting the dresser coordinate system
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycles: CYCLE435, CYCLE441, CYCLE447
Remedy: A tool D number must be programmed that is < _GC_DNUM
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61543 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Incorrect dresser selected when selecting the
dresser coordinate system
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycles: CYCLE402, CYCLE435, CYCLE442,
CYCLE447
Remedy: A dresser number >0 and <4 must be selected
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61544 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Grinding wheel diameter worn down
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE438
Remedy: New grinding wheel required, or check limit values in the grinding wheel data
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61545 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Width of grinding wheel worn down
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE438
Remedy: New grinding wheel required, or check limit values in the grinding wheel data
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61546 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Dresser %4, wear limit length 1 reached
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE438
Remedy: New dresser required, or check limit values of dresser
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61547 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Dresser %4, wear limit length 2 reached
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE438
Remedy: New dresser required, or check limit values of dresser
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61548 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Dresser %4, wear limit length 3 reached
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE438
Remedy: New dresser required, or check limit values of dresser
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61555 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Diameter of grinding wheel ==0, GWPS cannot
be calculated
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE446
Remedy: Check diameter
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61556 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Impossible chamfer and radius of left edge of
wheel
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE432
Remedy: Check values in grinding wheel data
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61557 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Impossible chamfer and radius of right edge of
wheel
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE432
Remedy: Check values in grinding wheel data
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61558 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Chamfer / radius + shoulder height are less
than the retraction height of the left edge of the grinding wheel
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE432
Remedy: Check values in grinding wheel data
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61559 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Chamfer / radius + shoulder height are less
than the retraction height of the right edge of the grinding wheel
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE432
61560 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Infeed in Z direction too big per stroke, or
wheel too narrow
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycles: CYCLE427, CYCLE428
Remedy: Reduce infeed path parameter or use other tool
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61561 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Feed left wheel edge <=0
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE432
Remedy: Check values in grinding wheel data
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61562 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Feed right wheel edge <=0
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE432
Remedy: Check values in grinding wheel data
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61601 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Finished part diameter too small
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The programmed radius of the machined part is too small. Alarm triggered by following cycles:
CYCLE94, CYCLE96.
Remedy: Check parameter SPD or DIATH.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61604 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Active tool violates programmed contour
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Contour violation in the relief cut elements due to the tool clearance angle of the tool used. Alarm trig-
gered by following cycle: CYCLE95.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Use a different tool or check the contour subroutine.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61608 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Incorrect tool point direction programmed
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE94, CYCLE96.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: A cutting edge position 1...4, matching the undercut form, must be programmed.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61702 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Label %4 not existing in machined part contour
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE952
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check whether the labels exist in the machined part contour
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61703 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Label %4 not existing in the blank contour
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE952
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check whether the labels exist in the blank contour
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61709 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Cutting edge radius too small
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
61711 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Infeed D is larger than the tip width of the tool
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE952.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check infeed D in connection with the tip width of the tool in tool management.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61712 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Infeed DX or DZ is larger than tip length of tool
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE952.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check infeed DX or DZ in connection with tip length of the tool in tool management.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61713 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Tool radius larger than half the tip width
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE952.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check tool radius and tip width of tool (plunge cutter, cutting tool)
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61733 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Cutting edge not compatible with cutting
direction
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE952
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check cutting edge position and cutting direction in tool management
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61734 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Machined part contour is outside the blank
contour
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE952
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check programming of the machined part and blank contour, particularly their position towards each
other
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61735 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Infeed D larger than the tip length of the tool
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE952
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check infeed D in relation to the tip length of the tool in tool management
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61736 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Machining cutting depth larger than maximum
depth of cut of the tool
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE952
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: --
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61737 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Machining cutting depth smaller than minimum
depth of cut of the tool
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE952
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: --
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61742 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Retraction plane %4 is within the machining
range
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE952
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - On internal machining check machining range in relation to the entered
retraction distance ($SCS_TURN_ROUGH_I_RELEASE_DIST)
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61804 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Progr. position exceeds reference point
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The programmed intermediate position or actual position is behind the reference point.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: --
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61805 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Value programmed absolute and incremental
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The programmed intermediate position is both absolutely as well as incrementally programmed.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: --
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61807 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Wrong spindle direction programmed (active)
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE840.
The programmed spindle direction contradicts the spindle direction planned for the cycle.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Check parameters SDR and SDAC.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61808 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Final drilling depth or single drilling depth
missing
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The total depth Z or individual drilling depth Q is missing from theG8xblock (initial cycle call).
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: --
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61812 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Value(s) in external cycle call wrongly defined
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: In the call block an impermissible numerical value was programmed.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: --
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61814 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Polar coordinates not possible with cycle
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: --
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: --
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61817 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Axis coordinates within protection zone
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: --
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: --
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61818 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Axis range limits are equal
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: --
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: --
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61902 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Label %4 not existing in the pocket contour
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE63
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check whether the labels exist in the pocket contour
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61903 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Label %4 not existing in the blank contour
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE63
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check whether the labels exist in the blank contour
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61904 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Label %4 not existing in the island contour
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE63
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
61905 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Label %4 not existing in the spigot contour
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE63
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check whether the labels exist in the spigot contour
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61906 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Label %4 not existing in the contour
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE64
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check whether the labels exist in the contour
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61918 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Cut. radius for residual mach. must be smaller
than cut. radius for ref. tool
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE63
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check cutter radius for residual machining which must be smaller than cutter radius for reference
tool !
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61919 [Channel %1: ] block %2: Radius of the reference tool is too small
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
61934 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Programming of the machining plane not
allowed here
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE63, CYCLE64
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Modify contour programming
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61939 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: No center point specified for circle
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE63, CYCLE64
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check contour programming, particularly circular-path programming
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61945 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Plane infeed too large, residual corners
remaining
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE63
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Check parameter for plane infeed
- for G17: DXY
- for G18: DZX
- for G19: DYZ
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
61951 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Cutter radius for residual material too large
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE63
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
61952 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Radius of the residual material cutter too small
in relation to the reference cutter
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE63
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: - Use a cutter with a larger radius for residual machining
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
62102 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: pocket not completely solidly machined during
finishing
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions:
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
62105 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Number of columns or lines equals zero
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE801.
Remedy: Check parameters _NUM1 and _NUM2.
62106 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: incorrect value for monitoring status in tool
monitoring
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions:
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
62107 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: parameter %4 incorrectly defined for tool
monitoring in cycles
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions:
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
62108 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: error in function Tool monitoring in cycles
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions:
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy:
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
62186 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: No swiveling in JOG -> WO G%4 active and
total basic WO (G500) contain rotations
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE800.
On swiveling in JOG no rotation can be written to the work offset WO,
if rotations are already contained in the total basic WO or in the basic reference
Error 62186 message can be masked -> see setting data 55410
$SCS_MILL_SWIVEL_ALARM_MASK
Remedy: %4 number of the active work offset WO.
62187 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Swiveling in JOG --> G500 active and total
basic WO or basic reference contain rotations
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE800.
During swiveling in JOG, it is not possible to write a rotation into the work offset WO,
if, with active G500, rotations are already contained in the total basic WO or in the basic reference
Error message 62187 can be masked -> see setting data 55410
$SCS_MILL_SWIVEL_ALARM_MASK
62201 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Z offset does not influence the retraction
planes.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: The retraction planes refer to the workpiece. Therefore, programmable offsets do not influence the
retraction planes.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: F_SP_RP.
Remedy: Ensure that the offset will not cause a collision.
Then start the NC.
The alarm can be suppressed via display machine data 9898.
62202 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: NOTICE: tool travels directly to machining!
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label
Definitions: After block search a position is to be reached by direct approach.
Alarm triggered by following cycle: F_TFS.
Remedy: Check whether the desired position can be reached without collision.
Then execute an NC start.
62300 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Check number of empirical value memory
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: --
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Check setpoint value
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Remedy: The difference between actual and setpoint value is smaller than lower tolerance limit (parameter
_TLL).
62307 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Maximum number of characters per line
exceeded.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE105
Insufficient number of characters per line.
Remedy: Increase the value in _PROTFORM[1]
62308 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Variable column width not possible
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggerd by the following cycles: CYCLE105.
Unable to generate variable column widths, as no header available.
A fixed column width of 12 characters is used.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Complete the header in _PROTVAL[0].
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
62310 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The max. number of characters per line is
limited to 200 characters per line
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycles: CYCLE105.
The maximum number of characters per line has been limited to 200 characters per line.
Remedy: --
62311 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The maximum number of characters per line
_PROTFORM[1] is adjusted.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggered by the following cycles: CYCLE105
Max. number of characters per line _PROTFORM[1] has been adjusted.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: --
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
62313 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: The number of lines per page _PROTFORM[0]
is incorrect and is automatically adjusted.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm triggered by following cycle: CYCLE106.
Remedy: Check _PROTFORM[0] in the program.
62314 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Traverse path limitation via software end
position, collision detection activated, continue with NC START / cancel
with RESET.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggered by the following cycle: CYCLE977
Remedy: Position the workpiece to be measured further away from the software end positions.
62315 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Overwrite swivel data record TCARR = %4, yes
-> NC start, no -> reset
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggered by the following cycle: CYCLE996
Remedy:
62316 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Overwrite TRAORIdata, yes -> NC start, no ->
reset
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggered by the following cycle: CYCLE996
Remedy:
62317 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Tolerance of the linear vector %4 exceeded
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggered by the following cycle: CYCLE996
Remedy:
62318 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Tolerance of the rotary axis vector %4
exceeded
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm is triggered by the following cycle: CYCLE996
Remedy:
62335 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: No internal correction of the calibration data
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: Alarm triggered by the following cycles: CYCLE961, CYCLE977, CYCLE978, CYCLE979,
CYCLE996, CYCLE997, CYCLE998
62502 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Dresser %4, GWPS has been limited
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE421
Remedy: Check limit value for GWPS and program a lower value in the NC program if necessary
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
62503 [Channel %1: ] Block %2: Dresser %4, speed has been limited
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number, label channel number
Definitions: The alarm can be triggered by the following grinding cycle: CYCLE421
Remedy: Check limit value for speed and program a lower value in the NC program if necessary
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Definitions: The 3D clearance control has been switched off with CLC(0) while tool radius compensation is still
active (G41/G42). Since CLC(0) empties the internal block buffer and accepts the current traversed
position offset of the clearance control as a "contour jump" in the interpreter, TRC must be deactivated
when this command is issued.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program: Switch off active G41/G42 before CLC(0) or do not switch of clearance control,
but just "freeze" temporarily (CLC_GAIN=0.0) or cancel the position offset mechanically with CLC(-1).
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
75025 [Channel %1: ] CLC: stopped because sensor head has been touched
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
Definitions: The collision monitor of the sensor tip has signaled "Sensor touched".
A retraction motion to the upper limit of the position offset ($MC_CLC_SENSOR_UPPER_LIMIT ) is
started using the max available velocity and acceleration reserves. The feedrate override setting has
no effect on this retraction motion. The path motion is stopped at the same time.
Reaction: Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: The part program can be continued with NC start. The overlaid motion then returns to the control dis-
tance.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
75062 [Channel %1: ] MCSC: axes to be coupled are not in standstill axis %2
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name
Definitions: The CC_Master and/or CC_Slave axes were not at standstill when the coupling was switched on.
Reaction: Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Input G601 for path axes or program a stop preprocessor (STOPRE) before coupling with
CC_COPON.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
75070 [Channel %1: ] MCSC: wrong machine data for collision protection axis
%2
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis name
Definitions: Incorrect machine data for collision protection.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct machine data. The axes must be either both rotary axes or both linear axes!
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
75260 [Channel %1: ] RCTR: block: %2, tool parameters incorrect on block
editing
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number
Definitions: On block editing incorrect tool parameters are detected:
Reaction: Interpreter stop
Local alarm reaction.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Correct tool parameters.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
75265 [Channel %1: ] RCTR: block: %2, unreachable position on block editing
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Block number
Definitions: On block editing a non-approachable position is detected:
Reaction: Interpreter stop
Local alarm reaction.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Modify part program.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
75274 [Channel %1: ] RCTR: Excessive velocity near pole, error code %2
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Error code
Definitions: Excessive velocity of the machine axes involved can oocur when traversing near the pole with active
transformation, especially in JOG mode. The alarm is triggered if excessive velocity or acceleration
occurs for an output axis of the transformation (MCS).
Error code:
0: Position jump
1: Excessive velocity
2: Excessive acceleration
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: Reduce velocity. Avoid JOG traverse near pole.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
75604 [Channel %1: ] RESU: Return traveling not possible, error code %2
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Error code
Definitions: Return traveling is not possible, as the following error was detected:
Error code = 1 : The current reverse block for return traveling is likely to be a block of cc_resu_ini.spf
or cc_resu_end.spf programmed with a block number. It is impermissible to program block numbers
in the subroutines cc_resu_ini.spf and cc_resu_end.spf, as they have an internal meaning.
Error code = 2 : Unable to create cc_resu.mpf, as DRAM is insufficient.
Error code = 4 : The selected continuation block is likely to be a block of cc_resu_ini.spf or
cc_resu_end.spf programmed with block number. It is impermissible to program block numbers in the
subroutines cc_resu_ini.spf and cc_resu_end.spf, as they have an internal meaning.
Reaction: NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Error code = 1 or 4 : Remove all block numbers from cc_resu_ini.spf and cc_resu_end.spf and their
subroutines.
Error code = 2 : Assign a higher value to machine date $MN_MM_DRAM_FILE_MEM_SIZE.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
75609 [Channel %1: ] RESU: POS axis not permitted, axis type %2, block no. %3
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Axis type
%3 = Block number
Definitions: A geometry axis is traversed as a positioning axis with CC_PREPRE active. This programming is not
permissible.
Reaction: Interpreter stop
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
NC Stop on alarm.
Remedy: In order to traverse a geometry axis as positioning axis, RESU must be switched off temporarily (with
CC_PREPRE(0) ) or completely. In order to make the internal axis state change from the geometry
axis as positioning axis after traversing, a block without traveling motion must be programmed, if
required: e.g. X=IC(0)
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
2.2 HMI-Alarms
100126 Division by 0
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
100155 USB device no longer available, editing is%naborted. The last changes
are lost.
Definitions: --
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: --
Remedy: --
Remedy: --
101145 MD1104/1118
MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT/MOTOR_STANDSTILL_CURRENT > 900.0
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
Remedy: --
Remedy: --
101162 MDx134/MDx400
MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY/MOTOR_RATED_SPEED illeg.
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
101167 MDx134/MDx400
MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY/MOTOR_RATED_SPEED illeg.
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
Remedy: --
101605 No array
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
101621 free
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
101638 Write access only in start-up state Drive Configuration (device: p9=3).
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
101639 Write access only in start-up state Drive Type Definition (device: p9=2).
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
101640 Write access only in start-up state Data Block Base Configuration
(device: p9=4).
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
101641 Write access only in start-up state Device Configuration (device: p9=1).
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
101642 Write access only in start-up state Device Download (device: p9=29).
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
101643 Write access only in start-up state Device Parameter Reset (device:
p9=30).
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
101644 Write access only in start-up state Device Ready (device: p9=0).
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
101645 Write access only in start-up state Device (device: p9 unequal 0).
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
Remedy: --
101649 Desired BICO interconnection impossible, since BICO output does not
supply float value
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
102000 Error %1 %2
Parameters: %1 = --
%2 = --
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
102011 You cannot copy and paste the file in this path
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
Remedy: --
104208 The tool size (L, R, T, B) must have a value between 1 and 7
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
105000 Error %1 ! %2
Parameters: %1 = --
%2 = --
Definitions: System-internal error.
A memory-access has failed - should not occur in normal operation.
Remedy: --
Remedy: --
105051 %1
Parameters: %1 = --
Definitions: The dynamic long texts for the cycle parameterization are output here.
Remedy: --
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
107065 MCU: Tool offset number (D.) not permissible (0 ... 20) !
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
Remedy: --
112360 Step was not transferred into program chain%nas program run active.
Definitions: The program that you want to change is being executed in the operating mode "Machine auto". You
can only change programs that are not being executed in the operating mode "Machine auto".
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Stop the program run in the "Machine auto" operating mode.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
MD9756: $MM_CMM_MEASURING_FEED
MD9757: $MM_CMM_FEED_WITH_COLL_CTRL
MD9758: $MM_CMM_POS_FEED_WITH_COLL_CTRL
MD9759: $MM_CMM_MAX_CIRC_SPEED_ROT_SP
MD9761: $MM_CMM_MIN_FEED_ROT_SP
MD9762: $MM_CMM_MEAS_TOL_ROT_SP
MD9765: $MM_CMM_T_PROBE_DIAM_LENGTH_MEAS
MD9766: $MM_CMM_T_PROBE_DIAM_RAD_MEAS
MD9767: $MM_CMM_T_PROBE_DIST_RAD_MEAS
MD10240: $MN_SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC
MD20150 [12]: $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES
Tool data for various cutting edges D: length Z, radius R, wear length radius Z and R.
Zero offsets: Basic offset position in X, Y, Z , as well as A, C (if available) zero offset.
Settings in operating mode MANUAL: Retraction plane, safety clearance.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
112503 ShopMill: %1
Definitions: A system error has occurred.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Please contact the hotline of Siemens AG, A&D MC and provide with the error message.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
112542 GUD variable does not exist or%narray dimension too small:%1
Definitions: The required GUD variable was not found on read or write access.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Load the correct GUD variable.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
112601 ShopTurn: %1
Definitions: A system error has occurred.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Please contact the hotline of Siemens AG, A&D MC and provide with the error message.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
113016 No link to %1
Parameters: %1 = --
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
Definitions: --
Remedy: --
120302 The selection is not possible. A program has to have been edited first via
the area 'Program'.
Definitions: A program can only be selected via the hardkey program if a program has already been edited in the
program area.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: The alarm disappears automatically as soon as a program is edited or simulated in the program area.
The alarm can also be acknowledged manually via diagnostics.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
120303 The selection is not possible. The edited file %1 no longer exists.
Parameters: %1 = Program name with path
Definitions: The file edited last in the program area has in the meantime been deleted.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: The alarm disappears automatically as soon as a program is edited or simulated in the program area.
The alarm can also be acknowledged manually via diagnostics.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
120304 The selection is not possible. The file %1 has insufficient read rights.
Parameters: %1 = Program name with path
Definitions: The file has insufficient read rights for the current access level.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Set the required read rights by means of keyswitch or password entry.
The alarm disappears automatically as soon as a program is edited or simulated in the program area.
The alarm can also be acknowledged manually via diagnostics.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
120306 The selection is not possible. The file %1 is selected and active in
channel %2.
Parameters: %1 = Program name with path
%2 = Channel number
Definitions: --
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Stop the program with the NCU's channel reset and make the selection again.
The alarm disappears automatically as soon as a program is edited or simulated in the program area.
The alarm can also be acknowledged manually via diagnostics.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
120307 File %1 cannot be opened for the editor because it is selected in channel
%2 for execution by external sources.
Parameters: %1 = Program name with path
%2 = Channel number
Definitions: --
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: A different program on the NCU or for execution from external sources has to be selected.
The alarm disappears automatically as soon as a program is edited or simulated in the program area.
The alarm can also be acknowledged manually via diagnostics.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
120308 In the event of an emergency stop, the program %1 can only be changed
in the machine/program correction area.
Parameters: %1 = Program name with path
Definitions: --
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Switch to the machine area and change the program with the program correction function.
The alarm disappears automatically as soon as a program is edited or simulated in the program area.
The alarm can also be acknowledged manually via diagnostics.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
120309 The selection is not possible. Please close the simulation and repeat the
selection.
Definitions: The simulation is currently active in the program area.
A simultaneous editing is not possible.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Close the simulation and make the selection again.
The alarm disappears automatically as soon as a program is edited or simulated in the program area.
The alarm can also be acknowledged manually via diagnostics.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
120310 The selection is not possible. Please wait for the pending action or
terminate it, then repeat the selection.
Definitions: In the program area, programs are currently being copied, loaded or unloaded.
A simultaneous editing is not possible.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Wait until the action is completed or terminate the action via the softkey "Cancel", and then repeat the
selection.
The alarm disappears automatically as soon as a program is edited or simulated in the program area.
The alarm can also be acknowledged manually via diagnostics.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
120400 The settings for the acyclic links with the drive units are not yet
effective.%nSwitch off/on HMI !
Definitions: A file transfer from/to a drive unit has failed as the settings for acyclic links with the drive units become
effective only after an HMI reboot.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Switch off/on HMI and then repeat the process leading to the alarm.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
120401 SINAMICS: Write job for parameter %1, value %2, area %3: %4s timeout!
Parameters: %1 = Number of parameter the value of which is to be written.
%2 = Value to be written
%3 = Area (drive object class to which the write job was addressed)
%4 = Time passed without the write job being acknowledged by the drive unit.
Definitions: The write job of a SINAMICS parameter was not not acknowledged within 10 seconds by the drive
unit.
If the write job is not acknowledged within the next 10 seconds, the alarm will again be triggered.
The waiting period for the acknowledgement of a write job is a maximum of 130 seconds, i.e. if the
timeout specified in the alarm is 130 seconds, it is assumed that the write job has failed. Otherwise it
can be assumed that the write job was successful despite the timeout.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: As long as the timeout specified in the alarm is less than 130 seconds, acknowledge alarm, otherwise
switch off/on control, drive system and HMI, and then repeat the process leading to the alarm.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
Definitions: The drive unit with the bus number and slave address specified in the alarm is in 'First commissioning'
state.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Execute first commissioning for the affected drive unit.
To do so, switch in the HMI to the dialog 'First commissioning > Drive system > Drive unit, select the
affected drive unit, and follow the instructions of the HMI.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
120404 Setting up acyclic link %1 failed.%nSwitch off/on control, drives and HMI.
Parameters: %1 = Name of connection
Definitions: Setting up an acyclic link with a drive unit for file transfer from/to this drive unit has failed.
The file could not be transferred from/to this drive unit.
The affected drive unit has the bus number and slave address specified in the link name:
/DRIVE_<Bus number>_<Slave address>.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Execute the following measures in the sequence specified until the process leading to the alarm can
be repeated successfully:
1. Switch off/on control, drives and HMI, and then repeat the process leading to the alarm.
2. Load PROFIBUS configuration (HW Config) with same PLC and CP-Subnet-ID in PLC and CP,
switch off/on control and HMI, and then repeat the process leading to the alarm.
3. Return to factory settings of the affected drive unit, switch off/on control, drives and HMI, and then
repeat the process leading to the alarm.
4. Contact Siemens AG, Industry Sector, I DT MC, Hotline (Phone/Fax: see Alarm 1000) regarding
the error text.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
129904 %1: Current NCK Version %2 is too low for time measurement. Version
500000 or higher will be required.
Parameters: %1 = Name of the NCU according to NETNAMES.INI
%2 = Current NCU version
Definitions: The version of the specified NCU is too old (< 500000).
Remedy: Upgrade or replace the relevant NCU for the required software version in order to use the time deter-
mination.
129905 %1: Unable to determine the NCK version for time measurement.
Parameters: %1 = Name of the NCU according to NETNAMES.INI
Definitions: The version of the specified NCU could not be determined.
Remedy: Connect to the NCU and restart the PCU if required.
129930 %1: Min. %2 log files are required for the requested time determination
($MN_MM_PROTOC_NUM_FILES[%3])
Parameters: %1 = Name of the NCU according to NETNAMES.INI
%2 = Number of log files required
%3 = User index
Definitions: Time measuring of the configured workpiece requires at least the specified number of log files.
Remedy: Set general machine data $MN_MM_PROTOC_NUM_FILES[%3] of NCU %1 to value %2.
129931 %1: Min. %2 ETPD lists are required for the requested time determination
($MN_MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETPD_STD_LIST[%3])
Parameters: %1 = Name of the NCU according to NETNAMES.INI
%2 = Number of ETPD lists required
%3 = User index
Definitions: Time measuring of the configured workpiece requires at least the specified number of ETPD lists.
Remedy: Set general machine data $MN_MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETPD_STD_LIST[%3] of NCU %1 to value
%2.
129932 DAT: The configured NCU (%1) for part program %2 in channel %3 is
invalid.
Parameters: %1 = Name of the NCU according to NETNAMES.INI
%2 = Name of the part program
%3 = Channel number
Definitions: The specified combination of NCU, part program and channel is invalid for time measuring of the con-
figured workpiece.
Remedy: Part program %2 can only be assigned to a channel in an NCU configured in NETNAMES.INI.
129933 DAT: The configured channel (%1) for part program %2 in NCU %3 is
invalid.
Parameters: %1 = Channel number
%2 = Name of the part program
%3 = Name of the NCU according to NETNAMES.INI
Definitions: The specified combination of NCU, part program and channel is invalid for time measuring of the con-
figured workpiece.
Remedy: Correct the corresponding entry in the DAT file belonging to the workpiece.
129934 DAT: Part program %1 has been configured more than once.
Parameters: %1 = Name of the part program
Definitions: For time measuring of the configured workpiece, the specified part program is configured for several
channels.
Remedy: Correct the corresponding entry in the DAT file belonging to the workpiece.
Definitions: The ITS server has not yet been initialized, it cannot, therefore, execute the order.
Remedy: Execute your operation again later.
129945 %1: The current NCK version (%2) is too old for this type of time
measuring.
Parameters: %1 = NCU name
%2 = NCK software version of NCU %1.
Definitions: Measuring method "1" configured with setting MeasureMode of section [DAT] in ITS.INI cannot be
used, as the current NCK version is too old.
Remedy: Either upgrade NCK software to at least 511300 or select measuring method "0".
142000 Operator at the machine is waiting for support via remote diagnostics!
%1 %2 %3 %4
Parameters: %1 = IP address for existing Internet connection via modem
Definitions: Will be triggered in "User Controlled" mode, if user uses "Request Support" function.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Acknowledge alarm
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
142001 Operator at the machine is waiting for support via remote diagnostics!
%1 %2 %3 %4
Parameters: %1 = IP address for existing Internet connection via modem
Definitions: Will be triggered in "User Controlled" mode, if user uses "Request Support" function.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Acknowledge alarm
142002 Operator at the machine is waiting for support via remote diagnostics!
%1 %2 %3 %4
Parameters: %1 = IP address for existing Internet connection via modem
Definitions: Will be triggered in "User Controlled" mode, if user uses "Request Support" function.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Acknowledge alarm
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
142003 Operator at the machine is waiting for support via remote diagnostics!
%1 %2 %3 %4
Parameters: %1 = IP address for existing Internet connection via modem
Definitions: Will be triggered in "User Controlled" mode, if user uses "Request Support" function.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Acknowledge alarm
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
142004 Operator at the machine is waiting for support via remote diagnostics!
%1 %2 %3 %4
Parameters: %1 = IP address for existing Internet connection via modem
Definitions: Will be triggered in "User Controlled" mode, if user uses "Request Support" function.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Acknowledge alarm
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
142010 Operator at the machine is waiting for support via remote diagnostics!
%1 %2 %3 %4
Parameters: %1 = IP address for existing Internet connection via modem
Definitions: Will be triggered in "User Controlled" mode, if user explicitely selects and starts a host object.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Acknowledge alarm
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
142011 Operator at the machine is waiting for support via remote diagnostics!
%1 %2 %3 %4
Parameters: %1 = IP address for existing Internet connection via modem
Definitions: Will be triggered in "User Controlled" mode, if user uses "Request Support" function.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Acknowledge alarm
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
149006 The job fetched from the server does not contain any data.
Definitions: -
Remedy: -
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
149007 The server certificate has expired, or the date and time settings on the
computer are incorrect.
Definitions: -
Remedy: -
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
149200 The boot script has not received a valid service script ID from the ePS
server.
Definitions: -
Remedy: -
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
149201 The boot script has not received a service script from the ePS server.
Definitions: -
Remedy: -
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
149202 The boot script could not start the service script.
Definitions: -
Remedy: -
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
149203 The service script could not start the data transfer service script.
Definitions: -
Remedy: -
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
149306 PLC monitor failed while generating the data access object, or there is a
hotlink error.
Definitions: -
Remedy: -
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
149317 PLC DataUpload canceled because the timer could not be started.
Definitions: -
Remedy: -
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
2.3 SINAMICS-Alarms
Cause: The firmware of a DRIVE-CLiQ component must be updated as there is no suitable firmware or firm-
ware version in the component for operation with the Control Unit.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Component number of the DRIVE-CLiQ component.
Remedy: Firmware update using the commissioning software:
The firmware version of all of the components on the "Version overview" page can be read in the
Project Navigator under "Configuration" of the associated drive unit and an appropriate firmware
update can be carried out.
Firmware update via parameter:
- take the component number from the alarm value and enter into p7828.
- start the firmware download with p7829 = 1.
Cause: At least one firmware file in directory /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/ has been changed without authorization
with respect to version shipped from factory. No changes are permitted in this directory.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
0: Checksum of one file is incorrect.
1: File missing.
2: Too many files.
3: Incorrect firmware version.
4: Incorrect checksum of the back-up file.
See also: r9925 (Firmware file incorrect)
Remedy: For the non-volatile memory for the firmware (memory card, device memory), restore the version
shipped from factory.
Note:
The file involved can be read out using parameter r9925.
See also: r9926 (Firmware check status)
Cause: An error occurred when loading PSxxxyyy.ACX or PTxxxyyy.ACX files from the CompactFlash card
or from the volatile memory of the Control Unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Byte 1: yyy in the file name PSxxxyyy.ACX
yyy = 000 --> consistency back-up file
yyy = 001 ... 062 --> drive object number
yyy = 099 --> PROFIBUS parameter back-up file
Byte 4, 3, 2:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - If you have saved the project data using the commissioning software, carry out a new download for
your project. Save using the function "Copy RAM to ROM" or with p0977 = 1 so that all of the param-
eter files are again completely written to the CompactFlash card.
- replace the CompactFlash card.
109: Write access only in the commissioning state, encoder (p0010 = 4).
110: Write access only in the commissioning state, motor (p0010 = 3).
111: Write access only in the commissioning state, power unit (p0010 = 2).
112: Write access only in the quick commissioning mode (p0010 = 1).
113: Write access only in the ready mode (p0010 = 0).
114: Write access only in the commissioning state, parameter reset (p0010 = 30).
115: Write access only in the Safety Integrated commissioning state (p0010 = 95).
116: Write access only in the commissioning state, technological application/units (p0010 = 5).
117: Write access only in the commissioning state (p0010 not equal to 0).
118: Write access only in the commissioning state, download (p0010 = 29).
119: Parameter may not be written in download.
120: Write access only in the commissioning state, drive basis configuration (device: p0009 = 3).
121: Write access only in the commissioning state, define drive type (device: p0009 = 2).
122: Write access only in the commissioning state, data set basis configuration (device: p0009 = 4).
123: Write access only in the commissioning state, device configuration (device: p0009 = 1).
124: Write access only in the commissioning state, device download (device: p0009 = 29).
125: Write access only in the commissioning state, device parameter reset (device: p0009 = 30).
126: Write access only in the commissioning state, device ready (device: p0009 = 0).
127: Write access only in the commissioning state, device (device: p0009 not equal to 0).
129: Parameter may not be written in download.
130: Transfer of the master control is inhibited via BI: p0806.
131: Required BICO interconnection not possible because BICO output does not supply floating value
132: Free BICO interconnection inhibited via p0922.
133: Access method not defined.
200: Below the valid values.
201: Above the valid values.
202: Cannot be accessed from the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
203: Cannot be read from the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
204: Write access not permitted.
Remedy: - enter the correct value in the specified parameter.
- identify the parameter that restricts the limits of the specified parameter.
17: It is not possible to download the topology. The component wiring should be checked, taking into
account the various messages/signals.
18: A new download is only possible if the factory settings are restored for the drive unit.
19: The slot for the option module has been configured several times (e.g. CAN and COMM BOARD)
20: The configuration is inconsistent (e.g. CAN for Control Unit, however no CAN configured for drive
objects A_INF, SERVO or VECTOR ).
Remedy: - use the current version of the commissioning software.
- modify the offline project and carry out a new download (e.g. compare the number of drive objects,
motor, encoder, power unit in the offline project and at the drive).
- change the drive state (is a drive rotating or is there a message/signal?).
- carefully note any other messages/signals and remove their cause.
Cause: A data save to the CompactFlash card was not able to be successfully carried out.
- CompactFlash card is defective.
- CompactFlash card does not have sufficient memory space.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The file on the RAM was not able to be opened.
2: The file on the RAM was not able to be read.
3: A new directory was not able to be created on the CompactFlash card.
4: A new file was not able to be created on the CompactFlash card.
5: A new file was not able to be written to the CompactFlash card.
Remedy: - try to save again.
- use another CompactFlash card.
201210 <location>CU: Basic clock cycle selection and DRIVE-CLiQ clock cycle
do not match
Message Parameter: %1
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The parameter to select the basic clock cycle does not match the drive topology. Drives connected to
the same DRIVE-CLiQ port of the Control Unit have been assigned different basic clock cycles.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
The fault value specifies the parameter involved.
See also: r0111 (Basic sampling time selection)
Remedy: Only those drive objects may be connected to the same DRIVE-CLiQ socket of the Control Unit that
should run with the same basic clock cycle.
For example, Active Line Modules and Motor Modules should be inserted at different DRIVE-CLiQ
sockets as their basic clock cycles and current controller clock cycles are generally not identical..
See also: r0111 (Basic sampling time selection)
Cause: The component number from the topology was not parameterized (p0121 (for power unit, refer to
p0107), p0131 (for servo/vector drives, refer to p0107), p0141, p0151, p0161).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
The fault value includes the particular data set number.
The fault also occurs if speed encoders were configured (p0187 ... p0189), however, no component
numbers exist for them.
In this case, the fault value includes the drive data set number plus 100 * encoder number (e.g. 3xx,
if a component number was not entered into p0141 for the third encoder (p0189)).
See also: p0121, p0131, p0141, p0142, p0151, p0161, p0186, p0187, p0188, p0189
Remedy: Enter the missing component number or remove the component and restart commissioning.
See also: p0121, p0131, p0141, p0142, p0151, p0161, p0186, p0187, p0188, p0189
Cause: Partial lists are available more than twice in p0978. After the second 0, all must be 0.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Index of p0978 under which the illegal value is located.
Remedy: Set p0009 to 1 and change p0978:
Rules:
- p0978 must include all of the drive object numbers (p0101).
- it is not permissible for a drive object number to be repeated.
- by entering a 0, the drive objects with PZD are separated from those without PZD.
- only 2 partial lists are permitted. After the second 0, all values must be 0.
- dummy drive object numbers (255) are only permitted in the first partial list.
aa = 03 hex = 3 dec:
More than 16 components are connected at a DRIVE-CLiQ socket of the Control Unit.
- bb = 0, 1, 2, 3 means e.g. detected at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100, X101, X102, X103.
- cccc: Not used.
aa = 04 hex = 4 dec:
The number of components connected one after the other is greater than 125.
- bb: Not used.
- cccc = preliminary component number of the first component and component that resulted in the
fault.
aa = 05 hex = 5 dec:
The component is not permissible for SERVO.
- bb = 01 hex = 1 dec: SINAMICS G available.
- bb = 02 hex = 2 dec: Chassis available.
- cccc = preliminary component number of the first component and component that resulted in the
fault.
aa = 06 hex = 6 dec:
On one component illegal EEPROM data was detected. These must be corrected before the system
continues to boot.
- bb = 01 hex = 1 dec: The Order No. [MLFB] of the power unit that was replaced includes a space
retainer. The space retainer (*) must be replaced by a correct character.
- cccc = preliminary component number of the component with illegal EEPROM data.
aa = 07 hex = 7 dec:
The actual topology contains an illegal combination of components.
- bb = 01 hex = 1 dec: Active Line Module (ALM) and Basic Line Module (BLM).
- bb = 02 hex = 2 dec: Active Line Module (ALM) and Smart Line Module (SLM).
- bb = 03 hex = 3 dec: SIMOTION control (e.g. SIMOTION D445) and SINUMERIK component (e.g.
NX15).
- bb = 04 hex = 4 dec: SINUMERIK control (e.g. SINUMERIK 730.net) and SIMOTION component
(e.g. CX32).
- cccc: Not used.
Note:
Connection type and connection number are described in F01375.
See also: p0097 (Select drive object type), r0098 (Actual device topology), p0099 (Device target topol-
ogy)
Remedy: - adapt the output topology to the permissible requirements.
- carry out commissioning using the commissioning software.
- for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ, connect the power and DRIVE-CLiQ cable to the same Motor Module
(Single Motor Module: DRIVE-CLiQ at X202, Double Motor Module: DRIVE-CLiQ from motor 1 (X1)
to X202, from motor 2 (X2) to X203).
Re aa = 06 hex = 6 dec and bb = 01 hex = 1 dec:
Correct the order number when commissioning using the commissioning software.
See also: p0097 (Select drive object type), r0098 (Actual device topology), p0099 (Device target topol-
ogy)
aa = 07 hex = 7 dec:
An NX10 or NX15 was not directly connected to a permitted Control Unit.
aa = 08 hex = 8 dec:
A component was connected to a Control Unit that is not permitted for this purpose.
aa = 0A hex = 10 dec:
Too many components of a certain type detected.
aa = 0B hex = 11 dec:
Too many components of a certain type detected at a single line.
Note:
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.
Remedy: Re fault cause = 1:
Change the configuration. Connect less than 199 components to the Control Unit.
Re fault cause = 2:
Remove the component with unknown component type.
Re fault cause = 3, 4, 5:
Establish a valid combination.
Re fault cause = 6, 7:
Connect the expansion module directly to a permitted Control Unit.
Re fault cause = 8:
Remove component.
Re fault cause = 10, 11:
Reduce the number of components.
Component class:
1: Control Unit
2: Motor Module
3: Line Module
4: Sensor Module (SM)
5: Voltage Sensing Module (VSM)
6: Terminal Module (TM)
7: DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module
8: Controller Extension 32 (CX32, NX10, NX15)
49: DRIVE-CLiQ components (non-listed components)
50: Option slot (e.g. Terminal Board 30)
60: Encoder (e.g. EnDat)
70: Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ
Component type:
Precise designation within a component class (e.g. "SMC20").
Connection number:
Consecutive numbers, starting from zero, of the appropriate connection or slot (e.g. DRIVE-CLiQ con-
nection X100 on the Control Unit has the connection number 0).
Remedy: Output the fault value and remove the specified connection.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software offers improved diagnostics capa-
bility (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number 2 of the duplicate connection
cc = connection number 1 of the duplicate connection
bb = component class
aa = component number of one of the components connected twice
Note:
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
Remedy: Read out the fault value and remove one of the two specified connections.
Then download the target topology again using the commissioning software.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software offers improved diagnostics capa-
bility (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).
Remedy: - delete the CX32 / NX in the commissioning software project and download the new configuration to
the drive unit.
- check that the actual topology matches the target topology and if required, change over.
- check DRIVE-CLiQ cables for interruption and contact problems.
- check the 24 V supply voltage.
- check that CX32/NX functions correctly.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software offers improved diagnostics capa-
bility (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).
Cause: During a reconnect operation (e.g. while booting or downloading - but can also occur in normal oper-
ation) a parameter was not able to be written to.
Example:
When writing to a double word BICO input in the second index, the memory areas overlap (e.g.
p8861). The parameter is then reset to the factory setting.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Parameter number of the BICO input (signal sink).
Remedy: None necessary.
Note:
CU: Control Unit
EP: Enable Pulses (pulse enable)
MM: Motor Module
SGE: Safety-relevant input
SI: Safety Integrated
SS1: Safe Stop 1 (corresponds to Stop Category 1 acc. to EN60204)
STO: Safe Torque Off / SH: Safe standstill
SMM: see r9772
201612 <location>SI CU: STO inputs for power units connected in parallel
different
Message Fault cause: %1 bin
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The drive-based "Safety Integrated" function on the Control Unit (CU) has identified different states of
the AND'ed STO inputs for power units connected in parallel and has initiated a STOP F.
As a result of this fault, after the parameterized transition has expired (p9658), fault F01600 (SI CU:
STOP A initiated) is output.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Binary image of the digital inputs of the Control Unit that are used as signal source for the function
"Safe Torque Off".
Remedy: - check the tolerance time SGE changeover and if required, increase the value (p9650).
- check the wiring of the safety-relevant inputs (SGE) (contact problems).
Note:
CU: Control Unit
SGE: Safety-relevant input
SI: Safety Integrated
STO: Safe Torque Off / SH: Safe standstill
Cause: The "Safety Integrated" function requires a synchronization of the safety time slices between the Con-
trol Unit (CU) and Motor Module (MM) and between the Control Unit and the higher-level control. This
synchronization routine was unsuccessful.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
150: Fault in the synchronization to the PROFIBUS master.
All other values: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
See also: p9510 (SI Motion clock-cycle synchronous PROFIBUS master)
Remedy: Re fault value = 150:
- check the setting of p9510 (SI Motion clock-cycle synchronous PROFIBUS master) and if required,
correct.
General:
- carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- upgrade the Motor Module software.
- upgrade the Control Unit software.
- upgrade the software of the higher-level control.
Note:
CU: Control Unit
MM: Motor Module
SI: Safety Integrated
Cause: The write request for one or several Safety Integrated parameters on the Control Unit (CU) was
rejected.
Note:
This fault does not result in a safety stop response.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The Safety Integrated password is not set.
2: A reset of the drive parameters was selected. However, the Safety Integrated parameters cannot
be reset, as Safety Integrated is presently enabled.
3: The interconnected STO input is in the simulation mode.
10: An attempt was made to enable the STO function although this cannot be supported.
11: An attempt was made to enable the SBC function although this cannot be supported.
12: An attempt was made to enable the SBC function although this cannot be supported for a parallel
circuit configuration.
13: An attempt was made to enable the SS1 function although this cannot be supported.
14: An attempt was made to enable the PROFIsafe communication - although this cannot be sup-
ported or the version of the PROFIsafe driver used on the CU and MM is different.
15: An attempt was made to enable the motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive although
these cannot be supported.
16: An attempt was made to enable the STO function although this cannot be supported when the
internal voltage protection (p1231) is enabled.
See also: p0970, p3900, r9771, r9871
Remedy: Re fault value = 1:
- set the Safety Integrated password (p9761).
Re fault value = 2:
- inhibit Safety Integrated and again reset the drive parameters.
Re fault value = 3:
- end the simulation mode for the digital input (p0795).
Re fault value = 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15:
- check whether there are faults in the safety function alignment between the Control Unit and the
Motor Module involved (F01655, F30655) and if required, carry out diagnostics for the faults involved.
- use a Motor Module that supports the required function ("Safe Torque Off", "Safe Brake Control",
"PROFIsafe/PROFIsafe V2", "motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive").
- upgrade the Motor Module software.
- upgrade the Control Unit software.
Re fault value = 16:
- inhibit the internal voltage protection (p1231).
Note:
CU: Control Unit
MM: Motor Module
SBC: Safe Brake Control
SI: Safety Integrated
SS1: Safe Stop 1 (corresponds to Stop Category 1 acc. to EN60204)
STO: Safe Torque Off / SH: Safe standstill
See also: p9501, p9601, p9620, p9761, p9801
Cause: The monitoring function enabled in p9501, p9601 or p9801 is not supported in this firmware version.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Monitoring function SLP not supported (p9501.1).
2: Monitoring function SCA not supported (p9501.7 and p9501.8 ... 15 and p9503).
3: Monitoring function SLS override not supported (p9501.5).
10: Monitoring functions only supported for a SERVO drive object.
20: Drive-based motion monitoring functions are only supported in conjunction with PROFIsafe
(p9501 and p9601.1 ... 2 and p9801.1 ... 2).
21: PROFIsafe only supported in conjunction with motion monitoring functions in the drive (p9501 and
p9601.1 ... 2 and p9801.1 ... 2).
Remedy: De-select the monitoring function involved (p9501, p9503, p9601, p9801).
Note:
SCA: Safe Cam / SN: Safe software cam
SI: Safety Integrated
SLP: Safely-Limited Position / SE: Safe software limit switches
SLS: Safely-Limited Speed / SG: Safely reduced speed
See also: p9501 (SI Motion enable safety functions (Control Unit)), p9503 (SI Motion SCA (SN) enable
(Control Unit))
201685 <location>SI Motion CU: Safely-limited speed limit value too high
Message %1
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The limit value for the function "Safely-Limited Speed" (SLS) is greater than the speed that corre-
sponds to an encoder limit frequency of 500 kHz.
Note:
This fault does not result in a safety stop response.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Maximum permissible speed.
Remedy: Correct the limit values for SLS and carry out a POWER ON.
Note:
SI: Safety Integrated
SLS: Safely-Limited Speed / SG: Safely reduced speed
See also: p9531 (SI Motion SLS (SG) limit values (Control Unit))
Cause: It is not permissible to simultaneously enable the actual value synchronization and a monitoring func-
tion with absolute reference (SCA/SLP).
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
Remedy: Either de-select the function "actual value synchronization" or the monitoring functions with absolute
reference (SCA/SLP) and carry out a POWER ON.
Note:
SCA: Safe Cam / SN: Safe software cam
SI: Safety Integrated
SLP: Safely-Limited Position / SE: Safe software limit switches
See also: p9501 (SI Motion enable safety functions (Control Unit))
Remedy: - remove the fault cause in the control and carry out a POWER ON.
- check the value in p9557, if necessary, increase the value, and carry out POWER ON.
- check the shutdown path of the Control Unit (check DRIVE-CLiQ communication).
- carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01706.
- carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01714.
- carry out a diagnostics routine for message C01701.
- replace Motor Module.
- replace Control Unit.
This message can only be acknowledged as follows in the acceptance test mode without POWER ON:
- motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive: Via Terminal Module 54F (TM54F) or PROFIsafe
- motion monitoring functions with SINUMERIK: Via the machine control panel.
Note:
SI: Safety Integrated
201707 <location>SI Motion CU: Tolerance for safe operating stop exceeded
Message -
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The actual position has distanced itself further from the target position than the standstill tolerance.
The drive is shut down by the message C01701 "SI Motion: STOP B initiated".
Remedy: - check whether safety faults are present and if required carry out the appropriate diagnostic routines
for the particular faults.
- check whether the standstill tolerance matches the accuracy and control dynamic performance of
the axis.
- carry out a POWER ON.
This message can only be acknowledged as follows in the acceptance test mode without POWER ON:
- motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive: Via Terminal Module 54F (TM54F) or PROFIsafe
- motion monitoring functions with SINUMERIK: Via the machine control panel
Note:
SI: Safety Integrated
SOS: Safe Operating Stop / SBH: Safe operating stop
See also: p9530 (SI Motion standstill tolerance (Control Unit))
44: Position actual value + limit value SLS1 / safety monitoring clock cycle.
45: Pos. act. val. - limit value SLS1 / safety monitoring clock cycle.
46: Pos. act. val. + limit value SLS2 / safety monitoring clock cycle.
47: Pos. act. val. - limit value SLS2 / safety monitoring clock cycle.
48: Pos. act. val. + limit value SLS3 / safety monitoring clock cycle.
49: Pos. act. val. - limit value SLS3 / safety monitoring clock cycle.
50: Pos. act. val. + limit value SLS4 / safety monitoring clock cycle.
51: Pos. act. val. - limit value SLS4 / safety monitoring clock cycle.
52: Standstill position + tolerance.
53: Standstill position - tolerance
54: Pos. act. val. + limit value nx / safety monit. clock cycle + tolerance.
55: Pos. act. val. + limit value nx / safety monit. clock cycle.
56: Pos. act. val. - limit value nx / safety monit. clock cycle.
57: Pos. act. val. - limit value nx / safety monit. clock cycle - tolerance.
58: Current stop request.
75: Velocity limit nx (p9546, p9346).
76: Stop response for SLS1 (p9563[0], p9363[0]).
77: Stop response for SLS2 (p9563[1], p9363[1]).
78: Stop response for SLS3 (p9563[2], p9363[2]).
79: Stop response for SLS4 (p9563[3], p9363[3]).
81: Velocity tolerance for SBR (p9548, p9348).
82: SGEs for SLS correction factor.
83: Acceptance test timer (p9558, p9358).
84: Trans. time STOP F (p9555, p9355).
85: Trans. time bus failure (p9580, p9380).
86: Ident. 1-encoder system.
87: Encoder assignment, 2nd channel (p9526, p9326).
89: Encoder limit freq.
230: Filter time constant for n < nx.
231: Hysteresis tolerance for n < nx.
232: Smoothed velocity actual value.
233: Smoothed velocity actual value + limit value nx / safety monitoring clock cycle + hysteresis toler-
ance.
234: Smoothed velocity actual value + limit value nx / safety monitoring clock cycle.
235: Smoothed velocity actual value - limit value nx / safety monitoring clock cycle.
236: Smoothed velocity actual value - limit value nx / safety monitoring clock cycle - hysteresis toler-
ance.
237: SGA n < nx.
1000: Watchdog timer has expired. Too many signal changes have occurred at safety-relevant inputs.
1001: Initialization error of watchdog timer.
1005: Pulses already suppressed for test stop selection.
1011: Acceptance test status between the monitoring channels differ.
1012: Plausibility violation of the actual value from the encoder.
1020: Cyc. communication failure between the monit. cycles.
1021: Cyc. communication failure between the monit. channel and Sensor Module.
1022: Sign-of-life for DQL Sensor Module CU
1032: Sign-of-life for DQL Sensor Module MM
1033: Error occurred during check of offset between POS1 and POS2 for DQL Sensor Module CU
1034: Error occurred during check of offset between POS1 and POS2 for DQL Sensor Module MM
5000 ... 5140: PROFIsafe message values.
5000, 5014, 5023, 5024, 5030 ... 5032, 5042, 5043, 5052, 5053, 5068, 5072, 5073, 5082 ... 5087,
5090, 5091, 5122 ... 5125, 5132 ... 5135, 5140: An internal software error has occurred (only for inter-
nal Siemens troubleshooting).
5012: Error when initializing the PROFIsafe driver.
5013: The result of the initialization is different for the two controllers.
5022: Error when evaluating the F parameters. The values of the transferred F parameters do not
match the expected values in the PROFIsafe driver.
5025: The result of the F parameterization is different for the two controllers.
5026: CRC error for the F parameters. The transferred CRC value of the F parameters does not match
the value calculated in the PST.
5065: A communications error was identified when receiving the PROFIsafe telegram.
5066: A time monitoring error (timeout) was identified when receiving the PROFIsafe telegram.
6000 ... 6166: PROFIsafe message values (PROFIsafe driver for PROFIBUS DP V1/V2 and PROFI-
NET).
- check the setting of the value for F parameters F_WD_Time at the PROFIsafe slave and increase if
necessary.
This message can be acknowledged as follows:
- motion monitoring functions integrated in the drive: Via Terminal Module 54F (TM54F) or PROFIsafe
- motion monitoring functions with SINUMERIK: Via the machine control panel
See also: p9300 (SI Motion monitoring clock cycle (Motor Module)), p9500 (SI Motion monitoring clock
cycle (Control Unit))
201745 <location>SI Motion CU: Checking braking torque for the brake test
Message -
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: POWER ON (IMMEDIATELY)
Cause: The normalization of the brake torque for the brake test can be changed using parameter p2003.
An acceptance test must be carried out again for the braking test. This determines whether the braking
test is still carried out with the correct braking torque.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- repeat the acceptance test for the safe brake test if the brake test is used.
See also: p2003
Cause: It is not possible to change the DRIVE-CLiQ basic sampling times p0110 in operation. POWER ON is
required.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Index of p0110.
Remedy: - save (p0971 = 1).
- carry out a POWER ON.
Cause: A PROFIBUS master attempts to establish a connection using an incorrect parameterizing telegram.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Incorrect parameterizing bits.
10: Illegal length of an optional parameterizing block.
11: Illegal ID of an optional parameterizing block.
20: Double parameterizing block for clock synchronization.
21: Incorrect parameterizing block for clock synchronization.
22: Incorrect parameterizing bits for clock synchronization.
23: Illegal clock synchronization for PZD interface 2.
30: Double parameterizing block for peer-to-peer data transfer.
31: Incorrect parameterizing block for peer-to-peer data transfer.
Remedy: Check the bus configuration:
- bus addresses
- slave configuring
Cause: The drive unit did not accept the receive configuration data.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Return value of the receive configuration data check.
0: Configuration accepted.
1: Connection established to more drive objects than configured in the device. The drive objects for
process data exchange and their sequence were defined using p0978.
2: Too many data words for input or output to a drive object. A maximum of 16 words is permitted for
SERVO and VECTOR; and a maximum of 5 words for A_INFEED, TB30, TM31 and CU320.
3: Uneven number of bytes for input or output.
4: Setting data for synchronization not accepted.
5: Drive still not in cyclic operation.
6: Buffer system not accepted.
7: Cyclic channel length too short for this setting.
8: Cyclic channel address not initialized.
9: 3-buffer system not permitted.
10: DRIVE-CLiQ fault.
11: CU-Link fault.
12: CX32 not in cyclic operation.
Remedy: Check the receive configuration data.
Re alarm value = 1:
Check the list of the drive objects with process data exchange (p0978). With p0978[x] = 0, all of the
following drive objects in the list are excluded from the process data exchange.
201941 <location>IF1: PB/PN clock cycle signal missing when establishing bus
communication
Message -
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The bus is in the data exchange state and clock synchronous operation has been selected using the
parameterizing telegram. The global control telegram for synchronization is not being received.
Remedy: Check the master application and bus configuration.
Note:
IF1: Interface 1
PB: PROFIBUS
PN: PROFINET
201943 <location>IF1: PB/PN clock cycle signal error when establishing bus
communication
Message -
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The bus is in the data exchange state and clock synchronous operation has been selected using the
parameterizing telegram. The global control telegram for synchronization is being irregularly received.
-.the master is sending an irregular global control telegram.
- the master is using another clock synchronous DP clock cycle than was transferred to the slave in
the parameterizing telegram.
Remedy: Use the existing drive object with the corresponding number.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.
See also: p4815 (Function generator drive number)
Cause: The set operating mode (p1300) of the drive object is not permissible when using the function gener-
ator.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Number of the drive object involved.
Remedy: Change the operating mode for this drive object to p1300 = 20 (encoderless speed control) or p1300
= 21 (speed control with encoder).
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.
202010 <location>Function generator: Speed setpoint from the drive is not zero
Message -
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The speed setpoint of a drive selected for connection is greater than the value for the standstill detec-
tion set using p1226.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Number of the drive object involved.
Remedy: For all of the drives specified for connection, set the speed setpoints to 0.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.
Remedy: Check the value for the bandwidth and adapt accordingly.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.
Cause: The time slice clock cycle selected does not match any of the existing time slices.
See also: p4723 (Time slice cycle for trace)
Remedy: Enter an existing time slice clock cycle. The existing time slices can be read out via p7901.
See also: r7901 (Time slice cycle times)
202058 <location>Trace: Time slice clock cycle for endless trace not valid
Message -
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The selected time slice clock cycle cannot be used for the endless trace
See also: p4723 (Time slice cycle for trace)
Remedy: Enter the clock cycle of an existing time slice with a cycle time >= 2 ms for up to 4 recording channels
or >= 4 ms from 5 recording channels per trace.
The existing time slices can be read out via p7901.
See also: r7901 (Time slice cycle times)
202059 <location>Trace: Time slice clock cycle for 2 x 8 recording channels not
valid
Message -
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The selected time slice clock cycle cannot be used for the setting p4702 = 1 (2 x 8 recording channels).
See also: p4723 (Time slice cycle for trace)
Remedy: Enter the clock cycle of an existing time slice with a cycle time >= 4 ms or reduce the number of record-
ing channels to 4 per trace.
The existing time slices can be read out via p7901.
See also: r7901 (Time slice cycle times)
Cause: The input current of the Terminal Module analog input has exceeded the threshold value parameter-
ized in p4061[x].
This fault can only occur if p4056[x] = 3 (4 ... 20 mA with monitoring) is set.
Index x = 0: Analog input 0 (X522.1 to .3)
Index x = 1: Analog input 1 (X522.4 to .5)
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
The component number (p0151) of the module involved is specified at the units, tens and hundreds
digit.
The thousands digit specifies the analog input involved: 0: Analog input 0 (AI 0), 1: Analog input 1 (AI
1)
Remedy: Check the connection to the signal source for interruptions.
Check the magnitude of the injected current - it is possible that the infed signal is too low.
Please note that the input has a load resistance of 250 Ohm.
The input current measured by the Terminal Module can be read out from r4052[x].
Cause: The alarm threshold for overtemperature at the inverter heat sink has been reached. The response is
set using p0290.
If the temperature of the heat sink increases by an additional 5 K, then fault F30004 is initiated.
Remedy: Check the following:
- is the ambient temperature within the defined limit values?
- have the load conditions and the load duty cycle been appropriately dimensioned?
- has the cooling failed?
Remedy: None necessary. The alarm automatically disappears when the limit value is undershot.
See also: p0290 (Power unit overload response)
205060 <location>Parallel circuit: Power unit firmware version does not match
Message Parameter: %1
value:
Drive object: A_INF, B_INF, S_INF, SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: Firmware from version V02.30.01.00 is required when connecting the power units in parallel.
Remedy: Update the firmware of the power units (at least V02.30.01.00).
Remedy: In general:
- check the line supply voltage at the connecting terminals.
- check the line supply voltage setting (p0210).
- check the monitoring time and, if required, increase (p0857).
- where relevant, observe additional power unit messages/signals (e.g. F30027).
- the following applies to booksize units: Wait (approx. 8 min.) until the pre-charging resistors have
cooled down. The infeed unit must be disconnected from the supply for this purpose.
Re 5):
- carefully observe the permissible pre-charging frequency (refer to the appropriate Equipment Man-
ual).
Re 6):
- check the total capacitance of the DC link and if required, correspondingly reduce the maximum per-
missible DC link capacitance (refer to the appropriate Equipment Manual).
Re 7):
- interconnect the ready for operation signal of the infeed unit (r0863.0) in the enable logic of the drives
connected to this DC link.
Re 8):
- check the connections of the external line contactor. The line contactor must be open during the DC
link fast discharge.
Re 9):
- check the DC link regarding ground fault or short-circuit.
Cause: The smoothed total of the phase currents (i1 + i2 + i3) is greater than 4 % of the maximum power unit
current (r0209).
Possible causes:
- the DC link has a ground fault that results in a high summation current (r0069.6). The DC component
in the line currents can damage/destroy the power unit, commutating reactor or line filter!
- the zero point calibration of the current measurement was not carried out (p3491, A06602).
- defective current measurement in the power unit.
Fault value (r0949, floating point):
Smoothed total of the phase currents.
Remedy: - check the DC link for a low-ohmic or high-ohmic ground fault and if present, remove.
- increase the monitoring time of the current offset measurement (p3491).
- if required, replace the power unit.
Cause: For AC/AC drive units, the measured DC voltage lies outside the tolerance range after pre-charging
has been completed. The following applies for the tolerance range: 1.16 * p0210 < r0070 < 1.6 *
p0210.
The fault can only be acknowledged when the drive is powered down.
See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage)
Remedy: - check the parameterized supply voltage and if required change (p0210).
- check the line supply voltage.
See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage)
Remedy: - check the parameterized line frequency and if required change (p0211).
- check the alarm threshold (p0285).
- check the line supply.
- check the line supply quality.
See also: p0211 (Rated line freq), p0285 (Line supply frequency undershot, alarm threshold)
Cause: After an OFF1 = 1 no valid current offset measurement was able to be made within the monitoring time
(p3491) before closing the line contactor. The current offset is set to 0.
See also: p3491 (Infeed I-offset measurement monitoring time)
Remedy: - check the DC link for a ground fault. A ground fault can destroy parts and components!
- Check the monitoring time setting and if required increase (p3491). At least 100 ms is required for a
valid measurement (p3491 > 100 ms).
Notice:
If there is no valid measurement, then under certain circumstances the quality of the DC link control
will be reduced.
See also: p3491 (Infeed I-offset measurement monitoring time)
Cause: The internal Braking Module outputs a fault due to overcurrent or an excessively high I2t value and is
therefore inhibited.
Note:
This message is also displayed via BO: p3686.
Fault value (r0949, interpret bitwise binary):
Bit 0 = 1: I2t exceeded
Bit 1 = 1: overcurrent
See also: r3686 (Digital Braking Module Fault)
Remedy: Reduce the number of braking operations.
Cause: KTY:
The motor temperature has exceeded the fault threshold (p0605) or the timer (p0606) after the alarm
threshold was exceeded (p0604) has expired.
The response parameterized in p0610 becomes active.
PTC:
The response threshold of 1650 Ohm was exceeded and the timer (p0606) has expired.
The response parameterized in p0610 becomes active.
Possible causes:
- motor is overloaded.
- motor ambient temperature too high.
- wire breakage or sensor not connected.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
For SME selected (p0601 = 10), number of the sensor channel leading to the message.
For I2t motor model activated (p0612 bit 0 = yes, p0611 > 0), fault value = 200 refers to a fault that
was initiated by the I2t motor model.
See also: p0604, p0605, p0606, p0610
Remedy: - reduce the motor load.
- check the ambient temperature.
- check the wiring and sensor connector.
See also: p0604, p0605, p0606
Cause: An error was detected when evaluating the temperature sensor set in p0600 and p0601.
Possible causes:
- wire breakage or sensor not connected (KTY: R > 1630 Ohm).
- measured resistance too low (PTC: R < 20 Ohm, KTY: R < 50 Ohm).
Note:
If alarm A07015 is present, the time in p0607 is started. If the fault is still present after this time has
expired, then fault F07016 is output; however, at the earliest, 1 s after alarm A07015.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
For SME selected (p0601 = 10), number of the sensor channel leading to the message.
See also: p0607 (Temperature sensor fault timer)
Remedy: - check that the sensor is connected correctly.
- check the parameterization (p0600, p0601).
- induction motors: De-activate temperature sensor fault (p0607 = 0).
See also: r0035, p0600, p0601, p0607, p4600, p4601, p4602, p4603, r4620
-32: A device was not able to be found for the determined drive object number.
-34: A trigger parameter was recursively called.
-35: It is not permissible to write to the parameter via macro.
-36: Check, writing to a parameter unsuccessful, parameter can only be read, not available, incorrect
data type, value range or assignment incorrect.
-37: Source parameter for a BICO interconnection was not able to be determined.
-38: An index was set for a non-indexed (or CDS-dependent) parameter.
-39: No index was set for an indexed parameter.
-41: A bit operation is only permissible for parameters with the parameter format DISPLAY_BIN.
-42: A value not equal to 0 or 1 was set for a BitOperation.
-43: Reading the parameter to be changed by the BitOperation was unsuccessful.
-51: Factory setting for DEVICE may only be executed on the DEVICE.
-61: The setting of a value was unsuccessful.
Remedy: - check the parameter involved.
- check the macro file and BICO interconnection.
See also: p0015, p0700, p1000, p1500
207090 <location>Drive: Upper torque limit less than the lower torque limit
Message -
value:
Drive object: SERVO
Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The upper torque limit is lower than the lower torque limit.
Remedy: P1 must be >= P2 if parameter P1 is connected to p1522 and parameter P2 to p1523.
207110 <location>Drive: Sampling times and basic clock cycle do not match
Message Parameter: %1
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The parameterized sampling times do not match the basic clock cycle.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
The fault value specifies the parameter involved.
See also: r0110, r0111, p0115
Remedy: Enter the current controller sampling times so that they are identical to the basic clock cycle, e.g. by
selecting p0112. Note which basic clock cycle is selected in p0111.
The sampling times in p0115 can only be changed manually in the sampling times presetting "Expert"
(p0112).
See also: r0110, r0111, p0112, p0115
Cause: The ON/OFF1 command is not 0, either via binector input p0840 (current CDS) or in control word
p3982 bit 0.
Remedy: The signal at binector input p0840 (current CDS) as well as p3982 bit 0 must be 0.
Cause: - The specified number of restart attempts (p1211) has been completely used up because within the
monitoring time (p1213) the faults were not able to be acknowledged. The number of restart attempts
(p1211) is decremented at each new start attempt.
- there is no active ON command.
- the monitoring time for the power unit has expired (p0857).
- when exiting commissioning or at the end of the motor identification routine or the speed controller
optimization, the drive unit is not automatically powered up again.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - increase the number of restart attempts (p1211). The current number of starting attempts is dis-
played in r1214.
- increase the delay time in p1212 and/or the monitoring time in p1213.
- issue an ON command (p0840).
- either increase or disable the monitoring time of the power unit (p0857).
Cause: During a flying restart, it was identified that the search current reached is too low.
It is possible that the motor is not connected.
Remedy: Check the motor feeder cables.
Cause: The DC link voltage monitoring is active (p1240 = 1, 3) and the upper DC link voltage threshold
(p1244) was reached in the "Operation" state.
Remedy: - check the line supply voltage.
- check the infeed module or the Braking Module.
- increase the upper DC link voltage threshold (p1244).
- switch out (disable) the DC link voltage monitoring (p1240 = 0).
Cause: The condition "I_act = 0 and Uq_set_1 longer than 16 ms at its limit" is present and can be caused by
the following:
- motor not connected or motor contactor open.
- no DC link voltage present.
- Motor Module defective.
- the "flying restart" function is not activated.
Remedy: - connect the motor or check the motor contactor.
- check the DC link voltage (r0070).
- check the Motor Module.
- activate the "flying restart" function (p1200).
Cause: An incorrect commutation angle was detected, that can result in a positive coupling in the speed con-
troller.
Possible causes:
- the motor encoder is incorrectly adjusted with respect to the magnet position.
- the motor encoder is damaged.
- the angular commutation offset is incorrectly set (p0431).
- data to calculate the motor model has been incorrectly set (p0356 (motor-stator leakage inductance)
and/or p0350 (motor-stator resistance) and/or p0352 (cable resistance).
- the changeover speed for the motor model is too low (p1752). The monitoring function only becomes
effective above the changeover speed.
- the motor encoder speed signal is faulted.
- the control loop is instable due to incorrect parameterization.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
SERVO:
0: The comparison of the pole position angle from the encoder and the motor model resulted in an
excessively high value (> 80 ° electrical).
1: -
VECTOR:
0: The comparison of the pole position angle from the encoder and the motor model resulted in an
excessively high value (> 45 ° electrical).
1: The change in the speed signal from the motor encoder has changed by > p0492 within a current
controller clock cycle.
Remedy: - if the encoder mounting was changed - re-adjust the encoder.
- replace the defective motor encoder.
- correctly set the angular commutation offset (p0431).
- correctly set the motor stator resistance, cable resistance and motor-stator leakage inductance
(p0350, p0352, p0356).
- increase the changeover speed for the motor model (p1752). The monitoring is completely de-acti-
vated for p1752 > p1082 (maximum speed)
Note:
For High Dynamic Motors (1FK7xxx-7xxx), for applications with a higher current, if necessary, the
monitoring should be disabled.
Cause: The serial number of the motor encoder of a synchronous motor has changed. The change was only
checked for encoders with serial number (e.g. EnDat encoders) and build-in motors (e.g. p0300 = 401)
or third-party motors (p0300 = 2).
Cause 1:
The encoder was replaced.
Cause 2:
A third-party, build-in or linear motor was re-commissioned.
Cause 3:
The motor with integrated and adjusted encoder was replaced.
Cause 4:
The firmware was updated to a version that checks the encoder serial number.
Remedy: Re causes 1, 2:
Carry out an automatic adjustment using the pole position identification routine. First, accept the serial
number with p0440 = 1. Acknowledge the fault. Initiate the pole position identification routine with
p1990 = 1. Then check that the pole position identification routine is correctly executed.
SERVO:
If a pole position identification technique is selected in p1980, and if p0301 does not contain a motor
type with an encoder adjusted in the factory, then p1990 is automatically activated.
or
Set the adjustment via p0431. In this case, the new serial number is automatically accepted.
or
Mechanically adjust the encoder. Accept the new serial number with p0440 = 1.
Re causes 3, 4:
Accept the new serial number with p0440 = 1.
Cause: The function DSC (Dynamic Servo Control) was activated although there is no encoder.
See also: p1191 (DSC position controller gain KPC)
Remedy: If there is no encoder and CI: p1191 (DSC position controller gain) is interconnected, then connector
input CI: p1191 must have a 0 signal.
Remedy: - check whether the encoder firmware supports the "parking" function (r0481.6 = 1).
- upgrade the firmware.
Note:
For long-stator motors (p3870.0 = 1), the following applies:
The encoder must have completed the unparking procedure (r3875.0 = 1) before a changeover can
be made to closed-loop control with encoder. The encoder is unparked with a 0/1 edge at BI: p3876
and remains unparked until a 0 signal is again present.
207448 <location>Load gear: Position tracking, linear axis has exceeded the
maximum range
Message -
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: For a configured linear axis/no modulo axis, the currently effective motor encoder (encoder 1) has
exceeded the maximum possible traversing range.
For the configured linear axis, the maximum traversing range is defined to be 64x (+/- 32x) of p0421.
It should be read in p2721 and interpreted as the number of load revolutions.
Note:
Here, only the motor encoder in the currently effective drive data set is monitored. The currently effec-
tive drive data set is displayed in x = r0051 and the corresponding motor encoder is specified in
p0187[x].
Remedy: The fault should be resolved as follows:
- select encoder commissioning (p0010 = 4).
- reset position tracking, position (p2720.2 = 1).
- de-select encoder commissioning (p0010 = 0).
The fault should then be acknowledged and the absolute encoder adjusted.
207454 <location>LR: Position actual value preprocessing does not have a valid
encoder
Message -
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: One of the following problems has occurred with the position actual value preprocessing:
- an encoder is not assigned for the position actual value preprocessing (p2502 = 0).
- an encoder is assigned, but no encoder data set (p0187 = 99 or p0188 = 99 or p0189 = 99).
- an encoder an an encoder data set have been assigned, however, the encoder data set does not
contain any encoder data (p0400 = 0) or invalid data (e.g. p0408 = 0).
Remedy: Check the drive data sets, encoder data sets and encoder assignment.
See also: p0187, p0188, p0189, p0400, p2502
207469 <location>EPOS: Traversing block < target position < software limit
switch minus
Message %1
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: In the traversing block the specified absolute target position lies outside the range limited by the soft-
ware limit switch minus.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Number of the traversing block with illegal target position.
Remedy: - correct the traversing block.
- change software limit switch minus (CI: p2578, p2580).
Remedy: - leave the STOP cam plus in the negative traversing direction and return the axis to the valid travers-
ing range.
- check the wiring of the STOP cam.
207493 <location>LR: Overflow of the value range for position actual value
Message %1
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2, OFF3)
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The value range (-2147483648 ... 2147483647) for the position actual value representation was
exceeded.
When the overflow occurs, the "referenced" or "adjustment absolute measuring system" status is
reset.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The position actual value (r2521) has exceeded the value range.
2: The encoder position actual value Gn_XIST2 (r0483) or the absolute value after the load gear
(r2723) has exceeded the value range.
3: The maximum encoder value times the factor to convert the absolute position (r0483 and/or r2723)
from increments to length units (LU) has exceeded the value range for displaying the position actual
value.
Remedy: If required, reduce the traversing range or position resolution (p2506).
Increase the fine resolution of absolute position actual value (p0419).
Reference to fault value = 3:
If the value for the maximum possible absolute position (LU) is greater than 4294967296, an adjust-
ment cannot be made due to an overflow.
For rotary encoders, the maximum possible absolute position (LU) is calculated as follows:
1. Motor encoder without position tracking:
p2506 * p0433 * p2505 / (p0432 * p2504)
p2506 * p0433 * p2505 * p0421 / (p0432 * p2504) for multiturn encoders
2. Motor encoder with position tracking for measuring gear
p2506 * p0412 * p2505 / p2504
3. Motor encoder with position tracking for load gear:
p2506 * p2721 * p0433 / p0432
4. Motor encoder with position tracking for load and measuring gear:
p2506 * p2721
5. Direct encoder without position tracking:
p2506 * p0433 / p0432
p2506 * p0433 * p0421 / p0432 for multiturn encoders
6. Direct encoder with position tracking for measuring gear:
p2506 * p0412
Cause: An activated reference function (reference mark search or measuring probe evaluation) was inter-
rupted.
- an encoder fault has occurred (Gn_ZSW.15 = 1).
- position actual value was set during an activated reference function.
- simultaneously activate reference mark search and measuring probe evaluation (BI: p2508 and BI:
p2509 = 1 signal).
- activated reference function (reference mark search or measuring probe evaluation) was de-acti-
vated (BI: p2508 and BI: p2509 = 0 signal).
Remedy: - check the causes and resolve.
- reset the control (BI: p2508 and BI: p2509 = 0 signal) and activate the requested function.
207504 <location>Drive: Motor data set is not assigned to a drive data set
Message %1
value:
Drive object: SERVO, TM41, VECTOR
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: A motor data set is not assigned to a drive object.
All of the existing motor data sets in the drive data sets must be assigned using the MDS number
(p0186[0...n]). There must be at least as many drive data sets as motor data sets.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Number of the motor data set that has not been assigned.
Remedy: In the drive data sets, assign the non-assigned motor data set using the MDS number (p0186[0...n]).
- check whether all of the motor data sets are assigned to drive data sets.
- if required, delete superfluous motor data sets.
- if required, set up new drive data sets and assign to the corresponding motor data sets.
See also: p0186 (Motor Data Sets (MDS) number)
Remedy: If you wish to operate a motor once with one motor encoder and then another time with the other motor
encoder, then you must set up two different MDSs, in which the motor data are the same.
Example:
p0186[0] = 0, p0187[0] = 0
p0186[0] = 1, p0187[0] = 1
Cause: The position actual value is set to the value received via CI: p2515while BI: p2514 = 1 signal. A pos-
sible system deviation cannot be corrected.
Remedy: None necessary.
The alarm automatically disappears with BI: p2514 = 0 signal.
Cause: The maximum encoder value times the factor to convert the absolute position (r0483 and/or r2723)
from increments to length units (LU) has exceeed the value range (-2147483648 ... 2147483647) for
displaying the position actual value.
Remedy: If the value for the maximum possible absolute position (LU) is greater than 4294967296, an adjust-
ment cannot be made due to an overflow.
For rotary encoders, the maximum possible absolute position (LU) is calculated as follows:
1. Motor encoder without position tracking:
p2506 * p0433 * p2505 / (p0432 * p2504)
p2506 * p0433 * p2505 * p0421 / (p0432 * p2504) for multiturn encoders
2. Motor encoder with position tracking for measuring gear
p2506 * p0412 * p2505 / p2504
3. Motor encoder with position tracking for load gear:
p2506 * p2721 * p0433 / p0432
4. Motor encoder with position tracking for load and measuring gear:
p2506 * p2721
5. Direct encoder without position tracking:
p2506 * p0433 / p0432
p2506 * p0433 * p0421 / p0432 for multiturn encoders
6. Direct encoder with position tracking for measuring gear:
p2506 * p0412
Remedy: If the value for the maximum possible absolute position (LU) is greater than 4294967296, an adjust-
ment cannot be made due to an overflow.
For rotary encoders, the maximum possible absolute position (LU) is calculated as follows:
1. Motor encoder without position tracking:
p2506 * p0433 * p2505 / (p0432 * p2504)
p2506 * p0433 * p2505 * p0421 / (p0432 * p2504) for multiturn encoders
2. Motor encoder with position tracking for measuring gear
p2506 * p0412 * p2505 / p2504
3. Motor encoder with position tracking for load gear:
p2506 * p2721 * p0433 / p0432
4. Motor encoder with position tracking for load and measuring gear:
p2506 * p2721
5. Direct encoder without position tracking:
p2506 * p0433 / p0432
p2506 * p0433 * p0421 / p0432 for multiturn encoders
6. Direct encoder with position tracking for measuring gear:
p2506 * p0412
Cause: For a vector drive the system has identified that the motor has stall for a time longer than is set in
p2178.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Stall detection using r1408.11 (p1744 or p0492).
2: Stall detection using r1408.12 (p1745).
3: Stall detection using r0056.11 (only for separately excited synchronous motors).
See also: p1744 (Motor model speed threshold stall detection), p2178 (Motor stalled delay time)
Remedy: For closed-loop speed and torque control with speed encoder, the following applies:
- check the speed signal (interrupted cable, polarity, pulse number, broken encoder shaft).
- check the speed encoder, if another speed encoder was selected using the data set changeover.
This must be connected to the same motor that is controlled for the data set changeover.
If there is no fault, then the fault tolerance (p1744 and p0492) can be increased.
For closed-loop speed and torque control without speed encoder, the following applies:
- check whether the drive in the open-loop controlled mode (r1750.0) stalls under load. If yes, then
increase the current setpoint using p1610.
- check whether the drive stalls due to the load if the speed setpoint is still zero. If yes, then increase
the current setpoint using p1610.
- if the motor excitation (magnetizing) time (r0346) was significantly reduced, then it should be
increased again.
- check the current limits (p0640, r0067). If the current limits are too low, then the drive cannot be mag-
netized.
- check the current controller (p1715, p1717) and the speed adaptation controller (p1764, p1767). If
the dynamic response was significantly reduced, then this should be increased again.
- check the speed encoder, if another speed encoder was selected using the data set changeover.
This must be connected to the motor that is controlled for the data set changeover.
If there is no fault, then the fault tolerance (p1745) or the delay time (p2178) can be increased.
For separately-excited synchronous motors (closed-loop control with speed encoder), the following
applies:
- check the speed signal (interrupted cable, polarity, pulse number).
- ensure the correct motor parameterization (rating plate and equivalent circuit diagram parameters).
- check the excitation equipment and the interface to the closed-loop control.
- encoder the highest possible dynamic response of the closed-loop excitation current control.
- check the speed control for any tendency to oscillate and if resonance effects occur, use a bandstop
filter.
- do not exceed the maximum speed (p2162).
If there is no fault, then the delay time can be increased (p2178).
If the stalled motor should take place in the range of the monitor model and for speeds of less than 30
% of the rated motor speed, then a change can be made directly from the current model into the flux
impression (p1401.5 = 1). We therefore recommend that the time-controlled model change is switched
in (p1750.4 = 1) or the model changeover limits are significantly increased (p1752 > 0.35 * p0311;
p1753 = 5 %).
For closed-loop speed and torque control without speed encoder, the following applies:
- Check whether the drive stalls solely due to the load in controlled mode (r1750.0) or when the speed
setpoint is still zero. If so, increase the current setpoint via p1610 or set p1750 bit 2 = 1 (sensorless
vector control to standstill for passive loads).
- If the motor excitation time (p0346) was reduced significantly and the drive stalls when it is switched
on and run immediately, p0346 should be increased again or quick magnetization (p1401) selected.
- Check the current limits (p0640, r0067, r0289). If the current limits are too low, then the drive cannot
be magnetized.
- check the current controller (p1715, p1717) and the speed adaptation controller (p1764, p1767). If
the dynamic response was significantly reduced, then this should be increased again.
- check the speed encoder, if another speed encoder was selected using the data set changeover.
This must be connected to the motor that is controlled for the data set changeover.
If there is no fault, then the fault tolerance (p1745) or the delay time (p2178) can be increased.
The following generally apply for closed-loop and torque control:
- Check whether the motor cables are disconnected.
- if the fault occurs with fault value 2 when the motor accelerates very quickly in the field weakening
range, the deviation between the flux setpoint and actual value can be reduced by increasing p1596;
as a consequence, the fault is not signaled.
For separately-excited synchronous motors (closed-loop control with speed encoder), the following
applies:
- check the speed signal (interrupted cable, polarity, pulse number).
- ensure the correct motor parameterization (rating plate and equivalent circuit diagram parameters).
- check the excitation equipment and the interface to the closed-loop control.
- encoder the highest possible dynamic response of the closed-loop excitation current control.
- check the speed control for any tendency to oscillate and if resonance effects occur, use a bandstop
filter.
- do not exceed the maximum speed (p2162).
If there is no fault, then the delay time can be increased (p2178).
Remedy: Re cause 1:
- an armature short-circuit / voltage protection is only permissible for permanent-magnetic synchro-
nous motors. The highest position of the motor type in p0300 must either be 2 or 4.
Re cause 101:
- the contactor for the external armature short-circuit configuration should be controlled using output
signal r1239.0. The signal can, e.g. be connected to an output terminal BI: p0738. Before this fault can
be acknowledged, p1231 must be set again.
Re cause 102:
- if the external armature short-circuit with contactor feedback signal (p1231 = 1) is selected, this feed-
back signal must be connected to an input terminal (e.g. r722.x) and then connected to BI: p1235.
- alternatively, the external armature short-circuit without contactor feedback signal (p1231 = 2) can
be selected.
Re cause 103:
- if the external armature short-circuit without contactor feedback signal (p1231 = 2) is selected, then
a delay time must be parameterized in p1237. This time must always be greater than the actual con-
tactor opening time, as otherwise the Motor Module would be short-circuited!
Re cause 201:
- a Motor Module with a higher maximum current or a motor with a lower short-circuit current must be
used. The maximum Motor Module current must be higher than 1.8 * short-circuit current of the motor.
Re cause 202:
- for internal voltage protection, use a Motor Module in booksize format.
Re cause 203:
- for internal voltage protection, only use short-circuit proof motors.
Re cause 204:
- The internal voltage protection must either be activated for all motor data sets with synchronous
motors (p0300 = 2xx, 4xx) (p1231 = 3) or it must be de-activated for all motor data sets (p1231 not
equal to 3). This therefore ensures that the protection cannot be accidentally withdrawn as a result of
a data set changeover. The fault can only be acknowledged if this condition is fulfilled.
Remedy: If required increase the threshold value phase synchronism (p3813) for synchronizing the line supply
to the drive.
Before OFF1 or OFF3, complete synchronizing (r03819.0 = 0).
Before withdrawing the enable signal (p3802 = 0), reach synchronism (r3819.2 = 1).
See also: p3813 (Sync-line-drive phase synchronism threshold value)
207956 <location>Drive: Motor code does not match the list (catalog) motor
Message %1
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The motor code of the current motor with DRIVE-CLiQ does not match the possible list motor types
(refer to the selection, p0300).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Motor code of the motor with DRIVE-CLiQ
Remedy: Use a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ and the matching motor code.
The first three digits of the motor code generally correspond to the matching list motor type.
1111: Friction characteristic record, positive direction selected (p3845) and positive direction inhibited
(p1111).
1198: Friction characteristic record selected (p3845 > 0) and negative (p1110) and positive directions
(p1111) inhibited (r1198).
1300: The control mode (p1300) has not been set to closed-loop speed control.
1755: For encoderless closed-loop control (p1300 = 20), the lowest speed value to be approached
(p3820) is less than or equal to the changeover speed, open-loop controlled operation (p1755).
1910: Motor data identification activated.
1960: Speed controller optimization activated.
3820 ... 3829: Speed (p382x) cannot be approached.
3840: Friction characteristic incorrect.
3845: Friction characteristic record de-selected.
Remedy: Fulfill the conditions to record the friction characteristic.
Re fault value = 0046:
Establish missing enable signals.
Re fault value = 0840:
Select OFF1 (p0840) only after the friction characteristic record has been completed.
Re fault value = 1082, 1084, 1087:
Select the highest speed value to be approached (p3829) less than or equal to the maximum speed
(p1082, r1084, r1087).
Re-calculate the speed points along the friction characteristic (p0340 = 5).
Re fault value = 1110:
Select the friction characteristic record, positive direction (p3845).
Re fault value = 1111:
Select the friction characteristic record, negative direction (p3845).
Re fault value = 1198:
Enable the permitted direction (p1110, p1111, r1198).
Re fault value = 1300:
Set the control mode (p1300) on the closed-loop speed control (p1300 = 20, 21).
Re fault value = 1755:
For encoderless closed-loop speed control (p1300 = 20) select the lowest speed value to be
approached (p3820) greater than the changeover speed of open-loop controlled operation (p1755).
Re-calculate the speed points along the friction characteristic (p0340 = 5).
Re fault value = 1910:
Exit the motor data identification routine (p1910).
Re fault value = 1960:
Exist the speed controller optimization routine (p1960).
Re fault value 3820 ... 3829:
- check the load at speed p382x.
- check the speed signal (r0063) for oscillation at speed p382x. If required, check the speed controller
settings.
Re fault value = 3840:
Make the friction characteristic error-free (p3820 - p3829, p3830 - p3839, p3840).
Re fault value = 3845:
Activate the friction characteristic record (p3845).
Re fault value = 8:
- adapt the speed setpoint (p1961) or maximum limit (p1082, p1083 and p1086).
Re fault value = 9, 10:
- the measurement was carried out at an operating point where the load torque is too high. Select a
more suitable operating point, either by changing the speed setpoint (p1961) or by reducing the load
torque. The load torque may not be varied while making measurements.
Note:
The saturation characteristic identification routine can be disabled using p1959.1.
See also: p1959
Remedy: Check the direction of rotation, also for the position controller, if one is being used.
If the direction of rotation is correct, the following applies:
No additional measures are required (except p1910 = -2 and acknowledge fault).
If the direction of rotation is incorrect, the following applies:
To change the direction of rotation, two phases must be interchanged and the motor identification rou-
tine must be repeated.
Re fault value = 9:
Enter a value not equal to zero in the pole position identification routine current (p0329, p0325,
p1993).
Re fault value = 10:
Do not initiate a data set changeover during the pole position identification.
Re fault value = 11:
- for incremental encoders without commutation with zero mark (p0404.15 = 0), it does not make
sense to adjust the encoder to determine the commutation angle (p1990 = 1). In this case, the function
should be de-selected (p1990 = 0) or, for an encoder with suitable zero mark, commutation with zero
mark should be selected (p0404.15 = 1).
- for absolute encoders, only adjust the encoder to determine the commutation angle (p1990 = 1) if
the encoder supplies commutation information and is finely synchronized (p1992.8 = 1 and p1992.10
= 1). The encoder is possibly parked, de-activated (p0145), not ready to operate or signals a fault con-
dition.
- deselect the encoder adjustment to determine the commutation angle (set p1990 to 0).
Re fault value = 100, 101:
Check and ensure that the motor is free to move.
Increase the current for motion-based pole position identification (p1993).
Re fault value = 102:
If the motor is to be operated with a brake: Select a different technique to identify the pole position
(p1980).
If the motor can be operated without a brake: Open the brake (p1215 = 2).
Re fault value = 103:
The motion-based pole position identification can only be carried out using an encoder. Connect an
encoder or select another technique for pole position identification routine (p1980).
Re fault value = 104:
Pole position identification, increase the smoothing time, motion-based (p1997).
Pole position identification, increase the rise time, motion-based (p1994).
Pole position identification, check the gain, motion-based (p1995).
Pole position identification, check the integral time, motion-based (p1996).
Cause: The motor data identification is activated on the drive object specified in the fault value and interlocks
the other drive objects so they cannot be powered up.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Drive object with the active motor data identification.
See also: p1910, p1960
Remedy: - wait for the complete execution of the motor data identification of the drive object designated in the
fault value.
- de-select the motor data identification for the drive object designated in the fault value (p1910 = 0 or
p1960 = 0).
Cause: The CANopen object is not provided for the Process Data Object (PDO) Mapping.
Remedy: Use a CANopen object intended for the PDO mapping or enter 0.
The following objects can be mapped in the Receive Process Data Object (RPDO) or Transmit Pro-
cess Data Object (TPDO):
- RPDO: 6040 hex, 6060 hex, 60FF hex, 6071 hex; 5800 hex - 580F hex; 5820 hex - 5827 hex
- TPDO: 6041 hex, 6061 hex, 6063 hex, 6069 hex, 606B hex, 606C hex, 6074 hex; 5810 hex - 581F
hex; 5830 hex - 5837 hex
Only sub-index 0 of the specified objects can be mapped.
Note:
As long as A08755 is present, the COB-ID cannot be set to valid.
230017 <location>Power unit: Hardware current limit has responded too often
Message Fault cause: %1 bin
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The hardware current limitation in the relevant phase (see A30031, A30032, A30033) has responded
too often. The number of times the limit has been exceeded depends on the design and type of power
unit.
For infeed units, the following applies:
- closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
- load on the infeed is too high.
- Voltage Sensing Module incorrectly connected.
- commutating reactor missing or the incorrect type.
- power unit defective.
The following applies to Motor Modules:
- closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
- fault in the motor or in the power cables.
- the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length.
- motor load too high
- power unit defective.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit 0: Phase U
Bit 1: Phase V
Bit 2: Phase W
Remedy: For infeed units, the following applies:
- check the controller settings, if required, reset and identify the controller (p0340 = 2, p3410 = 5).
- reduce the load, if required, increase the DC link capacitance or use a higher-rating infeed.
- check the connection of the optional Voltage Sensing Module.
- check the connection and technical data of the commutating reactor.
- check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault.
- replace power unit.
The following applies to Motor Modules:
- check the motor data.
- check the motor circuit configuration (star-delta).
- check the motor load.
- check the power cable connections.
- check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault.
- check the length of the power cables.
- replace power unit.
Cause: The temperature difference between the heat sink and chip has exceeded the permissible limit value.
- the permissible load duty cycle was not maintained.
- insufficient cooling, fan failure.
- overload.
- ambient temperature too high.
- pulse frequency too high.
See also: r0037
Remedy: - adapt the load duty cycle.
- check whether the fan is running.
- check the fan elements
- check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range.
- check the motor load.
- reduce the pulse frequency if this is higher than the rated pulse frequency.
Remedy: In general:
- check the line supply voltage at the input terminals.
- check the line supply voltage setting (p0210).
- the following applies to booksize units: Wait (approx. 8 min.) until the pre-charging resistors have
cooled down. For this purpose, preferably disconnect the infeed unit from the line supply.
Re 5):
- carefully observe the permissible pre-charging frequency (refer to the appropriate Equipment Man-
ual).
Re 6):
- check the total capacitance of the DC link and if required, correspondingly reduce the maximum per-
missible DC link capacitance (refer to the appropriate Equipment Manual).
Re 7):
- interconnect the ready for operation signal of the infeed unit (r0863.0) in the enable logic of the drives
connected to this DC link.
Re 8):
- check the connections of the external line contactor. The line contactor must be open during the DC
link fast discharge.
Re 9):
- check the DC link regarding ground fault or short-circuit.
See also: p0210 (Drive unit line supply voltage)
Cause: The bypass contactor of the infeed unit was damaged by being opened (multiple number of times)
while it was conducting current.
Possible causes:
- scheduled opening under load can be necessary, for example, to protect the drive converter group
in the event of a ground fault in high frequency spindles.
- incorrect operator control of the infeed can cause the contactor to switch under load. If, in spite of a
missing operating enable, the infeed unit draws active motoring power from the DC link.
Remedy: In order to avoid critically damaging the complete drive converter group, it is urgently recommended
to replace the damaged infeed unit.
230071 <location>No new actual values received from the power unit module
Message -
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY
Cause: The following applies for CU31x and CUA31:
More than one actual value telegram from the power unit has failed.
Remedy: The following applies for CU31x and CUA31:
Check the interface (adjustment and locking) to the power unit.
Cause: The drive-based "Safety Integrated" function in the Motor Module (MM) has detected a fault and initi-
ated STOP A (pulse suppression via the safety shutdown path of the Motor Module).
- forced checking procedure of the safety shutdown path of the Motor Module unsuccessful.
- subsequent response to fault F30611 (defect in a monitoring channel).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0: Stop request from the Control Unit.
1005: Pulses suppressed although STO not selected and there is no internal STOP A present.
1010: Pulses enabled although STO is selected or an internal STOP A is present.
1020: Internal software error in the "Internal voltage protection" function. The "Internal voltage protec-
tion" function is withdrawn. A STOP A that cannot be acknowledged is initiated.
9999: Subsequent response to fault F30611.
Remedy: - select Safe Torque Off and de-select again.
- replace the Motor Module involved.
Re fault value = 1020:
- carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- upgrade the Motor Module software.
- replace the Motor Module.
Re fault value = 9999:
- carry out diagnostics for fault F30611.
Note:
CU: Control Unit
MM: Motor Module
SI: Safety Integrated
STO: Safe Torque Off / SH: Safe standstill
230640 <location>SI MM: Fault in the shutdown path of the second channel
Message %1
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The Motor Module has detected a communications error with the higher-level control or the TM54F to
transfer the safety-relevant information.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: For the higher-level control, the following applies:
- check the PROFIsafe address in the higher-level control and Motor Modules and if required, align.
- save all parameters (p0977 = 1).
- carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
For TM54F, carry out the following steps:
- start the copy function for the node identifier (p9700 = 1D hex).
- acknowledge hardware CRC (p9701 = EC hex).
- save all parameters (p0977 = 1).
- carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
The following generally applies:
- upgrade the Motor Module software.
Note:
MM: Motor Module
SI: Safety Integrated
See also: p9810 (SI PROFIsafe address (Motor Module))
Cause: The drive-based "Safety Integrated" function is requesting synchronization of the safety time slices on
the Control Unit and Motor Module. This synchronization routine was unsuccessful.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- upgrade the Motor Module software.
- upgrade the Control Unit software.
Note:
MM: Motor Module
SI: Safety Integrated
Cause: When accessing the Safety Integrated parameters for the Motor Module (MM) on the CompactFlash
card, an error has occurred.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
129: Safety parameters for the Motor Module corrupted.
131: Internal software error on the Control Unit.
255: Internal Motor Module software error.
Remedy: - re-commission the safety functions.
- upgrade the Control Unit software.
- upgrade the Motor Module software.
- replace the CompactFlash card.
Note:
MM: Motor Module
SI: Safety Integrated
Cause: The existing Control Unit software does not support the safe drive-based motion monitoring function.
Note:
This fault results in a STOP A that cannot be acknowledged.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - check whether there are faults in the safety function alignment between the Control Unit and the
Motor Module involved (F01655, F30655) and if required, carry out diagnostics for the faults involved.
- use a Control Unit that supports the safe motion monitoring function.
- upgrade the Control Unit software.
Note:
SI: Safety Integrated
Remedy: - De-select the monitoring function involved (p9301, p9301, p9303, p9601, p9801).
- Upgrade the Motor Module firmware.
See also: p9301, p9501, p9503, p9601, p9801
230685 <location>SI Motion MM: Safely-Limited Speed limit value too high
Message %1
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: OFF2
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The limit value for the function "Safely-Limited Speed" (SLS) is greater than the speed that corre-
sponds to an encoder limit frequency of 500 kHz.
Note:
This message does not result in a safety stop response.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Maximum permissible speed.
Remedy: Correct the limit values for SLS and carry out a POWER ON.
Note:
SI: Safety Integrated
SLS: Safely-Limited Speed / SG: Safely reduced speed
See also: p9331 (SI Motion SLS limit values (Motor Module))
Remedy: Check the braking behavior, if required, adapt the tolerance for "Safe Acceleration Monitor".
This message can only be acknowledged in the acceptance test mode without POWER ON via the
Terminal Module 54F (TM54F) or PROFIsafe.
Note:
SBR: Safe Acceleration Monitor
SI: Safety Integrated
See also: p9548 (SI Motion SBR actual velocity tolerance (Control Unit))
230707 <location>SI Motion MM: Tolerance for safe operating stop exceeded
Message -
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
Cause: The actual position has distanced itself further from the target position than the standstill tolerance.
The drive is shut down by the message C30701 "SI Motion MM: STOP B initiated".
Remedy: - check whether safety faults are present and if required carry out the appropriate diagnostic routines
for the particular faults.
- check whether the standstill tolerance matches the accuracy and control dynamic performance of
the axis.
- carry out a POWER ON.
This message can only be acknowledged in the acceptance test mode without POWER ON via the
Terminal Module 54F (TM54F) or PROFIsafe.
Note:
SI: Safety Integrated
SOS: Safe Operating Stop / SBH: Safe operating stop
See also: p9530 (SI Motion standstill tolerance (Control Unit))
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred form the Control Unit to the power unit involved.
The nodes do not send and receive in synchronism.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = fault cause
xx = 21 hex:
The cyclic telegram has not been received.
xx = 22 hex:
Timeout in the telegram receive list.
xx = 40 hex:
Timeout in the telegram send list.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- replace the component involved.
See also: p9916 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave)
xx = 04 hex = 04 dec:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 15 hex = 21 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 05 hex = 05 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 16 hex = 22 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list does not match and the receive
telegram is too early.
xx = 06 hex = 06 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
xx = 19 hex = 25 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 09 hex = 09 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
xx = 10 hex = 16 dec:
The receive telegram is too early.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
See also: p9915 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold master)
Cause: Serial communication protocol transfer error between the encoder and evaluation module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit 0: Alarm bit in the position protocol.
Bit 1: Incorrect quiescent level on the data line.
Bit 2: Encoder does not respond (does not supply a start bit within 50 ms).
Bit 3: CRC error: The checksum in the protocol from the encoder does not match the data.
Bit 4: Encoder acknowledgement error: The encoder incorrectly understood the task (request) or can-
not execute it.
Bit 5: Internal error in the serial driver: An illegal mode command was requested.
Bit 6: Timeout when cyclically reading.
Bit 8: Protocol is too long (e.g. > 64 bits).
Bit 9: Receive buffer overflow.
Bit 10: Frame error when reading twice.
Bit 11: Parity error.
Bit 12: Data line signal level error during the monoflop time.
Bit 13: Data line incorrect.
Remedy: Re fault value, bit 0 = 1:
- encoder defective. F31111 may provide additional details.
Re fault value, bit 1 = 1:
- Incorrect encoder type / replace the encoder or encoder cable.
Re fault value, bit 2 = 1:
- Incorrect encoder type / replace the encoder or encoder cable.
Re fault value, bit 3 = 1:
- EMC / connect the cable shield, replace the encoder or encoder cable.
Re fault value, bit 4 = 1:
- EMC / connect the cable shield, replace the encoder or encoder cable, replace the Sensor Module.
Re fault value, bit 5 = 1:
- EMC / connect the cable shield, replace the encoder or encoder cable, replace the Sensor Module.
Re fault value, bit 6 = 1:
- Update the firmware for the Sensor Module.
Re fault value, bit 8 = 1:
- Check the parameterization (p0429.2).
Re fault value, bit 9 = 1:
- EMC / connect the cable shield, replace the encoder or encoder cable, replace the Sensor Module.
Re fault value, bit 10 = 1:
- Check the parameterization (p0429.2, p0449).
Re fault value, bit 11 = 1:
- Check the parameterization (p0436).
Re fault value, bit 12 = 1:
- Check the parameterization (p0429.6).
Re fault value, bit 13 = 1:
- Check the data line.
Remedy: - check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections.
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
- check the Sensor Module (e.g. contacts).
- with measuring systems without their own bearing system: Adjust the scanning head and check the
bearing system of the measuring wheel.
- for measuring systems with their own bearing system: Ensure that the encoder housing is not subject
to any axial force.
Remedy: - check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC.
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
231130 <location>Encoder 1: Zero mark and position error from the coarse
synchronization
Message Angular deviation, electrical: %1, angle, mechanical: %2
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: A_INFEED: NONE
SERVO: ENCODER (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, OFF3, STOP1, STOP2)
VECTOR: ENCODER (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, OFF3, STOP1, STOP2)
Acknowledge: PULSE INHIBIT
Cause: After initializing the pole position using track C/D, Hall signals or pole position identification routine,
the zero mark was detected outside the permissible range. For distance-coded encoders, the test is
carried out after passing 2 zero marks. Fine synchronization was not carried out.
When initializing via track C/D (p0404) then it is checked whether the zero mark occurs in an angular
range of +/-18 ° mechanical.
When initializing via Hall sensors (p0404) or pole position identification (p1982) it is checked whether
the zero mark occurs in an angular range of +/-60 ° electrical.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyyyxxxx hex
yyyy: Determined mechanical zero mark position (can only be used for track C/D).
xxxx: Deviation of the zero mark from the expected position as electrical angle.
Normalization: 32768 dec = 180 °
See also: p0491 (Motor encoder fault response ENCODER)
Remedy: - Check and, if necessary, correct p0431 (trigger via p1990 = 1 if necessary).
- check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections.
- if the Hall sensor is used as an equivalent for track C/D, check the connection.
- Check connection of track C or D.
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
Remedy: - check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections.
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
- remove any dirt from the coding disk or strong magnetic fields.
Cause: A checksum error has occurred when reading-out the program memory on the Sensor Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyyyxxxx hex
yyyy: Memory area involved.
xxxx: Difference between the checksum at POWER ON and the current checksum.
See also: p0491 (Motor encoder fault response ENCODER)
Remedy: - check whether the permissible ambient temperature for the component is maintained.
- replace the Sensor Module.
Remedy: Re causes 1, 2:
Carry out an automatic adjustment using the pole position identification routine. First, accept the serial
number with p0440 = 1. Acknowledge the fault. Initiate the pole position identification routine with
p1990 = 1. Then check that the pole position identification routine is correctly executed.
SERVO:
If a pole position identification technique is selected in p1980, and if p0301 does not contain a motor
type with an encoder adjusted in the factory, then p1990 is automatically activated.
or
Set the adjustment via p0431. In this case, the new serial number is automatically accepted.
or
Mechanically adjust the encoder. Accept the new serial number with p0440 = 1.
Re causes 3, 4:
Accept the new serial number with p0440 = 1.
xx = 06 hex:
The address of the component in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
xx = 07 hex:
A SYNC telegram is expected - but the receive telegram is not a SYNC telegram.
xx = 08 hex:
No SYNC telegram is expected - but the receive telegram is one.
xx = 09 hex:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
xx = 10 hex:
The receive telegram is too early.
See also: p0491 (Motor encoder fault response ENCODER)
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
See also: p9916 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave)
xx = 04 hex = 04 dec:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 15 hex = 21 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 05 hex = 05 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 16 hex = 22 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list does not match and the receive
telegram is too early.
xx = 06 hex = 06 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
xx = 19 hex = 25 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 09 hex = 09 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
xx = 10 hex = 16 dec:
The receive telegram is too early.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
See also: p9915 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold master)
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Sensor Module (encoder 1) involved to the
Control Unit.
Data were not able to be sent.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = fault cause
xx = 41 hex:
Telegram type does not match send list.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check whether the firmware version of the encoder (r0148) matches the firmware version of Control
Unit (r0018).
Cause: The amplitude of the reference track signal (track R) does not lie within the tolerance bandwidth for
encoder 2.
The fault can be initiated when the unipolar voltage range is exceeded or the differential amplitude is
initiated.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
xxxx hex:
xxxx = Signal level, track R (16 bits with sign).
The unipolar nominal signal level of the encoder must lie in the range 2500 mV +/- 500 mV.
The response threshold is < 1700 mV and > 3300 mV.
The nominal differential signal level of the encoder must lie in the range 375 mV to 600 mV (500 mV
-25/+20 %).
The response threshold is > 750 mV.
A signal level of 500 mV peak value corresponds to the numerical value of 5333 hex = 21299 dec.
Note:
The analog value of the amplitude error is not measured at the same time with the hardware fault out-
put by the sensor module.
The signal level is not evaluated unless the following conditions are satisfied:
- Sensor Module properties available (r0459.30 = 1, r0459.31 = 1).
- monitoring active (p0437.30 = 1, p0437.31 = 1).
Remedy: - check the speed range, frequency characteristic (amplitude characteristic) of the measuring equip-
ment may not be sufficient for the speed range.
- check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections and contacts.
- check whether the zero mark is connected and the signal cables RP and RN connected correctly.
- replace the encoder cable.
- if the coding disk is soiled or the lighting worn, replace the encoder.
Cause: The amplitude of the rectified encoder signals A and B and the amplitude from the roots of A^2 + B^2
for encoder 2 are not within the tolerance bandwidth.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyyyxxxx hex:
yyyy = Signal level, track B (16 bits with sign).
xxxx = Signal level, track A (16 bits with sign).
The nominal signal level of the encoder must lie in the range 375 mV to 600 mV (500 mV -25/+20 %).
The response thresholds are < 176 mV (observe the frequency response of the encoder) and > 955
mV.
A signal level of 500 mV peak value corresponds to the numerical value 5333 hex = 21299 dec.
Note:
The analog values of the amplitude error are not measured at the same time with the hardware fault
output by the sensor module.
Remedy: - check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections.
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
- check the Sensor Module (e.g. contacts).
Cause: The unipolar level (AP/AN or BP/BN) for encoder 2 is outside the permissible tolerance.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit 0 = 1: Either AP or AN outside the tolerance.
Bit 16 = 1: Either BP or BN outside the tolerance.
The unipolar nominal signal level of the encoder must lie in the range 2500 mV +/- 500 mV.
The response thresholds are < 1700 mV and > 3300 mV.
Note:
The signal level is not evaluated unless the following conditions are satisfied:
- Sensor Module properties available (r0459.31 = 1).
- Monitoring active (p0437.31 = 1).
Remedy: - make sure that the encoder cables and shielding are installed in an EMC-compliant manner.
- check the plug connections and contacts.
- check the short-circuit of a signal cable with mass or the operating voltage.
- replace the encoder cable.
Remedy: - check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC.
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
232130 <location>Encoder 2: Zero mark and position error from the coarse
synchronization
Message Angular deviation, electrical: %1, angle, mechanical: %2
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: A_INFEED: NONE
SERVO: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP1, STOP2)
VECTOR: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP1, STOP2)
Acknowledge: PULSE INHIBIT
Cause: After initializing the pole position using track C/D, Hall signals or pole position identification routine,
the zero mark was detected outside the permissible range. For distance-coded encoders, the test is
carried out after passing 2 zero marks. Fine synchronization was not carried out.
When initializing via track C/D (p0404) then it is checked whether the zero mark occurs in an angular
range of +/-18 ° mechanical.
When initializing via Hall sensors (p0404) or pole position identification (p1982) it is checked whether
the zero mark occurs in an angular range of +/-60 ° electrical.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyyyxxxx hex
yyyy: Determined mechanical zero mark position (can only be used for track C/D).
xxxx: Deviation of the zero mark from the expected position as electrical angle.
Normalization: 32768 dec = 180 °
Remedy: - check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections.
- if the Hall sensor is used as an equivalent for track C/D, check the connection.
- check the connection of track C or D.
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
Remedy: - check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections.
. check the encoder type (encoder with equidistant zero marks).
- adapt the parameter for the distance between zero marks (p0424, p0425).
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
Remedy: - check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections.
- replace the encoder.
232700 <location>Encoder 2: Effectivity test does not supply the expected value
Message Fault cause: %1 bin
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The DRIVE-CLiQ encoder fault word supplies fault bits that have been set.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit x = 1: Effectivity test x unsuccessful.
Remedy:
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Control Unit to the encoder involved.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = fault cause
xx = 01 hex:
CRC error.
xx = 02 hex:
Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
xx = 03 hex:
Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
xx = 04 hex:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 05 hex:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 06 hex:
The address of the component in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
xx = 07 hex:
A SYNC telegram is expected - but the receive telegram is not a SYNC telegram.
xx = 08 hex:
No SYNC telegram is expected - but the receive telegram is one.
xx = 09 hex:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
xx = 10 hex:
The receive telegram is too early.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
See also: p9916 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave)
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Control Unit to the encoder involved. Data
were not able to be sent.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = fault cause
xx = 41 hex:
Telegram type does not match send list.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.
xx = 14 hex = 20 dec:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too
early.
xx = 04 hex = 04 dec:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 15 hex = 21 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 05 hex = 05 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 16 hex = 22 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list does not match and the receive
telegram is too early.
xx = 06 hex = 06 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
xx = 19 hex = 25 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 09 hex = 09 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
xx = 10 hex = 16 dec:
The receive telegram is too early.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
See also: p9915 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold master)
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Sensor Module (encoder 2) involved to the
Control Unit.
Data were not able to be sent.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = fault cause
xx = 41 hex:
Telegram type does not match send list.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.
Cause: The measured zero mark distance does not correspond to the parameterized zero mark distance.
For distance-coded encoders, the zero mark distance is determined from zero marks detected pairs.
This means that if a zero mark is missing, depending on the pair generation, this cannot result in a
fault and also has no effect in the system.
The zero mark distance for the zero mark monitoring is set in p0425 (rotary encoder) or p0424 (linear
encoder).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Last measured zero mark distance in increments (4 increments = 1 encoder pulse).
The sign designates the direction of motion when detecting the zero mark distance.
Remedy: - check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections.
. check the encoder type (encoder with equidistant zero marks).
- adapt the parameter for the distance between zero marks (p0424, p0425).
- if message output above speed threshold, reduce filter time if necessary (p0438).
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
Cause: The error for track C/D is greater than +/-15 ° mechanical or +/-60 ° electrical or the error for the Hall
signals is greater than +/-60 ° electrical.
One period of track C/D corresponds to 360 ° mechanical.
One period of the Hall signal corresponds to 360 ° electrical.
The monitoring responds if, for example, Hall sensors are connected as equivalent for the C/D tracks
with the incorrect rotational sense or supply values that are not accurate enough.
After the fine synchronization using one reference mark or 2 reference marks for distance-coded
encoders, this fault is no longer initiated, but instead, Alarm A33429.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
For track C/D, the following applies:
Measured deviation as mechanical angle (16 bits with sign, 182 dec corresponds to 1 °).
For Hall signals, the following applies:
Measured deviation as electrical angle (16 bits with sign, 182 dec corresponds to 1 °).
Remedy: - track C or D not connected.
- correct the direction of rotation of the Hall sensor possibly connected as equivalent for track C/D.
- check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the adjustment of the Hall sensor.
233130 <location>Encoder 3: Zero mark and position error from the coarse
synchronization
Message Angular deviation, electrical: %1, angle, mechanical: %2
value:
Drive object: All objects
Reaction: A_INFEED: NONE
SERVO: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP1, STOP2)
VECTOR: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRAKE, NONE, OFF2, OFF3, STOP1, STOP2)
Acknowledge: PULSE INHIBIT
Cause: After initializing the pole position using track C/D, Hall signals or pole position identification routine,
the zero mark was detected outside the permissible range. For distance-coded encoders, the test is
carried out after passing 2 zero marks. Fine synchronization was not carried out.
When initializing via track C/D (p0404) then it is checked whether the zero mark occurs in an angular
range of +/-18 ° mechanical.
When initializing via Hall sensors (p0404) or pole position identification (p1982) it is checked whether
the zero mark occurs in an angular range of +/-60 ° electrical.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyyyxxxx hex
yyyy: Determined mechanical zero mark position (can only be used for track C/D).
xxxx: Deviation of the zero mark from the expected position as electrical angle.
Normalization: 32768 dec = 180 °
Remedy: - check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections.
- if the Hall sensor is used as an equivalent for track C/D, check the connection.
- check the connection of track C or D.
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
Incremental encoder:
When the zero pulse is passed, a deviation in the incremental position was detected.
For equidistant zero marks, the following applies:
- The first zero mark passed supplies the reference point for all subsequent checks. The other zero
marks must have n times the distance referred to the first zero mark.
For distance-coded zero marks, the following applies:
- the first zero mark pair supplies the reference point for all subsequent checks. The other zero mark
pairs must have the expected distance to the first zero mark pair.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Deviation in quadrants (1 pulse = 4 quadrants).
Remedy: - check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections.
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
- check whether the coding disk is dirty or there are strong ambient magnetic fields.
- adapt the parameter for the distance between zero marks (p0425).
- if message output above speed threshold, reduce filter time if necessary (p0438).
Cause: The DRIVE-CLiQ encoder supplies status information via bits in an internal status/fault word.
Some of these bits cause this fault to be triggered. Other bits are status displays. The status/fault word
is displayed in the fault value.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit 0: F1 (safety status display)
Bit 1: F2 (safety status display)
Bit 2: Lighting (reserved)
Bit 3: Signal amplitude (reserved)
Bit 4: Position value (reserved)
Bit 5: Overvoltage (reserved)
Bit 6: Undervoltage (reserved)
Bit 7: Overcurrent (reserved)
Bit 8: Battery (reserved)
Bit 16: Lighting (--> F3x135, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 17: Signal amplitude (--> F3x135, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 18: Singleturn position 1 (--> F3x135, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 19: Overvoltage (--> F3x135, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 20: Undervoltage (--> F3x135, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 21: Overcurrent (--> F3x135, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 22: Temperature exceeded (--> F3x405, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 23: Singleturn position 2 (safety status display)
Bit 24: Singleturn system (--> F3x135, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 25: Singleturm power down (--> F3x135, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 26: Multiturn position 1 (--> F3x136, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 27: Multiturn position 2 (--> F3x136, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 28: Multiturn system (--> F3x136, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 29: Multiturn power down (--> F3x136, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 30: Multiturn overflow/underflow (--> F3x136, x = 1, 2, 3)
Bit 31: Multiturn battery (reserved)
Remedy: Replace DRIVE-CLiQ encoder.
Cause: The error word of the EnDat encoder has alarm bits that have been set.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret binary):
Bit 0: Frequency exceeded (speed too high).
Bit 1: Temperature exceeded.
Bit 2: Control reserve, lighting system exceeded.
Bit 3: Battery discharged.
Bit 4: Reference point passed.
Remedy: Replace encoder.
Cause: The amplitude (root of A^2 + B^2) for encoder 3 exceeds the permissible tolerance.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
yyyyxxxx hex:
yyyy = Angle
xxxx = Amplitude, i.e. root from A^2 + B^2 (16 bits without sign)
The nominal signal level of the encoder must lie in the range 375 mV to 600 mV (500 mV -25/+20 %).
The response threshold is < 300 mV (observe the frequency response of the encoder).
A signal level of 500 mV peak value corresponds to the numerical value 299A hex = 10650 dec.
The angle 0 ... FFFF hex corresponds to 0 ... 360 degrees of the fine position. Zero degrees is at the
negative zero crossover of track B.
Note for sensors modules for resolvers (e. g. SMC10):
The nominal signal level is at 2900 mV (2.0 Vrms). The response threshold is < 1414 mV (1.0 Vrms).
A signal level of 2900 mV peak value corresponds to the numerical value of 3333 hex = 13107 dec.
Note:
The analog values of the amplitude error are not measured at the same time with the hardware fault
output by the sensor module.
Remedy: - check the speed range, frequency characteristic (amplitude characteristic) of the measuring equip-
ment is not sufficient for the speed range.
- check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections.
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
- check the Sensor Module (e.g. contacts).
- if the coding disk is soiled or the lighting worn, replace the encoder.
Cause: When the zero pulse is passed, a deviation in the incremental position was detected.
For equidistant zero marks, the following applies:
- The first zero mark passed supplies the reference point for all subsequent checks. The other zero
marks must have n times the distance referred to the first zero mark.
For distance-coded zero marks, the following applies:
- the first zero mark pair supplies the reference point for all subsequent checks. The other zero mark
pairs must have the expected distance to the first zero mark pair.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Deviation in quadrants (1 pulse = 4 quadrants).
Remedy: - check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC.
- check the plug connections.
- replace the encoder or encoder cable.
- remove any dirt from the coding disk or strong magnetic fields.
Cause: For a configured linear axis without modulo correction, the drive/encoder has exceeded the maximum
possible traversing range. The value should be read in p0412 and interpreted as the number of motor
revolutions.
When p0411.0 = 1, the maximum traversing range for a configured linear axis is defined to be 64x (+/-
32x) the setting in p0421.
When p0411.3 = 1, the maximum traversing range for a configured linear axis is preset to the highest
possible value and equals +/-p0412/2 (rounded to whole rotations). The highest possible value
depends on the pulse number (p0408) and fine resolution (p0419).
Remedy: The fault should be resolved as follows:
- select encoder commissioning (p0010 = 4).
- reset the position tracking as follows (p0411.2 = 1).
- de-select encoder commissioning (p0010 = 0).
The fault should then be acknowledged and the absolute encoder adjusted.
233700 <location>Encoder 3: Effectivity test does not supply the expected value
Message Fault cause: %1 bin
value:
Drive object: SERVO, VECTOR
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The DRIVE-CLiQ encoder fault word supplies fault bits that have been set.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit x = 1: Effectivity test x unsuccessful.
Remedy:
Cause: The encoder serial number has changed. The change is only checked for encoders with serial number
(e.g. EnDat encoders).
Cause:
The encoder was replaced.
Note:
With closed-loop position control, the serial number is accepted when starting the adjustment (p2507
= 2).
When the encoder is adjusted (p2507 = 3), the serial number is checked for changes and if required,
the adjustment is reset (p2507 = 1).
Remedy: Mechanically adjust the encoder. Accept the new serial number with p0440 = 1.
xx = 06 hex:
The address of the component in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
xx = 07 hex:
A SYNC telegram is expected - but the receive telegram is not a SYNC telegram.
xx = 08 hex:
No SYNC telegram is expected - but the receive telegram is one.
xx = 09 hex:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
xx = 10 hex:
The receive telegram is too early.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
See also: p9916 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave)
Cause: Fault detected on the DRIVE-CLiQ component involved. Faulty hardware cannot be excluded.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = fault cause
xx = 20 hex:
Error in the telegram header.
xx = 23 hex:
Receive error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
xx = 42 hex:
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
xx = 43 hex:
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- if required, use another DRIVE-CLiQ socket (p9904).
- replace the component involved.
xx = 06 hex = 06 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
xx = 19 hex = 25 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 09 hex = 09 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
xx = 10 hex = 16 dec:
The receive telegram is too early.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
See also: p9915 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold master)
Cause: The properties of the DRIVE-CLiQ component (Sensor Module for encoder 3), specified by the fault
value, have changed in an incompatible fashion with respect to the properties when booted. One
cause can be, e.g. that a DRIVE-CLiQ cable or DRIVE-CLiQ component has been replaced.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Component number.
Remedy: - when replacing cables, only use cables with the same length as the original cables.
- when replacing components, use the same components and firmware releases.
- carry out a POWER ON.
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Voltage Sensing Module (VSM) to the
Control Unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = fault cause
xx = 11 hex = 17 dec:
CRC error and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 01 hex = 01 dec:
Checksum error (CRC error).
xx = 12 hex = 18 dec:
The telegram is shorter than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive tele-
gram is too early.
xx = 02 hex = 02 dec:
Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
xx = 13 hex = 19 dec:
The telegram is longer than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive tele-
gram is too early.
xx = 03 hex = 03 dec:
Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
xx = 14 hex = 20 dec:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too
early.
xx = 04 hex = 04 dec:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 15 hex = 21 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 05 hex = 05 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 16 hex = 22 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list does not match and the receive
telegram is too early.
xx = 06 hex = 06 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
xx = 19 hex = 25 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 09 hex = 09 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
xx = 10 hex = 16 dec:
The receive telegram is too early.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
See also: p9915 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold master)
xx = 22 hex = 34 dec:
Timeout in the telegram receive list.
xx = 40 hex = 64 dec:
Timeout in the telegram send list.
xx = 62 hex = 98 dec:
Error at the transition to cyclic operation.
Remedy: - check the power supply voltage of the component involved.
- carry out a POWER ON.
- replace the component involved.
See also: p9915 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold master)
Cause: An error has occurred in while accessing via the internal TM I2C bus.
Remedy: Replace the Terminal Module.
Cause: A fault on the Terminal Module 54F (TM54) was acknowledged using the safe acknowledgement
(P10006).
An additional acknowledgement is also required at the Control Unit.
Remedy:
0x57: Action: All slave DOs at ON - error: Master not in state 0x62.
0x62: Action: All slave-DOs at OFF - error: State of DI 20...23 does not correspond to the expected
state (0V) or the master not in state 0x6D.
0x6D: Action: All slave DOs at OFF - error: Master not in state 0x78.
0x78: Action: All slave-DOs at ON - error: State of DI 20...23 does not correspond to the expected
state (0V) or the master not in state 0x83.
0x83: Action: All slave DOs at ON - error: Master not in state 0x8E.
0x8E: Action: All slave-DOs at OFF - error: State of DI 20...23 does not correspond to the expected
state (0V) or the master not in state 0x99.
0x99: Action: All slave DOs at OFF - error: Master not in state 0xA4.
0xA4: Action: All slave-DOs at OFF - error: State of DI 20...23 do not correspond to the expected state
24V) or the master not in state 0xAF.
0xAF: Action: All slave DOs at the original state - error: Master not in state 0xBA.
0xBA: Action: All slave DOs at the original state - error: Master not in state 0xC5.
0xC5: Action: Return to start state, test stop completed on the slave side. Error: Master not in state
0xD0.
Test stop step cc for master (hexadecimal):
0x0A: No actions - error: Slave not in initial state 0x00.
0x15: No actions - error: Slave not in initial state 0x0A.
0x20: No actions - error: F-DIs 0...4 of the slave do not correspond with those of the master (expected:
level 0) or slave not in state 0x15.
0x2B: No actions - error: Slave not in initial state 0x20.
0x36: No actions - error: F-DIs 0...5 of the slave do not correspond with those of the master (expected:
level 0) or slave not in state 0x2B.
0x41: Action: All master DOs at OFF - error: Slave not in state 0x36.
0x4C: Action: All master DOs at OFF - error: Slave not in state 0x41.
0x57: Action: All master-DOs at ON - error: State of DI 20...23 of the slave does not correspond to the
expected state (24V) or the slave not in state 0x4C.
0x62: Action: All master DOs at ON - error: Slave not in initial state 0x57.
0x6D: Action: All master-DOs at ON - error: State of DI 20...23 of the slave does not correspond to the
expected state (0V) or the slave not in state 0x62.
0x78: Action: All master DOs at ON - error: Slave not in state 0x6D.
0x83: Action: All master-DOs at OFF - error: State of DI 20...23 of the slave does not correspond to
the expected state (0V) or the slave not in state 0x78.
0x8E: Action: All master DOs at OFF - error: Slave not in state 0x83.
0x99: Action: All master-DOs at OFF - error: State of DI 20...23 of the slave does not correspond to
the expected state (0V) or the slave not in state 0x8E.
0xA4: Action: All master DOs at OFF - error: Slave not in state 0x99.
0xAF: Action: All master-DOs at OFF - error: Status of DI 20...23 of the slave does not correspond to
the expected state (24V) or the slave not in state 0xA4.
0xBA: Action: All master DOs at the original state - error: Slave not in state 0xAF.
0xC5: Action: All master DOs at the original state - error: Slave not in state 0xBA.
0xD0: Wait for the end of the test stop and return to the start state
Note: A check of the switching state of the F-DIs and DIs always refers to the switching operation of
the previous state. The actions in one state are always only carried out after the actual state has been
checked.
Remedy: Check the wiring of the F-DIs and F-DOs and restart the test stop. The fault is withdrawn if the test
stop is successfully completed.
Cause: An internal communications error has occurred in the Terminal Module 54F (TM54F).
This alarm can also occur if the TM54F exists and no safety function has yet been parameterized.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens diagnostics.
Remedy: For internal communication errors:
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- upgrade the software on the TM54F.
- contact the Hotline.
- replace the TM54F.
If TM54F exists and no safety function has yet been parameterized:
- None necessary. The alarm disappears automatically after a safety function has been parameter-
ized.
The thousands location specifies whether the analog input 0 (=0) or analog output 1 (= 1) is involved.
The hundreds location specifies the fault type:
0: No calibration data available.
1: Offset too high (> 100 mV).
The tens and ones location specifies the number of the input involved.
Remedy: Power down the unit and power up again.
If the fault is still present, replace the module/board.
Cause: The zero mark synchronization with the encoder to be emulated was interrupted.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
0: The encoder is not in the ready state (e.g. encoder parked)
1: An absolute encoder was connected.
2: The encoder r0479[0...2] interconnected with CI: p4420 is already communicating with another
TM41 (precisely one TM41 can be interconnected with a specific r0479[0...2]).
3: The BICO interconnection to Terminal Module 41 (TM41) was removed (CI: p4420 = 0 signal).
4: The encoder connected with CI: p4420 has carried out an EDS changeover (this operation is not
supported, set p4420 to 0 and interconnect again).
5: The maximum number of revolutions of the encoder was exceeded.
6: Encoder in an invalid state.
7: Encoder in an invalid state.
8: Encoder in an invalid state (the encoder is not parameterized or the interconnected signal source
is not in the cyclic state).
Remedy: None necessary.
- if the encoder changes into the ready state, then a synchronization operation that was previously
interrupted is carried out again.
- if the synchronization was interrupted due to the maximum permissible synchronization duration,
then a new synchronization is not carried out.
- for an absolute encoder, no synchronization is carried out, the zero mark is always output at the zero
revolution of the TM41.
235225 <location>TM: Zero mark synchronization held - encoder not in the ready
state
Message -
value:
Drive object: TM41
Reaction: NONE
Acknowledge: NONE
Cause: The zero mark synchronization with the encoder to be emulated was held.
The encoder is not in the "ready" state.
Remedy: Bring the encoder into the "ready" state.
xx = 14 hex = 20 dec:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too
early.
xx = 04 hex = 04 dec:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 15 hex = 21 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 05 hex = 05 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 16 hex = 22 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list does not match and the receive
telegram is too early.
xx = 06 hex = 06 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
xx = 19 hex = 25 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 09 hex = 09 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
xx = 10 hex = 16 dec:
The receive telegram is too early.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
See also: p9915 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold master)
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Terminal Module (TM) to the Control Unit
involved.
Data were not able to be sent.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = fault cause
xx = 41 hex:
Telegram type does not match send list.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.
Cause: The properties of the DRIVE-CLiQ component (Terminal Module), specified by the fault value, have
changed in an incompatible fashion with respect to the properties when booted. One cause can be,
e.g. that a DRIVE-CLiQ cable or DRIVE-CLiQ component has been replaced.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Component number.
Remedy: - when replacing cables, only use cables with the same length as the original cables.
- when replacing components, use the same components and firmware releases.
- carry out a POWER ON.
xx = 03 hex = 3 dec:
Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
xx = 04 hex = 4 dec:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 05 hex = 5 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 06 hex = 6 dec:
The address of the component in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
xx = 07 hex = 7 dec:
A SYNC telegram is expected - but the receive telegram is not a SYNC telegram.
xx = 08 hex = 8 dec:
No SYNC telegram is expected - but the receive telegram is one.
xx = 09 hex = 9 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
xx = 10 hex = 16 dec:
The receive telegram is too early.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
See also: p9916 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold slave)
Cause: Fault detected on the DRIVE-CLiQ component involved. Faulty hardware cannot be excluded.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = fault cause
xx = 20 hex = 32 dec:
Error in the telegram header.
xx = 23 hex = 35 dec:
Receive error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
xx = 42 hex = 66 dec:
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
xx = 43 hex = 67 dec:
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- if required, use another DRIVE-CLiQ socket (p9904).
- replace the component involved.
xx = 02 hex = 02 dec:
Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
xx = 13 hex = 19 dec:
The telegram is longer than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive tele-
gram is too early.
xx = 03 hex = 03 dec:
Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
xx = 14 hex = 20 dec:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too
early.
xx = 04 hex = 04 dec:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 15 hex = 21 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 05 hex = 05 dec:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 16 hex = 22 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list does not match and the receive
telegram is too early.
xx = 06 hex = 06 dec:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
xx = 19 hex = 25 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 09 hex = 09 dec:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
xx = 10 hex = 16 dec:
The receive telegram is too early.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
Cause: DRIVE-CLiQ communication error from DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module in question to Control Unit.
Data were not able to be sent.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = fault cause
xx = 41 hex = 65 dec:
Telegram type does not match send list.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.
Remedy: - when replacing cables, only use cables with the same length as the original cables.
- when replacing components, use the same components and firmware releases.
- carry out a POWER ON.
xx = 14 hex:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too
early.
xx = 04 hex:
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 15 hex:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 05 hex:
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
xx = 16 hex:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list does not match and the receive
telegram is too early.
xx = 06 hex:
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
xx = 19 hex:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set and the receive telegram is too early.
xx = 09 hex:
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
xx = 10 hex:
The receive telegram is too early.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
See also: p9915 (DRIVE-CLiQ data transfer error shutdown threshold master)
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the controller extension involved to the Con-
trol Unit.
Data were not able to be sent.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = fault cause
xx = 41 hex:
Telegram type does not match send list.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.
Cause: CBE20: A PROFINET controller attempts to establish a connection using an incorrect configuring tele-
gram. The PROFINET version (V2.1/V2.2) of the project (HW Config) is not compatible with the
CBE20 firmware.
Remedy: CBE20: Upgrade the PROFINET version of the project (HW Config) and/or the CBE20 firmware to
make them compatible.
See also: p8835 (CBE20 firmware selection)
Program Con- Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program
tinuation:
Remedy: - Check the timing again, in particular ensure that the settings in MD10050
$MN_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME and MD10062 $MN_POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY are correct:
MD10062 $MN_POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY must be larger for type 1.
MD10062 $MN_POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY must be smaller for type 2.
- If alarm-free operation cannot be achieved with any MD10062 $MN_POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY
setting, MD10050 $MN_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME must be increased.
- If the error cannot be eliminated by this procedure, please make a note of the error text and contact
the control system manufacturer.
Program Con- Clear alarm with the Delete key or NC START.
tinuation:
Definitions: The PROFIBUS configuration on the DP master was changed during operation, e.g. by downloading
a new hardware configuration via STEP 7. As the cycle data may also have changed, operation cannot
be continued, and a warm start is required.
If the master functionality is within the PLC (as on the 840Di), the PLC will have been stopped for the
download, and alarm 2000 (PLC sign-of-life) output.
Reaction: Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: NCK restart
If the error cannot be eliminated by this procedure, please make a note of the error text and contact
the control system manufacturer.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
Definitions: Multiple assignments of input data have been detected in the logical address space. Logical address:
Base address of the address area defined several times
Reaction: Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: The address partitioning should be checked as follows:
Check for multiple assignments in the following machine data:
- MD13050 $MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS[0] - MD13050 $MN_DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS[n-1] :
n = highest axis index on control system
- MD12970 $MN_PLC_DIG_IN_LOGIC_ADDRESS, MD12971 $MN_PLC_DIG_IN_NUM : PLC
address area for digital inputs
- MD12978 $MN_PLC_ANA_IN_LOGIC_ADDRESS, MD12979 $MN_PLC_ANA_IN_NUM : PLC
address area for analog inputs
If no inconsistencies can be found in the parameters, compare these machine data with the configu-
ration in SDB (STEP 7 project). In particular, check that the lengths configured for the individual slots
do not result in area overlaps. When you find the cause of the error, change the machine data and/or
SDB.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
380072 PROFIBUS/PROFINET: Output slot for basic address %1 (size %2) not
allowed
Parameters: %1 = Logical base address of the requested area
%2 = Size of the area in bytes
Definitions: An incorrect logical base address was set for a digital or analog output, the area is resides in the
access range of the PLC (PIQ, base addresses < 256).
For length =1 it is a digital output,
For length =2 it is an analog output.
Reaction: Channel not ready.
NC Start disable in this channel.
Interface signals are set.
Alarm display.
Remedy: Only use addresses outside the PLC process image (e.g. >= 256) for output slots.
Enter correct basic addresses in the machine data:
- For length=1: Correct machine data MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT.
- For length=2: Correct machine data MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT.
- NCK restart
If the error cannot be eliminated by this procedure, please make a note of the error text and contact
the control system manufacturer.
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
380500 PROFIBUS/PROFINET: Fault on drive %1, code %2, value %3, time %4
Parameters: %1 = Axis
%2 = Fault code of drive (P947(/945)/P824)
%3 = Fault value of drive ((P949/P826)
%4 = Fault time of drive (P948/P825)
Definitions: Contents of fault memory of assigned drive.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: See drive documentation for fault codes/fault values.
Program Con- Alarm display showing cause of alarm disappears. No further operator action necessary.
tinuation:
400270 Error in internal communication with handheld unit, internal error code:
%Z
Definitions: Communication error between CP and PLC.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Check HHU parameter of FB1, HHUStop, switch TRUE->FALSE
Program Con- Switch control OFF - ON.
tinuation:
411501 Incorrect version of FB 15, > general reset, do not transmit FB 15 from
project
Definitions: FB 15 does not match the basic program used.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: General PLC reset. Use correct version of the basic program.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
810005 Operational state sequence event, error analysis via STEP7 required
Definitions: Reduced PLC error message. STEP7 is required for exact analysis.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Diagnose with STEP7.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
810007 Error H/F system event, error analysis via STEP7 required
Definitions: Reduced PLC error message. STEP7 is required for exact analysis.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Diagnose with STEP7.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
810008 Error diagnostics data from modules, error analysis via STEP7 required
Definitions: Reduced PLC error message. STEP7 is required for exact analysis.
Reaction: Alarm display.
Remedy: Alarm display, PLC Stop if required.
Program Con- Internal
tinuation:
No. 1
Definitions: Execute initialization phase (internal, after power on, initialization of tasks)
No. 2
Definitions: Execute reset (VDI signal reset, mode group reset or after power on).
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 3
Definitions: Activate reset INIT blocks.
(Is initiated by the VDI signal reset)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 4
Definitions: Execute reset. Program end has been detected (NC block M30).
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 5
Definitions: Change the mode to a program operation mode "MDA or automatic"
(VDI signal: mode group signals)
Not permitted if:
1. The channel is active (program running, block search, loading machine data)
2. Has already been started in the other program operation mode.
3. A channel has left the mode group on account of an interrupt.
4. Overstoring
Possible actions:
1. Cancel the program with the Reset button
or stop the program (not with block search, loading machine data)
2. Cancel the program with the Reset button
3. Cancel the program with the Reset button or wait until the interrupt has finished.
4. Deselect overstore
No. 6
Definitions: Automatic change from an internal mode
into the externally set mode.
E.g: With teach-in: Internal mode = automatic or MDA
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 7
Definitions: Change the mode to a manual mode
(VDI signal: mode group signals, JOG, TEACH_IN, RE)
Not permitted if:
1. The nesting depth is too great
The current processing procedure can be interrupted by various events.
ASUB programs are activated according to the event.
These ASUB programs can be interrupted in the same way as the user program.
Free nesting depth of the ASUB programs is not possible
for memory reasons.
Example:
An interrupt interrupts the current program execution.
Other higher priority interrupts interrupt the previously activated
ASUB program execution.
2. The channel is active (program running, block search, loading machine data)
3. A channel has left the mode group on account of an interrupt.
4. Overstoring
Possible actions:
1. Cancel the program with the Reset button
2. Cancel the program with the Reset button
or stop the program (not with block search, loading machine data)
3. Cancel the program with the Reset button or wait until the interrupt has finished.
4. Deselect overstore
No. 8
Definitions: Select overstore (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 9
Definitions: Deselect overstore (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 10
Definitions: Execute an "ASUB" user interrupt.
(VDI signal, ASUB interface, digital-analog interface)
Alarms can be switched on by machine data "HW_DEBUG_MASK" (for test purposes only).
Not permitted if:
1. The channel is active on account of block search or loading machine data
2. The channel has stopped, and the ASUB "ASUP_START_MASK" has to be started,
and the current block cannot be reorganized.
3. Reference point approach has not yet been made
Possible actions:
1. Wait until block search or loading machine data has finished,
or cancel the program with the Reset button.
2. Activate block change until NC block can be reorganized
3. Execute reference point approach, or this status can be
ignored by means of machine data "ASUP_START_MASK".
No. 11
Definitions: Execute an "ASUB" user interrupt with fast retraction.
(VDI signal, ASUB interface, digital-analog interface)
as INTERRUPT
No. 12
Definitions: Execute an "ASUB" user interrupt at the block boundary.
(VDI signal, ASUB interface, digital-analog interface)
as INTERRUPT
No. 13
Definitions: Execute a fast retraction
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 14
Definitions: Move tool (only with tool management) (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 15
Definitions: Execute delete distance-to-go or axis synchronization.
(VDI signal: delete distance-to-go or follow-up mode)
Follow-up mode: e.g. on enabling axis control
Not permitted if:
1. The nesting depth is too great
2. If there is a reorganize brake error
Possible actions:
1. Cancel program
2. Cancel program
No. 16
Definitions: Cancel the subprogram repetition.
(VDI signal: delete subprogram number of passes)
Not permitted if:
1. The nesting depth is too great
2. If there is a reorganize brake error
Possible actions:
1. Cancel program
2. Cancel program
No. 17
Definitions: Cancel the subprogram execution.
(VDI signal: program level cancel)
Not permitted if:
1. The nesting depth is too great
2. If there is a reorganize brake error
Possible actions:
1. Cancel program
2. Cancel program
No. 18
Definitions: Activate single block.
(VDI signal: activate single block)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 19
Definitions: Disable single block.
(VDI signal: deactivate single block)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 20
Definitions: Activate main run single block.
(OPI variable and VDI signal: activate single block)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 21
Definitions: Activate decoding single block.
(OPI variable and VDI signal: activate single block)
Not permitted if:
1. The nesting depth is too great
2. If there is a reorganize brake error
Possible actions:
1. Wait until previous ASUB has finished or cancel program
2. Cancel program
No. 22
Definitions: Activate main program single block.
(OPI variable and VDI signal: activate single block)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 23
Definitions: Activate traversing single block.
(OPI variable and VDI signal: activate single block)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 24
Definitions: Start program execution,
(VDI signal, NC start)
Not permitted if:
1. Program status is active,
2. An alarm response is pending:
which prevents a start,
or compels braking.
3. Reference point approach not yet executed
Possible actions:
1. None
2. Execute alarm clear condition.
3. Execute reference point approach
No. 25
Definitions: Start program execution (Channel communication, NC block:START)
Not permitted if:
1. Program status is active,
2. An alarm response is pending:
which prevents a start,
or compels braking.
3. Reference point approach not yet executed.
4. An incorrect mode has been selected (automatic only).
Possible actions:
1. Protect start with WAITE.
2. Execute alarm clear condition.
3. Execute reference point approach
4. Select program operation mode
No. 26
Definitions: Start continue program execution,
(VDI signal, NC start)
Not permitted if:
1. Program status is active,
2. An alarm response is pending:
which prevents a start,
or compels braking.
3. Reference point approach not yet executed.
Possible actions:
1. None
2. Execute alarm clear condition.
3. Execute reference point approach
No. 27
Definitions: Start continue the selected processing,
(VDI signal, NC start)
(JOG or reference point)
Not permitted if:
1. JOG motion is active,
2. An alarm response is pending:
which prevents a start,
or compels braking.
Possible actions:
1. None
2. Execute alarm clear condition.
No. 28
Definitions: ! Digitize function removed !
Start processing in digitize submode
(VDI signal, NC start)
Not permitted if:
1. JOG motion is active,
2. An alarm response is pending:
which prevents a start,
or compels braking.
3. Reference point approach has not yet been executed.
Possible actions:
1. None
2. Execute alarm clear condition.
3. Execute reference point approach
No. 29
Definitions: Stop all axes
(VDI signal, stop all or by means of reset button)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 30
Definitions: Execute a program stop (NC block M0)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 31
Definitions: Stop the JOG motion
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 32
Definitions: ! Digitize function removed !
Stop the digitizer processing.
(VDI signal, NC stop)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 33
Definitions: Start the selected machining
(VDI signal, NC start)
Not permitted if:
1. Process switch is active (mode change,
enable and disable overstore)
2. An alarm response is pending:
which prevents a start,
or compels braking.
3. A process is running (NC program, block search, loading machine data)
Possible actions:
1. None
2. Execute alarm clear condition.
3. None
No. 34
Definitions: Stop the active processing.
(VDI signal, NC stop)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 35
Definitions: Start machine data processing (PI command)
(INI file is already in the NCK)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 36
Definitions: Start machine data processing (PI command)
(INI file is located externally (e.g.) on MMC)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 37
Definitions: Stop on account of mode group single block.
(VDI signal: single type A, after stop in another channel of this mode group)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 38
Definitions: Stop on account of mode group single block.
(VDI signal: single type B, after stop at the block boundary in the other channel of this mode group)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 39
Definitions: Stop because the end of the overstore buffer "_N_OSTOREXX_SYF" has been reached
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 40
Definitions: Start the preprocessing (NC block, Stopre)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 41
Definitions: Stop the processing at the block boundary. (NC block, M00/M01)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 42
Definitions: Stop the processing at the block boundary.
(Alarm, VDI signal: NC stop at the block boundary)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 43
Definitions: Stop at ASUB end if started from "stopped" (internal command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 44
Definitions: Select program (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 45
Definitions: Select program that is still located internally (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 46
Definitions: Program selection from another channel (channel communication, NC block INIT)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 47
Definitions: Save definition of an activatable ASUB (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 48
Definitions: Sets all machine data with the attribute (NEW_CONF) to active (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 49
Definitions: Clears all alarms with the clear condition CANCELCLEAR (PI command, Cancel key)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 50
Definitions: Continue block search (NC block: = Stopre)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 51
Definitions: Start block search (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 52
Definitions: Continue block search (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 53
Definitions: ! Digitize function removed !
Activate digitization (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 54
Definitions: ! Digitize function removed !
Deactivate digitization (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 55
Definitions: Enable the function generator (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 56
Definitions: 'Disable the function generator (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 57
Definitions: Wait for a program marker (channel communication, NC block, WAITM)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 58
Definitions: Wait for a program end (channel communication, NC block, WAITE)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 59
Definitions: Program selection from the other channel with synchronization
(Channel communication, NC block INIT + SYNC)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 60
Definitions: Wait until acknowledgement arrives from MMC (NC block, MMC_CMD)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 61
Definitions: Activate skip slash blocks
(VDI signal: skip block)
Not permitted if:
1. The nesting depth is too great
Possible actions:
1. Wait until previous ASUB has finished or cancel program
No. 62
Definitions: Deactivate skip slash blocks
(VDI signal: skip block)
Not permitted if:
1. The nesting depth is too great
Possible actions:
1. Wait until previous ASUB has finished or cancel program
No. 63
Definitions: Activate test run.
(VDI signal: rapid traverse override)
Not permitted if:
1. The nesting depth is too great
2. If there is a reorganize brake error
Possible actions:
1. Wait until previous ASUB has finished or cancel program
2. Cancel program
No. 64
Definitions: Deactivate test run.
(VDI signal: rapid traverse override)
Not permitted if:
1. The nesting depth is too great
2. If there is a reorganize brake error
Possible actions:
1. Wait until previous ASUB has finished or cancel program
2. Cancel program
No. 65
Definitions: Activate read-in disable for main run block.
(VDI signal: read-in disable)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 66
Definitions: Deactivate read-in disable for main run block.
(VDI signal: read-in disable)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 67
Definitions: Stop at the block boundary (alarm)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 68
Definitions: Stop all axes (alarm)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 69
Definitions: Activate program test.
(VDI signal: program test)
Not permitted if:
1. Tool management is active
2. The NCK channel status is not Ready
Possible actions:
1. Backup tool data
2. Cancel program or process with reset button
or wait for end of program
No. 70
Definitions: Deactivate program test.
(VDI signal: program test)
Not permitted if:
1. The NCK channel status is not Ready
Possible actions:
2. Cancel program or process with reset button
or wait for end of program
No. 71
Definitions: Stop at the end of block preparation (alarm)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 72
Definitions: Stop at end of block preparation (alarm)
followed by reorganization of the block preparation.
Not permitted if:
1. The nesting depth is too great
Possible actions:
1. Wait until previous ASUB has finished or cancel program
No. 73
Definitions: Conditional stop at the block boundary. There is another stop if there is
still a stop reason "Stop at end of block" after continuation by an NC start.
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 74
Definitions: Conditional stop at the block boundary. Despite Start, the interpreter
or preprocessing does not bring any blocks into the main run.
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 75
Definitions: Stop the preprocessing (alarm)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 76
Definitions: Retraction motion with G33 and Stop
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 77
Definitions: Conditional wait for a program marker (NC block, WAITMC)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 78
Definitions: Set marker (NC_block,SETM)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 79
Definitions: Delete marker (NC_block,CLEARM)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 80
Definitions: Select an NC block (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 81
Definitions: Block editing of the NC program
currently being processed (PI command)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 82
Definitions: Start a program in the teach-in submode.
(VDI signal, NC start)
See STARTSIG and MODESWITCHTOAPROGMODE
No. 83
Definitions: Continue a program in the teach-in submode.
(VDI signal, NC start)
See STARTSIG and MODESWITCHTOAPROGMODE
No. 84
Definitions: Reorganize block execution
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 85
Definitions: Activate a user interrupt "ASUB" in a manual mode (JOG, REF,...).
(VDI signal, ASUB interface, digital-analog interface)
See INTERRUPT
No. 86
Definitions: Activate a user interrupt "ASUB".
Is only executed in channel status READY.
(VDI signal, ASUB interface, digital-analog interface)
See INTERRUPT
No. 87
Definitions: Execute an "ASUB" user interrupt.
(VDI signal, ASUB interface, digital-analog interface)
Collective event for all interrupt signals.
This event decides which actual
interrupt one would like to trigger.
Possible candidates are:
INTERRUPT
INTERRUPTFASTLIFTOFF
INTERRUPTBLSYNC
INTERRUPT_TOPROG_NOEPOS
INTERRUPT_START
See INTERRUPT
No. 88
Definitions: Stop processing
(VDI signal, mode group stop)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 89
Definitions: Set all machine data with the attribute (NEW_CONF) to active.
(NC_Satz, NEW_CONF)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 90
Definitions: Set all machine data with the attribute (NEW_CONF) to active.
(NC_Satz, NEW_CONF with block search)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 91
Definitions: Start the continuation of the interpreter processing (internal preprocessing stop)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 92
Definitions: Interlock for data recovery
Is not permitted if:
The NCK channel status is not Stopped
No. 93
Definitions: Set all user data to active.
For example, that means tool lengths newly changed via MMC
become active immediately in the current program.
Not permitted if:
1. The NCK channel status is not Stopped
2. The channel has stopped,
and the current block cannot be reorganized.
Possible actions:
1. Press stop button/single block/reset/StopAtEnd button (in Auto).
2. Activate block change until NC block can be reorganized
No. 94
Definitions: Write user PLC version in version file
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 95
Definitions: Change over PI service measuring system
Should not occur in any alarm as, if necessary, the PI service is acknowledged negatively
No. 96
Definitions: Switch off system
(VDI signal)
Should not occur in any alarm
No. 97
Definitions: Connect block search PI in mode 5.
Block search is simulated in this mode
by executing the program under "program test mode"
as far as the search target block.
No. 98
Definitions: Extended Stop and Retract
No. 99
Definitions: Block search (general) is being activated.
Should not occur in any alarm as, if necessary, the PI service is acknowledged negatively.
No. 100
Definitions: Integrated block search, this means that a search run is restarted after a stopped program.
No. 101
Definitions: External work offset is activated via PLC.
To do this the path is stopped, REORG executed,
the interpreter changed over, and then selected and
continued automatically with REPOS.
Not permitted if:
1. The channel is not in AUTO or MDA.
2. The channel has stopped,
and the current block cannot be reorganized.
Possible actions:
1. Select AUTO or MDA.
2. Activate block change until NC block can be reorganized.
No. 102
Definitions: Single block type 3 is activated.
With single block type 3, there is a stop at all main blocks.
In contrast to single block type 1, the part programm command
SBLOF is ignored.
No. 103
Definitions: Stopping a single axis motion
(VDI signal)
Not permitted if:
The axis is not controlled by the PLC
(Exception: "old" behavior in the case of a reciprocating axis)
No. 104
Definitions: Stopping a single axis motion by an alarm
(alarm)
Not permitted if:
The axis is not controlled by the PLC
(Exception: "old" behavior in the case of a reciprocating axis)
No. 105
Definitions: Continuation of a single axis motion
(VDI signal)
Not permitted if:
The axis has not previously stopped
Initially, not for all types of axis
No. 106
Definitions: Canceling a single axis motion
(VDI signal)
Not permitted if:
The axis is not controlled by the PLC
Initially, not for all types of axis
No. 107
Definitions: Delete distance-to-go of a single axis motion
(VDI signal)
Not permitted if:
The axis is not controlled by the PLC
Initially, not for all types of axis
No. 108
Definitions: Activate: The axis is now controlled by the PLC
(VDI signal)
Not permitted if:
The axis is not controlled by the PLC
Initially, not for all types of axis
No. 109
Definitions: Deactivate: The axis is now controlled by the PLC
(VDI signal)
Not permitted if:
The axis is a main run axis or neutral.
Initially, not for all types of axis
No. 110
Definitions: Available soon
No. 111
Definitions: Available soon
No. 112
Definitions: Available soon
No. 113
Definitions: Available soon
No. 114
Definitions: Available soon
No. 115
Definitions: The event is triggered by the positive PLC edge of the
signal "Repos mode edge".
Not permitted if:
1. The channel is active (program running, block search, loading machine data)
Possible actions:
1. Cancel the program with the Reset button
or stop the program (not with block search, loading machine data)
No. 116
Definitions: Enable the tool management commands.
(CH VDI signal)
Not permitted if:
1. The NCK channel status is not Ready
Possible actions:
1. Cancel program or process with reset button
or wait for end of program
No. 117
Definitions: Disable the tool management commands.
(CH VDI signal)
Not permitted if:
1. The NCK channel status is not Ready
Possible actions:
1. Cancel program or process with reset button
or wait for end of program
No. 118
Definitions: Switching over the desired safety limits (SGE)
is always permitted
No. 119
Definitions: Stop run, that is the NCK stops automatically at a block
defined by the OPI.
Not permitted if
1. Control is not in Automatic.
No. 120
Definitions: Fast retraction with a single axis
Not permitted if:
The axis is not controlled by the PLC
No. 121
Definitions: Stop fast retraction with a single axis
Not permitted if:
The axis is not controlled by the PLC
and the single axis does not execute a fast retraction
No. 122
Definitions: For test purposes only, and only in assert systems.
No. 123
Definitions: PI _N_STRTLK Set global start disable
always permitted
No. 124
Definitions: PI _N_STRTUL Reset global start disable
always permitted
No. 125
Definitions: Implicit change to JOG mode at the start of a "JOG motion" in Automatic
See also $MN_JOG_MODE_MASK
Not permitted if:
1. A channel has left the mode group on account of an interrupt.
2. Overstoring
Possible actions:
1. Cancel the program with the Reset button or wait until the interrupt has finished.
4. Deselect overstore
No. 126
Definitions: Implicit mode change back at the end of a "JOG motion" started in automatic mode.
See also $MN_JOG_MODE_MASK
Not permitted if:
1. A channel has left the mode group on account of an interrupt.
2. Overstoring
Possible actions:
1. Cancel the program with the Reset button or wait until the interrupt has finished.
4. Deselect overstore
No. 127
Definitions: Simulation block search is to be started, that means the results of the computation will only be dis-
played on the HMI,
NO traverse after block search.
Not permitted if:
1. The NCK channel is not in RESET
Possible action:
1. Press reset
No. 128
Definitions: Execute program area has been rejected.
Not permitted if:
1. The channel is not in RESET.
2. The channel is not in Automatic.
Possible actions:
1. Press reset.
2. Switch to automatic.
No. 129
Definitions: Selection of PI service syntax check "_N_CHKSEL" has been rejected.
Not permitted if:
1. The channel is not in RESET
Possible action:
1. Press reset
No. 130
Definitions: Starting of PI service syntax check "_N_CHKRUN" has been rejected.
Not permitted if:
1. The channel is not in RESET
Possible action:
1. Press reset
No. 131
Definitions: Starting of PI service syntax check "_N_CHKABO" has been rejected.
Not permitted if:
Should not occur.
No. 132
Definitions: PI service _N_NCKMOD (BIT-1) has been rejected.
Not permitted if:
Should not occur.
No. 133
Definitions: PI service _N_NCKMOD (BIT-1) has been rejected.
Not permitted if:
Should not occur.
Names COMPBLOCKWITHREORG
Effect Block preparation has detected an error, which can be rectified by modifying the pro-
gram. Reorganization is performed after a program modification.
− Correction block with reorganization.
Names COMPENSATIONBLOCK
Effect Block preparation has detected an error, which can be rectified by modifying the pro-
gram.
− Correction block
Names FOLLOWUP
Effect Follow-up of axes
− NC switches to follow-up mode
Names LOCALREACTION
Effect − Local alarm response
Names NOALARMREACTION
Effect − No alarm reaction
Names NOREADY
Effect Channel ready off: Active rapid deceleration (i.e. with maximum braking current) of the
drives in this channel Clearing of servo enable for the NC axes concerned.
− Channel not ready
Names NONCSTART
Effect It is not possible to start a program in this channel.
− NC start inhibit in this channel
Names NOREFMARK
Effect The axes in this channel have to be rereferenced.
− Rereference axes in this channel.
Names SETVDI
Effect VDI interface signal alarm is set.
− Interface signals are set
Names SHOWALARM
Effect Alarm is displayed on MMC.
Alarm display
Names STOPBYALARM
Effect Ramp stop of all channel axes.
− NC stop for alarm
Names STOPATENDBYALARM
Effect Stop at end of block.
− NC Stop on alarm at end of block
Names SHOWALARMAUTO
Effect The alarm is displayed whenever bit 0 of machine data ENABLE_ALARM_MASK is set.
The reaction should be set whenever an alarm should only occur during automatic
mode without manual operation by the user.
− Alarm reaction in automatic mode
Names SHOWWARNING
Effect The alarm is displayed whenever bit 1 of machine data ENABLE_ALARM_MASK is set.
It is designed for warnings which should normally be suppressed.
− Alarm view
Names ALLBAGS_NOREADY
Effect The Ready is canceled in all mode groups. The reaction thus corresponds to an NCK-
REACTIONVIEW|NOREADY, the difference being that the NC READY relay is not can-
celed and the corresponding VDI bit is not set. This is desirable in the event of an
emergency stop for example.
− Mode group not ready
Names DELAY_ALARM_REACTION
Effect If this alarm reaction is configured in the alarm handler, all alarm reactions for alarms,
which occur at this point, are buffered channel-specifically and are, therefore, not active.
The alarms are displayed on the MMC. Mode group and NC-wide reactions are trans-
ferred. The reaction is cleared by activating the clearDelayReaction call or by an alarm,
which has configured NO_DELAY_ALARM_REACTION. This activates all the delayed
alarm reactions.
− All channel-specific alarm reactions delayed on alarm, alarm display
Names NO_DELAY_ALARM_REACTION
Effect The DELAY_ALARM_REACTION state is canceled.
− The alarm reaction delay is canceled.
Names ONE_IPO_CLOCK_DELAY_ALARM_REACTION
Effect All alarm reactions are delayed by one cycle when an alarm is output. This functionality
became necessary as part of ESR development.
− All alarm reactions are delayed by one IPO cycle on alarm.
Names CANCELCLEAR
Effect The alarm is cleared by pressing the Cancel key in any channel. It is also cleared by the
Start part program key.
− Clear the alarm with the Clear key or with NC START
Names CLEARHIMSELF
Effect Self-clearing alarm. The alarm is cleared not by an operator action but explicitly by a
"clearAlarm" in programmed the NCK source code.
− Alarm display disappears with alarm cause. No further operator action necessary.
Names NCSTARTCLEAR
Effect The alarm is cleared by starting a program in the channel, in which the alarm occurred.
The alarm is also cleared by an NC reset.
− Clear the alarm with NC START or the RESET key and continue the program.
Names POWERONCLEAR
Effect The alarm is canceled by turning off / turning on the control system (POWER ON).
− Switch the control OFF - ON.
Names RESETCLEAR
Effect The alarm is cleared by pressing the Reset key in the channel in which the alarm
occurred.
− Clear alarm with the RESET key. Restart part program.
Names BAGRESETCLEAR
Effect The alarm is cleared by a "BAGRESETCLEAR" command or by carrying out a reset in
all channels of this mode group.
− Press the RESET key to clear the alarm in all channels of this mode group. Restart
part program.
Names NCKRESETCLEAR
Effect The alarm is cleared by an "NCKRESETCLEAR" command or by carrying out a reset in
all channels.
− Clear alarm in all channels with the RESET key. Restart part program.
Names NOCLEAR
Effect The clear information is only required for the internal pseudo alarm number
EXBSAL_NOMOREALARMS.
The errors and states detected by the individual components of the drive system
are indicated by alarms.
These alarms are categorized into faults and warnings.
Clearing of a fault:
• Clear the cause of the fault
• Acknowledge the fault
Clearing of a warning:
• Warnings are self-acknowledging, i.e. if the cause has been removed, the
warnings reset themselves automatically.
Description NONE
Reaction None
Description No reaction when a fault occurs
Description OFF1
Reaction Brake along the ramp generator deceleration ramp followed by pulse disable
Description Closed-loop speed control (p1300 = 20, 21)
• n_set=0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the deceleration ramp (p1121).
• When zero speed is detected, the motor holding brake (if parameterized) is closed
(p1215). The pulses are suppressed when the brake application time (p1217) expires.
Zero speed is detected if the actual speed drops below the threshold (p1226) or if the
monitoring time (p1227) started when speed setpoint <= speed threshold (p1226) has
expired.
Description OFF2
Reaction Internal/external pulse disable
Description Closed-loop speed and torque control
• Instantaneous pulse suppression, the drive "coasts" to a standstill.
• The motor holding brake (if parameterized) is closed immediately.
• Power-on disable is activated.
Description OFF3
Reaction Brake along the OFF3 deceleration ramp followed by pulse disable
Description Closed-loop speed control (p1300 = 20, 21)
• n_set=0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the OFF3 deceleration ramp
(p1135).
• When zero speed is detected, the motor holding brake (if parameterized) is closed.
Pulses are suppressed when the brake application time (p1217) expires.
Zero speed is detected if the actual speed drops below the threshold in p1226 or if the
monitoring time (p1227) started when speed setpoint <= speed threshold (p1226) has
expired.
• Power-on disable is activated.
Description STOP1
Reaction -
Description Available soon
Description STOP2
Reaction n_set = 0
Description • n_set=0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the OFF3 deceleration ramp
(p1135).
• The drive remains in closed-loop speed control mode.
Description DCBRAKE
Reaction -
Description Available soon
Description ENCODER
Reaction Internal/external pulse disable (p0491)
Description The fault reaction ENCODER is applied as a function of the setting in p0491.
Factory setting:
p0491=0 --> Encoder fault results in OFF2
Description POWER ON
Description • The fault is acknowledged by a POWER ON process (switch drive unit off and on
again).
Note:
If this action has not eliminated the fault cause, the fault is displayed again immediately
after power up.
Description IMMEDIATELY
Description After correction of the fault, the alarm can be cleared by pressing the RESET key:
•
parameter "pxxxx"
With some alarms, reference is made to a SINAMICS parameter in the fields
"cause" and "remedy".
The parameter number consists of a "p" or "r", followed by a 4-digit number (xxxx)
and the index (optional), e.g. p0918[0...3].
A detailed description of the SINAMICS parameters is provided in the following
publication:
LIS1, Parameter Manual 1 (brief description)
SINAMICS_S List Manual (detailed description)
FM Function Module
FM-NC Function Module Numerical Control
FRA Frame block
FRAME Coordinate conversion with the components zero (work) offset, rotation, scaling, mirror-
ing
FST Feed Stop
GUD Global User Data
HD Hard Disk
HHU Handheld unit
HMS High-resolution Measuring System
HW Hardware
I Input
IM Interface Module
IM S/R Interface Module (S=send/R=receive): Interface module for transmitting and receiving
data
INC Increment
I/RF Infeed/Regenerative Feedback unit
ISO code Special punched tape code, number of holes per character always even
K1...K4 Channel 1 to channel 4
KUE Gear ratio
Kv Servo gain factor
LAD Ladder diagram
LCD Liquid Crystal Display: Opto-electronic display with liquid crystals
LEC Leadscrew Error Compensation
LED Light Emitting Diode
LUD Local User Data
MB MegaByte
MC Measuring Circuit
MCP Machine Control Panel
MD Machine Data
MDI Manual Data Input
MLFB Machine-readable product designation
MMC Man-Machine Communication: User interface on numerical control systems for operator
control, programming and simulation
Mode group Mode groups
MPF Main Program File: NC part program (main program)
MPI Multi-Point Interface
MSD Main Spindle Drive
NC Numerical Control
NCK Numerical Control Kernel: NC kernel with block preparation, travel range, etc.
NCU Numerical Control Unit
NURBS Non-Uniform Rational B Spline
O Output
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OP Operator Panel
OPI Operator Panel Interface: Interface for connection to the operator panel
PC Personal Computer
PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International Association: Interface standard
PG Programming device
PLC Programmable Logic Control
PRT Program test
RAM Random Access Memory (can be read and written)
RISC Reduced Instruction Set Computer: Type of processor with small instruction set and
ability to process instructions at high speed
ROV Rapid Override
RPA R Parameter Active: Memory area on the NCK for R parameter numbers
RTS Request To Send: Activate transmitter, control signal from serial data interfaces
SBL Single Block
SD Setting Data
SEA Setting Data Active: Memory area for setting data on the NCK
SKP SKiP: Skip block
SM Signal Module
SPF SubProgram File: Subroutine
SSI Serial Synchronous Interface
SW Software
T Tool
TEA Testing Data Active: Refers to machine data
TNRC Tool Nose Radius Compensation
TO Tool Offset Tool Offset
TOA Tool Offset Active: Memory area for tool offsets
TRANSMIT TRANSform Milling Into Turning: Coordinate conversion on turning machines for milling
operations
UI User interface
ZO Zero Offset
ZOA Zero Offset Active: Memory area
Telephone : /
Telefax : /
email :